Document:

Exhibit 10.52

AMENDMENT NO. 1 REGARDING

UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS

          Verizon
New England Inc., d/b/a Verizon New Hampshire (“Verizon”), a New York
corporation with offices at 185 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110, and RNK,
Inc, d/b/a RNK Telecom, a Massachusetts corporation with offices at 333 Elm
Street, Dedham, MA 02026 (“RNK”), enter into this Amendment No.1 regarding
Verizon’s offering of Unbundled Network Elements, dated as of August 30, 2001
(this “Amendment No.1”) (each of Verizon and RNK being referred to individually
as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”). 

          WHEREAS,
RNK has previously adopted certain terms of the Interconnection Agreement
between Verizon and Level 3 Communications, LLC (“Level 3”) pursuant to Section
252(i) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Act”), and adopted certain
terms of the Interconnection Agreement between Verizon New England Inc., d/b/a
Verizon Rhode Island and Cox Communications d/b/a Cox Rhode Island Telecomm
pursuant to paragraph 32 of the BA/GTE Merger Conditions (“Merger Conditions”),
released by the FCC on June 16, 2000 in CC Docket No. 98-184 (the adopted terms
of the Level 3 and Cox agreements shall be referred to collectively as the
“Terms”);

          WHEREAS,
the Parties desire to amend the Terms as set forth herein to supplement the
Terms with terms and conditions to govern access to Verizon’s Network Elements
on an unbundled basis; 

          NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows: 

          1.
Amendment No.1 to the Terms. The Parties agree that the terms and
conditions set forth in Attachment 1 and the rates in Exhibit A, attached
hereto and made a part of this Amendment, shall govern access to Verizon’s
Network Elements on an unbundled basis. 

          2.
Conflict between this Amendment No.1 and the Terms. This
Amendment No.1 shall be deemed to revise the terms and provisions of the Terms
to the extent necessary to give effect to the terms and provisions of this
Amendment No.1. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of
this Amendment No.1 and the terms and provisions of the Terms, this Amendment
No.1 shall govern, provided, however, that the fact that a term or provision
appears in this Amendment No.1 but not in the Terms, or in the Terms but not in
this Amendment No.1, shall not be interpreted as, or deemed grounds for
finding, a conflict for purposes of this Section 2. 

          3.
Counterparts. This Amendment No.1 may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original
and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

          4.
Captions. The Parties acknowledge that the captions in this
Amendment No.1 have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and in no
way define or limit the scope or substance of any term or provision of this
Amendment No.1. 

          5.
Scope of Amendment No. 1. This Amendment No.1 shall amend,
modify and revise the Terms only to the extent set forth expressly in Section 1 of this Amendment No.1, and,
except to the extent set forth in Section 1 of this Amendment No.1, the terms and provisions of the Terms shall
remain in full force and effect after the date first set forth above. 

1 

          IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment No.1 as of the year
and date first written above. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 RNK, INC.,

 	
 VERIZON NEW ENGLAND INC., 

 
	
      D/B/A RNK TELECOM

 	
      D/B/A VERIZON NEW HAMPSHIRE

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 By: /s/ Richard N. Koch

 	
      By:
 /s/ Jeffrey A. Masoner

 
	
 Richard N. Koch

 	
      Jeffrey
 A. Masoner 

 
	
 President

 	
      Vice
 President – Interconnection Services Policy and Planning

 

2 

Attachment 1— Unbundled Network Elements

11.0 UNBUNDLED ACCESS

Subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 11.7 below, Verizon shall provide to RNK, in
accordance with this Amendment No.1 (including, but not limited to, Verizon’s
applicable Tariffs) and the requirements of Applicable Law, access to Verizon’s
Network Elements on an unbundled basis and in Combinations as set forth in
Section 11.12; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of
this Amendment No.1, Verizon shall be obligated to provide unbundled Network
Elements (UNEs) and Combinations to RNK only to the extent required by
Applicable Law and thus may decline to provide UNEs or Combination to RNK to
the extent that provision of such UNEs or Combination are not required by
Applicable Law. 

          11.1
Verizon’s Provision of Network Elements 

          Subject
to the conditions set forth in Section 11.7, Verizon shall provide RNK access
to the following: 

                    11.1.1
Loops, as set forth in Section 11.2; 

                    11.1.2
The Network Interface Device, as set forth in Section 11.3; 

                    11.1.3
Switching Capability, as set forth in Section 11.4; 

                    11.1.4
Interoffice Transmission Facilities, as set forth in Section 11.5

                    11.1.5
Signaling Links and Call-Related Databases, as set forth in the Terms;

                    11.1.6
Operations Support Systems, as set forth in Section 11.6; and 

                    11.1.7
other Network Elements in accordance with Section 11.8 below. 

                    11.2
Loop Transmission Types 

          Subject
to the conditions set forth in Section 11.7, Verizon shall allow RNK to access
Loops unbundled from local switching and local transport as required by Applicable
Law, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section
11.2. The available Loop types are as set forth below: 

                    11.2.1
“2 Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop” or “Analog 2W” provides an effective 2-wire
channel with 2-wire interfaces at each end that is suitable for the transport
of analog Voice Grade (nominal 300 to 3000 Hz) signals and loop-start
signaling. This Loop type is more fully described in Verizon TR-72565, as
revised from time-to-time. If “Customer-Specified Signaling” is requested, the
Loop will operate with one of the following signaling types that may be
specified when the Loop is ordered: loop-start, ground-start,
loop-reverse-battery, and no signaling. Customer specified signaling is more
fully described in Verizon TR-72570, as revised from time-to-time. 

                    11.2.2
“4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop” or “Analog 4W” provides an effective 4-wire
channel with 4-wire interfaces at each end that is suitable for the transport
of analog Voice Grade (nominal 300 to 3000 Hz) signals. This Loop type will
operate with one of the following signaling types that may be specified when
the service is ordered: loop-start, ground-start, loop-reverse-battery, duplex,
and no signaling. This Loop type is more fully described in Verizon TR-72570,
as revised from time-to-time. 

3 

                    11.2.3
“2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop” or “BRI ISDN” provides a channel with 2-wire
interfaces at each end that is suitable for the transport of 160 kbps digital
services using the ISDN 2B1Q line code as described in ANSI T1.601-1998 and
Verizon TR 72575 (, as TR 72575 is revised from time-to-time). In some cases
loop extension equipment may be necessary to bring the line loss within
acceptable levels pursuant to ANSI T1.601-1998 and Verizon TR 72575. Verizon
will provide loop extension equipment only upon request. A separate charge will
apply for loop extension equipment as set forth in Exhibit A. 

                    11.2.4
“2-Wire ADSL-Compatible Loop” or “ADSL 2W” provides a channel with 2-wire
interfaces at each end that is suitable for the transport of digital signals up
to 8 Mbps toward the Customer and up to 1 Mbps from the Customer.
ADSL-Compatible Loops will be available only where existing copper facilities are
available and can meet applicable specifications. Verizon will not build new
copper facilities. The upstream and downstream ADSL power spectral density
masks and dc line power limits in Verizon TR 72575, Issue 2, as revised from
time-to-time, must be met. 

                    11.2.5
“2-Wire HDSL-Compatible Loop” or “HDSL 2W” consists of a single 2-wire
non-loaded, twisted copper pair that meets the carrier serving area design
criteria. The HDSL power spectral density mask and dc line power limits referenced
in Verizon TR 72575, Issue 2, as revised from time-to-time, must be met. 2-wire
HDSL-compatible local loops will be provided only where existing facilities are
available and can meet applicable specifications. Verizon will not build new
copper facilities. The 2-wire HDSL-compatible loop is only available in Verizon
service areas. RNK may order a GTE Designed Digital Loop to provide similar
capability in the GTE service area. 

                    11.2.6.1
4-Wire HDSL-Compatible Loop or HDSL 4W consists of two 2-wire, non-loaded,
twisted copper pairs that meet the carrier serving area design criteria. The
HDSL power spectral density mask and dc line power limits referenced in Verizon
TR 72575, Issue 3 must be met. 4-Wire HDSL-compatible local Loops will be provided
only where existing facilities are available and can meet applicable
specifications. Verizon will not build new copper facilities.. 

                    11.2.6.2
“2-Wire IDSL-Compatible Metallic Loop” consists of a single 2-wire non-loaded,
twisted copper pair that meets revised resistance design criteria. This UNE
loop, is intended to be used with very-low band symmetric DSL systems that meet
the Class 1 signal power limits and other criteria in the draft T1E1.4 loop
spectrum management standard (T1E1.4/2000-002R3) and are not compatible with
2B1Q 160 kbps ISDN transport systems. The actual data rate achieved depends
upon the performance of CLEC-provided modems with the electrical
characteristics associated with the loop. This loop cannot be provided via
UDLC. IDLC-compatible local loops will be provided only where facilities are
available and can meet applicable specifications. Verizon will not build new
copper facilities. 

                    11.2.6.3
“2-Wire SDSL-Compatible Loop”, is intended to be used with low band symmetric
DSL systems that meet the Class 2 signal power limits and other criteria in the
draft T1E1.4 loop spectrum management standard (T1E1.4/2000-002R3). This UNE
loop consists of a single 2-wire non-loaded, twisted copper pair that meets
Class 2 length limit in T1E1.4/2000-002R3. The data rate achieved depends on
the performance of the CLEC-provided modems with the electrical characteristics
associated with the loop. SDSL-compatible local loops will be provided only
where facilities are available and can meet applicable specifications. Verizon
will not build new copper facilities.

                    11.2.7
“4-Wire 56 kbps Loop” is a 4-wire Loop that provides a transmission path that
is suitable for the transport of digital data at a synchronous rate of 56 kbps
in opposite directions on such Loop simultaneously. A 4-Wire 56 kbps Loop
consists of two pairs of non-loaded copper wires with no intermediate
electronics or it consists of universal digital loop carrier with 56 kbps DDS
dataport transport capability. Verizon shall provide 4-Wire 56 kbps Loops to
RNK in accordance with, and subject to, the technical specifications set forth
in Verizon Technical Reference TR72575, Issue 3, as such issue may be revised
from time to time. 

4 

                    11.2.8.1
“4-Wire DS-1-compatible Loop” (Digital Grade Loop) provides a channel with
4-wire interfaces at each end. Each 4-wire channel is suitable for the transport
of 1.544 Mbps digital signals simultaneously in both directions using PCM line
code. DS-1-compatible Loops will be available only where existing facilities
can meet the specifications in ANSI T1.403 and Verizon TR 72575 (as TR 72575 is
revised from time-to-time).

                    11.2.8.2
“DS-3 Loops” will support the transmission of isochronous bipolar serial data
at a rate of 44.736 Mbps or the equivalent of 28 DS-1 channels. The DS-3 Loop
includes the electronics necessary to provide the DS-3 transmission rate. A
DS-3 Loop will only be provided where the electronics are at the requested
installation date currently available for the requested loop. Verizon will not
install new electronics. DS-3 specifications are referenced in Verizon’s
TR72575 as revised from time to time). 

                    11.2.9
“Digital Designed Loops” are comprised of designed loops that meet specific RNK
requirements for metallic loops over 18k ft. or for conditioning of ADSL, HDSL,
SDSL, IDSL or BRI ISDN (Premium) Loops. “Digital Designed Loops” may include
requests for: 

                    A)
a 2W Digital Designed Metallic with a total loop length of 18k to 30k ft.,
unloaded, with the option to remove bridged tap; 

                    B)
a 2W ADSL Loop of 12k to 18k ft. with an option to remove bridged tap;

                    C)
a 2W ADSL Loop of less than 12k ft. with an option to remove bridged tap;

                    D)
a 2W HDSL Loop of less than 12k ft. with an option to remove bridged tap:

                    E)
a 4W HDSL Loop of less than 12k ft with an option to remove bridged tap; 

                    F)
a 2W Digital Designed Metallic Loop with Verizon-placed ISDN loop extension
electronics; 

                    G)
a 2W SDSL Loop with an option to remove bridged tap; 

                    H)
a 2W IDSL Loop of less than 18k ft. with an option to remove bridged tap; and 

                              11.2.9.1
Verizon shall make Digital Designed Loops available to RNK at the rates set
forth in Exhibit A. 

                              11.2.9.2
The following ordering procedures shall apply to the Digital Designed Loops
(Section 11.2.9.2, Items A-F): 

                              A.
RNK shall place orders for Digital Designed Loops by delivering to Verizon a
valid electronic transmittal service order or other mutually agreed upon type
of service order. Such service order shall be provided in accordance with
industry format and specifications or such format and specifications as may be
agreed to by the Parties. 

                              B.
Verizon is in the process of conducting a mechanized survey of existing Loop
facilities, on a Central Office by Central Office basis, to identify those
Loops that meet the applicable technical characteristics established by Verizon
for compatibility with ADSL, HDSL, IDSL and SDSL signals. The results of this survey
will be stored in a mechanized database and made available to RNK as the
process is completed in each Central Office. RNK must utilize this mechanized
loop qualification database, where available, in advance of submitting a valid
electronic transmittal service order for an ADSL, HDSL, IDSL and SDSL Loop.
Charges for mechanized loop qualification information are set forth in Exhibit
A. 

5 

                              C.
If the Loop is served out of a Central Office that has not been prequalified on
a mechanized basis, RNK must request a manual loop qualification prior to
submitting a valid electronic service order for an ADSL, HDSL SDSL, ISDL, or
SRI ISDN Loop. The rates for manual loop qualification are set forth in Exhibit
A. In general, Verizon will complete a manual loop qualification request within
three business days, although Verizon may require reasonable amounts of
additional time due to poor record conditions, spikes in demand, or other
unforeseen events. 

                              D. If a
query to the mechanized loop qualification database or manual loop
qualification indicates that a Loop does not qualify (e.g., because it does not
meet the applicable technical parameters set forth in the Loop descriptions
above), RNK may request and Verizon will process an Engineering Query, as
described in paragraph F, to determine whether the result is due to
characteristics of the loop itself. 

                              E.
If RNK submits a service order for an ADSL, HDSL, SDSL, IDSL or BRI ISDN Loop
that has not been prequalified on either a mechanized or manual basis, Verizon
will query the service order back to the CLEC for qualification and will not
accept such service order until the Loop has been prequalified on a mechanized
or manual basis. If RNK submits a service order for an ADSL, HDSL, SDSL, IDSL
or BRI ISDN Loop that is, in fact, not compatible with such services in its
existing condition, Verizon will respond within a reasonable time to RNK with a
“Nonqualified” indicator and with information showing whether the non-qualified
result is due to the presence of load coils, presence of digital loop carrier,
or loop length (including bridged tap).

                              F.
Where RNK has followed the prequalification procedure described above and has
determined that a Loop is not compatible with ADSL, HDSL, SDSL, IDSL or BRI
ISDN service in its existing condition, it may either request an Engineering
Query to determine whether conditioning may make the Loop compatible with the
applicable service; or if RNK is already aware of the conditioning required
(e.g., where RNK has previously requested a qualification and has obtained loop
characteristics), RNK may submit a service order for a Digital Designed Loop.
Verizon will undertake to condition or extend the Loop in accordance with this
Section 11.2.9 upon receipt of RNK’s valid, accurate and pre-qualified service
order for a Digital Designed Loop.

                              11.2.9.3
The Parties will make reasonable efforts to coordinate their respective roles
in order to minimize provisioning problems. In general, where conditioning or
loop extensions are requested by RNK, an interval of eighteen (18) business
days will be required by Verizon to complete the loop analysis and the
necessary construction work involved in conditioning and/or extending the loop
as follows: 

                              A.
Three (3) business days will be required
following receipt of RNK’s valid, accurate and pre-qualified service order for
a Digital Designed Loop to analyze the loop and related plant records and to
create an Engineering Work Order.

                              B.
Upon completion of an Engineering Query, Verizon will initiate the construction
order to perform the changes/modifications to the Loop requested by RNK.
Conditioning activities are, in most cases, able to be accomplished within 15
business days. Reasonably unforeseen conditions may add to this interval. 

                    After
the engineering and conditioning tasks have been completed, the standard Loop
provisioning and installation process will be initiated, subject to Verizon’s
standard provisioning intervals.

                              11.2.9.4
If RNK requires a change in scheduling, it must contact Verizon to issue a
supplement to the original service order. If RNK cancels the request for
conditioning after a loop analysis has been completed but prior to the
commencement of construction work, RNK shall compensate Verizon for an
Engineering Work Order charge as set forth in Exhibit A. If RNK cancels the request
for conditioning after the loop analysis has been completed and after
construction work has started or is complete, RNK shall compensate Verizon for
an Engineering Work Order charge as well as the charges for the conditioning
tasks performed as set forth in Exhibit A. 

6 

                    11.2.10
Sub-Loop.

                              11.2.10.1
Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Amendment No.1, subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 11.7 and upon request, Verizon shall provide
RNK with access to a Sub-Loop (as such term is hereinafter defined) in
accordance with, and subject to, the terms and provisions of this Section
11.2.10 and the rates set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. A “Sub-Loop”
means a two-wire or four-wire metallic distribution facility in Verizon’s
network between a Verizon feeder distribution interface (an “FDI”) and the rate
demarcation point for such facility (or network interface device (“NID”) if the
NID is located at such rate demarcation point). Notwithstanding anything else
set forth in this Amendment No.1, Verizon shall provide RNK. with access to a
Sub-Loop in accordance with, but only to the extent required by, Applicable
Law.

                              11.2.10.2
RNK may request that Verizon reactivate (if available) an unused drop and NID,
install a new drop and NID if no drop and NID are available or provide RNK with
access to a drop and NID that, at the time of RNK’s request, Verizon is using
to provide service to a Customer (as such term is hereinafter defined). New
drops will be installed in accordance with Verizon’s standard procedures. In
some cases this may result in RNK being responsible for the cost of installing
the drop. 

                              11.2.10.3
RNK may obtain access to a Sub-Loop only at an FDI and only from a CLEC outside
plant interconnection cabinet (a “COPIC”) or, if RNK is collocated at a remote
terminal equipment enclosure and the FDI for such Sub-Loop is located in such
enclosure, from the collocation arrangement of RNK at such enclosure. To obtain
access to a Sub-Loop, RNK shall install a COPIC on an easement or Right of Way
obtained by RNK within 100 feet of the Verizon FDI to which such Sub-Loop is
connected. A COPIC must comply with applicable industry standards. Subject to
the terms of applicable Verizon easements, Verizon shall furnish and place an
interconnecting cable between a Verizon FDI and a RNK COPIC and Verizon shall
install a termination block within such COPIC. Verizon shall retain title to
and maintain the interconnecting cable. Verizon shall not be responsible for
building, maintaining or servicing the COPIC and shall not provide any power
that might be required by the CLEC for any electronics in the COPIC. RNK shall
provide any easement, Right of Way or trenching or other supporting structure
required for any portion of an interconnecting cable that runs beyond a Verizon
easement. 

                              11.2.10.4 RNK may request from Verizon by submitting a loop make-up
engineering query to Verizon, and Verizon shall provide to RNK, the following
information regarding a Sub-Loop that serves an identified Customer: the
Sub-Loop’s length and gauge, whether the Sub-Loop has loading and bridged tap,
the amount of bridged tap (if any) on the Sub-Loop and the location of the FDI
to which the Sub-Loop is connected. 

                              11.2.10.5
To order access to a Sub-Loop, RNK must first request that Verizon connect the
Verizon FDI to which the Sub-Loop is connected to a RNK COPIC. To make such a
request, RNK must submit to Verizon an application (a “Sub-Loop Interconnection
Application”) that identifies the FDI at which RNK wishes to access the
Sub-Loop. A Sub-Loop Interconnection Application shall state the location of
the COPIC, the size of the interconnecting cable and a description of the
cable’s supporting structure. A Sub-Loop Interconnection Application shall also
include a five-year forecast of RNK’s demand for access to Sub-Loops at the
requested FDI. RNK must submit the application fee set forth in Exhibit A
attached hereto (a “Sub-Loop Application Fee”) with a Sub-Loop Interconnection
Application. RNK must submit Sub-Loop Interconnection Applications to: 

                    USLA
Project Manager

                    Verizon

                    Room
509

                    125
High Street

                    Boston,
MA 02110 

                    E-Mail:
Collocation.applications@Verizon.com

7 

                              11.2.10.6
Within sixty (60) days after it receives a complete Sub-Loop Interconnection
Application for access to a Sub-Loop and the Sub-Loop Application Fee for such
application, Verizon shall provide to RNK a work order that describes the work
that Verizon must perform to provide such access (a “Sub-Loop Work Order”) and
a statement of the cost of such work (a “Sub-Loop Interconnection Cost
Statement”).

                              11.2.10.7
RNK shall pay to Verizon fifty percent (50%) of the cost set forth in a
Sub-Loop Interconnection Cost Statement within sixty (60) days of RNK’s receipt
of such statement and the associated Sub-Loop Work Order, and Verizon shall not
be obligated to perform any of the work set forth in such order until Verizon
has received such payment. A Sub-Loop Interconnection Application shall be
deemed to have been withdrawn if RNK breaches its payment obligation under this
Section 11.2.10.7. Upon Verizon’s completion of the work that Verizon must
perform to provide RNK with access to a Sub-Loop, Verizon shall bill RNK, and
RNK shall pay to Verizon, the balance of the cost set forth in the Sub-Loop
Interconnection Cost Statement for such access. 

                              11.2.10.8
After Verizon has completed the installation of the interconnecting cable to a
RNK COPIC and RNK has paid the full cost of such installation, RNK can request
the cross connection of Verizon Sub-Loops to the RNK COPIC. At the same time,
RNK shall advise Verizon of the services that RNK plans to provide over the
Sub-Loop as they relate to technical specifications and purposes of spectrum
management, request any conditioning of the Sub-Loop and assign the pairs in
the interconnecting cable. RNK shall run any crosswires within the COPIC.

                              11.2.10.9
If RNK requests that Verizon reactivate an unused drop and NID, then RNK shall
provide dial tone (or its DSL equivalent) on the RNK side of the applicable
Verizon FDI at least twenty four (24) hours before the due date. On the due
date, a Verizon technician will run the appropriate cross connection to connect
the Verizon Sub-Loop to the RNK dial tone or equivalent from the COPIC. If RNK
requests that Verizon install a new drop and NID, then RNK shall provide dial
tone (or its DSL equivalent) on the RNK side of the applicable Verizon FDI at
least twenty four (24) hours before the due date. On the due date, a Verizon
technician shall run the appropriate cross connection of the facilities being
reused at the Verizon FDI and shall install a new drop and NID. If RNK requests
that Verizon provide RNK with access to a Sub-Loop that, at the time of RNK’s
request, Verizon is using to provide service to a Customer, then, after RNK has
looped two interconnecting pairs through the COPIC and at least twenty four
(24) hours before the due date, a Verizon technician shall crosswire the dial
tone from the Verizon central office through the Verizon side of the COPIC and
back out again to the Verizon FDI and Verizon Sub-Loop using the “loop through”
approach. On the due date, RNK shall disconnect Verizon’s dial tone, crosswire
its dial tone to the Sub-Loop and submit RNK’s long-term number portability
request. 

                              11.2.10.10
Verizon shall not provide access to a Sub-Loop if Verizon is using the loop of
which the Sub-Loop is a part to provide line sharing service to another CLEC or
a service that uses derived channel technology to a Customer unless such other
CLEC first terminates the Verizon-provided line sharing or such Customer first
disconnects the service that utilizes derived channel technology.

                              11.2.10.11
Verizon shall provide RNK with access to a Sub-Loop in accordance with
negotiated intervals. 

                              11.2.10.12
Verizon shall repair and maintain a Sub-Loop at the request of RNK and subject
to the time and material rates set forth in Exhibit A. RNK accepts
responsibility for initial trouble isolation for Sub-Loops and providing
Verizon with appropriate dispatch information based on its test results. If (a)
RNK reports to Verizon a Customer trouble, (b) RNK requests a dispatch, (c)
Verizon dispatches a technician, and (d) such trouble was not caused by Verizon
Sub-Loop facilities or equipment in whole or in part, then RNK shall pay
Verizon the charge set forth in Exhibit A for time associated with said
dispatch. In addition, this charge also applies when the Customer contact as
designated by RNK is not available at the appointed time. If as the result of
RNK instructions, Verizon is erroneously requested to dispatch to a site on
Verizon company premises (“dispatch in”), a charge set forth in Exhibit A will
be assessed per occurrence to RNK by Verizon. If as the result of RNK
instructions, Verizon is erroneously 

8 

requested to dispatch to a
site outside of Verizon company premises (“dispatch out”), a charge set forth
in Exhibit A will be assessed per occurrence to RNK by Verizon. 

                              11.2.10.13
Collocation in Remote Terminals 

                              To
the extent required by Applicable Law, Verizon shall allow RNK to collocate
equipment in a Verizon remote terminal equipment enclosure in accordance with,
and subject to, the rates, terms and conditions set forth in the Terms. 

                    11.2.11
Dark Fiber. 

Notwithstanding anything set
forth in the Interconnection Amendment No.1, subject to the conditions set
forth in Section 11.7 and upon request, Verizon shall provide RNK with access
to Dark Fiber (as such term is hereinafter defined) in accordance with, and
subject to, the terms and provisions of this Section and the rates set forth in
the Exhibit A. Verizon will provide RNK access to Dark Fiber in accordance
with, but only to the extent required by, Applicable Law. A “Dark Fiber Loop”
consists of continuous fiber optic strand(s) in a Verizon fiber optic cable
between the fiber distribution frame, or its functional equivalent, located
within a Verizon Wire Center, and Verizon’s main termination point, such as the
fiber patch panel located within a Customer premise, and that has not been
activated through connection to the electronics that “light” it, and thereby
render it capable of carrying Telecommunications Services. Access to unbundled
Dark Fiber will be provided by Verizon, where existing facilities are available
at the requested availability date, in the loop, subloop and interoffice
facilities (IOF) portions of the Company’s network. Access to Dark Fiber will
be provided in accordance with, but only to the extent required by, Applicable
Law. Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law, the following terms and
conditions apply to Verizon’s Dark Fiber offering. 

                              11.2.11.1
Dark Fiber Loop 

                              A
“Dark Fiber Loop” consists of continuous fiber optic strand(s) in a Verizon
fiber optic cable between the fiber distribution frame, or its functional
equivalent, located within a Verizon Wire Center, and Verizon’s main
termination point, such as the fiber patch panel located within a Customer
premise, and that has not been activated through connection to the electronics
that “light” it, and thereby render it capable of carrying Telecommunications
Services. In addition to the other terms and conditions of this Amendment No.1,
the following terms and conditions also shall apply to Dark Fiber Loops: 

                                        11.2.11.1.2
Verizon shall be required to provide a Dark Fiber Loop only where (1) one end
of the Dark Fiber Loop terminates at RNK’s collocation arrangement and (2) the
other end terminates at the Customer premise. A CLEC demarcation point shall be
established either in the main telco room of a building where a Customer is
located or, if the building does not have a main telco room, then at a location
to be determined by Verizon. Verizon shall connect a Dark Fiber Loop to the
demarcation point by installing a fiber jumper. 

                                        11.2.11.1.3
RNK may access a Dark Fiber Loop only at a pre-existing hard termination point
of such Dark Fiber Loop, and RNK may not access a Dark Fiber Loop at any other
point, including, but not limited to, a splice point. Verizon will not
introduce additional splice points or open existing splice points to
accommodate a CLEC’s request. Unused fibers located in a cable vault or a
controlled environment vault, manhole or other location outside the Verizon
Wire Center, and not terminated to a fiber patch, are not available to RNK. 

                                        11.2.11.1.4
A strand shall not be deemed to be continuous if splicing is required to
provide fiber continuity between two locations. Dark Fiber will only be offered
on a route-direct basis where facilities exist (i.e., no intermediate offices).

                                        11.2.11.1.5
Verizon shall perform all work necessary to install a cross connection or a
fiber jumper, including, but not limited to, the work necessary to connect a
dark fiber to a demarcation point, a fiber distribution frame or a POT bay. 

9 

                                        11.2.11.1.6
At the Customer premise, unused fibers are not available to RNK pursuant to
this Section unless such fibers terminate on a fiber patch panel. Unused fibers
in a fiber splice point located outside the Customer premise are not available
to RNK. 

                                        11.2.11.1.7
Dark Fiber will be offered to RNK in the condition that it is available in
Verizon’s network at the time that RNK submits its request (i.e., “as is”). In
addition, Verizon shall not be required to convert lit fiber to Dark Fiber for
RNK’s use. 

                                        11.2.11.1.8
Spare wavelengths on fiber strands, where Wave Division Multiplexing (WDM) or
Dense Wave Division Multiplexing (DWDM) equipment is deployed, are not
considered to be spare Dark Fiber Loops and, therefore, will not be offered to
RNK as Dark Fiber. 

                                        11.2.11.1.9
RNK shall be responsible for providing all transmission, terminating and
regeneration equipment necessary to light and use Dark Fiber. 

                                        11.2.11.1.10
RNK may not resell Dark Fiber purchased pursuant to this Section to third
parties; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection 11.2.11.1.10 shall
be construed to prohibit RNK from using Dark Fiber to provide
telecommunications services to Customers to the extent permitted by Applicable
Law and this Amendment No.1. 

                                        11.2.11.1.11
In order for Verizon to continue to preserve the efficiency of its network,
Verizon will limit RNK to leasing a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Dark Fiber in any given segment (a continuous strand of fiber(s) between two
hard termination points without intermediate offices) of Verizon’s network
during any two-year period. In addition, except as otherwise required by
Applicable Law, Verizon may take any of the following actions, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Amendment No.1: 

                                        (a)
Revoke Dark Fiber leased to RNK upon a showing of need to the Commission and
twelve (12) months’ advance written notice to RNK; and 

                                        (b)
Revoke Dark Fiber leased to RNK upon a showing to the Commission that RNK
underutilized fiber (less than OC-12) within any twelve (12) month period. 

                                        (c)
Verizon may reserve Dark Fiber for maintenance purposes, or to satisfy Customer
orders for fiber related services or for reasonable future growth. Verizon
reserves and shall not waive, Verizon’s right to claim before the Commission
that Verizon should not have to fulfill a RNK order for Dark Fiber because that
request would strand an unreasonable amount of fiber capacity, disrupt or
degrade service to Customers or carriers other than RNK. 

                                        11.2.11.1.12
RNK may not reserve Dark Fiber. 

                                        11.2.11.1.13
RNK shall be solely responsible for: (a) determining whether or not the
transmission characteristics of the Dark Fiber accommodate the requirements of
RNK; (b) obtaining any Rights of Way, governmental or private property permit,
easement or other authorization or approval required for access to the Dark
Fiber; (c) installation of fiber optic transmission equipment needed to power
the Dark Fiber to transmit Telecommunications Services traffic; (d)
installation of a demarcation point in a building where a Customer is located;
and (e) augmenting RNK’s collocation arrangements with any proper optical cross
connects or other equipment that RNK needs to access Dark Fiber before it
submits an order for such access. 

                                        11.2.11.2
Dark Fiber Interoffice Facilities (IOF). 

                                        The
Dark Fiber IOF UNE is defined as continuous fiber strand(s) that are located
within a fiber optic cable sheath between either (a) two Verizon central
offices or (b) a Verizon central office and a RNK central office but, in either
case, without attached multiplexing, aggregation or 

10 

other
electronics. Dark Fiber IOF is available between the CLEC’s collocation
arrangements within two Verizon Central Offices, or between the CLEC’s
collocation arrangement in a Verizon Central Office and a CLEC CO/POP. To the
extent applicable, the same terms and conditions regarding Dark Fiber Loop UNEs
shall govern the Dark Fiber IOF UNE.

                              11.2.11.3.
A Dark Fiber Inquiry Form must be submitted prior to submitting an ASR. Upon
receipt of the CLEC’s completed Inquiry Form, Verizon will initiate a review of
its cable records to determine whether dark fiber may be available between the
locations and in the quantities specified, Verizon will respond within fifteen
(15) business days from receipt of RNK’s request, indicating whether Unbundled
Dark Fiber may be available based on the records search except that for
voluminous requests or large, complex projects, Verizon reserves the right to
negotiate a different interval. 

                              11.2.11.4
RNK shall order Dark Fiber IOF and Dark Fiber Loop UNEs by sending to Verizon a
separate ASR for each A to Z route. 

                              11.2.11.5
Direct access to dark fiber loops, subloops, or IOF that terminates in a
Verizon premise, must be accomplished via a collocation arrangement in that
premise. In circumstances where collocation cannot be accomplished in the
premises, the Parties agree to negotiate for possible alternative arrangements.

                    11.2.12
House and Riser. 

                              11.2.12.1
Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Interconnection Amendment No.1,
subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.7 and upon request, Verizon
shall provide to RNK access to a House and Riser Cable (as such term is hereinafter
defined) in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and provisions of this
Section 11.2.12 and the rates set forth in Exhibit A. A “House and Riser Cable”
means a two-wire or four-wire metallic distribution facility in Verizon’s
network between the minimum point of entry for a building where a premises of a
Customer (as such term is hereinafter defined) is located (such a point, an
“MPOE”) and the rate demarcation point for such facility (or network interface
device (“NID”) if the NID is located at such rate demarcation point). Verizon
shall provide access to a House and Riser Cable only if Verizon owns, operates,
maintains and controls such facility and only where such facility is available.
Verizon shall not reserve a House and Riser Cable for RNK. RNK may access a
House and Riser Cable only at the MPOE for such cable. Notwithstanding anything
else set forth in this Amendment No.1, Verizon shall provide RNK with access to
House and Riser Cables in accordance with, but only to the extent required by,
Applicable Law. 

                              11.2.12.2
RNK must satisfy the following conditions before ordering access to a House and
Riser Cable from Verizon: 

                              (i)
RNK shall locate their compatible terminal block within cross connect distance
of the MPOE for such cable. A terminal block is within cross connect distance
of an MPOE if it is located in the same room (not including a hallway) or
within twelve (12) feet of such MPOE.

                              (ii)
If suitable space is available, RNK shall install its terminal block no closer
than fourteen (14) inches of the MPOE for such cable, unless otherwise agreed
by the Parties. 

                              (iii)
RNK’s terminal block or equipment cannot be attached, otherwise affixed to
Verizon’s facilities or equipment, cannot pass through or otherwise penetrate
Verizon’s facilities or equipment and cannot be installed so that RNK’s
terminal block or equipment is located in a space where Verizon plans to locate
its facilities or equipment. 

                              (iv)
RNK shall identify its terminal block and equipment as a RNK facility.

                              11.2.12.3
To provide RNK with access to a House and Riser Cable, Verizon shall not be
obligated to (a) move any Verizon equipment, (b) secure any Right of Way for
RNK, (c) secure

11 

space for RNK
in any building, (d) secure access to any portion of a building for RNK or (e)
reserve space in any building for RNK.

                              11.2.12.4
RNK must ensure that its terminal block has been tested for proper
installation, numbering and operation before ordering from Verizon access to a
House and Riser Cable. Verizon shall perform cutover of a Customer to RNK
service by means of a House and Riser Cable subject to a negotiated interval.
Verizon shall install a jumper cable to connect the appropriate Verizon House
and Riser Cable pair to RNK’s termination block, and Verizon shall determine
how to perform such installation. RNK shall coordinate with Verizon to ensure
that House and Riser Cable facilities are converted to RNK in accordance with
RNK’s order for such services. 

                              11.2.12.5
If a RNK compatible connecting block or spare termination on RNK’s connection
block is not available at the time of installation, Verizon shall bill RNK, and
RNK shall pay to Verizon, the Not Ready Charge set forth in Exhibit A and the
Parties shall establish a new cutover date. Verizon may install a new House and
Riser Cable subject to the time and material charges set forth in Exhibit A. 

                              11.2.12.6
Verizon shall perform all installation work on Verizon equipment. All RNK
equipment connected to a House and Riser Cable shall comply with applicable
industry standards. 

                              11.2.12.7
Verizon shall repair and maintain a House and Riser Cable at the request of RNK
and subject to the time and material rates set forth in Exhibit A. RNK shall be
solely responsible for investigating and determining the source of all troubles
and for providing Verizon with appropriate dispatch information based on its
test results. Verizon shall repair a trouble only when the cause of the trouble
is a Verizon House and Riser Cable. If (a) RNK reports to Verizon a Customer trouble,
(b) RNK requests a dispatch, (c) Verizon dispatches a technician, and (d) such
trouble was not caused by a Verizon House and Riser Cable in whole or in part,
then RNK shall pay Verizon the charge set forth in Exhibit A for time
associated with said dispatch. In addition, this charge also applies when the
Customer contact as designated by RNK is not available at the appointed time.
If as the result of RNK instructions, Verizon is erroneously requested to
dispatch to a site on Verizon company premises (“dispatch in”), a charge set
forth in Exhibit A will be assessed per occurrence to RNK by Verizon. If as the
result of RNK instructions, Verizon is erroneously requested to dispatch to a
site outside of Verizon company premises (“dispatch out”), a charge set forth
in Exhibit A will be assessed per occurrence to RNK by Verizon. 

                    11.2.13
Line Sharing.

                                        11.2.13.1.1 ‘Line
Sharing’ is an arrangement by which Verizon facilitates RNK’s provision of ADSL
(in accordance with T1.413), Splitterless ADSL (in accordance with T1.419),
RADSL (in accordance with TR # 59), Multiple Virtual Line (MVL (a proprietary
technology)), or any other xDSL technology that is presumed to be acceptable
for shared line deployment in accordance with FCC rules, to a particular
Customer location over an existing copper Loop that is being used
simultaneously by Verizon to provide analog circuit-switched voice grade
service to that Customer by making available to RNK, solely for RNK’s own use,
the frequency range above the voice band on the same copper Loop required by
RNK to provide such services. This Section11.2.13 addresses Line Sharing over
loops that are entirely copper loops.

                                        11.2.13.1.2 In
accordance with but only to the extent required by Applicable Law, Verizon
shall provide Line Sharing to RNK for RNK’s provision of ADSL (in accordance
with T1.413), Splitterless ADSL (in accordance with T1.419), RADSL (in
accordance with TR # 59), MVL (a proprietary technology), or any other xDSL
technology that is presumed to be acceptable for shared line deployment in
accordance with FCC rules, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In
order for a Loop to be eligible for Line Sharing, the following conditions must
be satisfied for the duration of the Line Sharing arrangement: (i) the Loop
must consist of a copper loop compatible with an xDSL service that is presumed
to be acceptable for shared-line deployment in accordance with FCC rules; (ii)
Verizon must be

12 

providing
simultaneous circuit-switched analog voice grade service to the Customer served
by the Loop in question; (iii) the Verizon Customer’s dial tone must originate
from a Verizon End Office Switch in the Wire Center where the Line Sharing
arrangement is being requested; and (iv) the xDSL technology to be deployed by
RNK on that Loop must not significantly degrade the performance of other
services provided on that Loop.

                              11.2.13.1
Verizon shall make Line Sharing available to RNK at the rates set forth in
Exhibit A. In addition to the recurring and nonrecurring charges shown in
Exhibit A for Line Sharing itself, the following rates shown in Exhibit A and
in Verizon’s applicable Tariffs are among those that may apply to a Line
Sharing arrangement: (i) prequalification charges to determine whether a Loop
is xDSL compatible (i.e., compatible with an xDSL service that is presumed to
be acceptable for shared-line deployment in accordance with FCC rules); (ii)
engineering query charges, engineering work order charges, or Loop conditioning
(Digital Designed Loop) charges; (iii) charges associated with Collocation
activities requested by RNK and not covered by Exhibit A; and (iv) misdirected
dispatch charges, charges for installation or repair, manual intervention
surcharges, and trouble isolation charges. 

                              11.2.13.2
The following ordering procedures shall apply to Line Sharing: 

                              (i)
To determine whether a Loop qualifies for Line Sharing, the Loop must first be
prequalified to determine if it is xDSL compatible. RNK must utilize the
mechanized and manual Loop qualification processes described in the terms
applicable to Digital Designed Loops, as referenced in paragraph (v) below, to
make this determination. 

                              (ii)
RNK shall place orders for Line Sharing by delivering to Verizon a valid
electronic transmittal service order or other mutually agreed upon type of
service order. Such service order shall be provided in accordance with industry
format and specifications or such format and specifications as may be agreed to
by the Parties. 

                              (iii)
If the Loop is prequalified by RNK through the Loop prequalification database,
and if a positive response is received and followed by receipt of RNK’s valid,
accurate and pre-qualified service order for Line Sharing, Verizon will return
an LSR within twenty-four (24) hours (weekends and holidays excluded) for LSRs
with less than six (6) loops and within 72 hours (weekends and holidays
excluded) for LSRs with six (6) or more loops. 

                              (iv)
If the Loop requires qualification manually or through an Engineering Query,
three (3) additional business days will be generally be required to obtain Loop
qualification results before a FOC can be returned following receipt of RNK’s
valid, accurate request. Verizon may require additional time to complete the
Engineering Query where there are poor record conditions, spikes in demand, or
other unforeseen events. 

                              (v)
If conditioning is required to make a Loop capable of supporting Line Sharing
and RNK orders such conditioning, then Verizon shall provide such conditioning
in accordance with the terms of this Amendment No.1 pertaining to Digital
Designed Loops; or if this Amendment No.1 does not contain provisions
pertaining to Digital Designed Loops, then in accordance with Verizon’s
generally available rates, terms and conditions applicable to Digital Design
Loops provided, however, that Verizon shall not be obligated to provide Loop
conditioning if Verizon establishes that such conditioning is likely to degrade
significantly the voice-grade service being provided to Verizon’s Customers
over such Loops.

                              (vi)
The standard Loop provisioning and installation process will be initiated for
the Line Sharing arrangement only once the requested engineering and
conditioning tasks have been completed on the Loop. Scheduling changes and
charges associated with order cancellations after conditioning work has been
initiated are addressed in the terms pertaining to Digital Designed Loops, as
referenced in paragraph (v) above. The provisioning interval for the Line
Sharing arrangement initially shall be the standard interval of six (6)
business days applicable to 2W ADSL Loops. Where Applicable

13 

Law has
ordered shorter intervals, the shortened intervals will apply in the event that
a dispatch is not required, where conditioning work is not necessary and where
facility modifications are not required. In no event shall the Line Sharing
interval applied to RNK be longer than the interval applied to any Affiliate of
Verizon. Line Sharing arrangements that require pair swaps or line and station
transfers in order to free up facilities will have a provisioning interval of
no less than six (6) Business Days.

                              (vii)
RNK must provide all required Collocation, CFA, Special Bill Number (“SBN”) and
NC/NCI information when a Line Sharing Arrangement is ordered. Collocation
augments required, either at the Point of Termination Bay (“POT”) Bay,
Collocation node, or for splitter placement must be ordered using standard
collocation applications and procedures, unless otherwise agreed to by the
parties or specified in this Amendment No.l. 

                              (viii)
The Parties recognize that Line Sharing is an offering that requires both
Parties to make reasonable efforts to coordinate their respective roles in the
roll out of Line Sharing in order to minimize provisioning problems and
facility issues. RNK will provide reasonable, timely, and accurate forecasts of
its Line Sharing requirements, including splitter placement elections and
ordering preferences. These forecasts are in addition to projections provided
for other stand-alone unbundled Loop types.

                                   11.2.13.3
To the extent required by Applicable Law, RNK shall provide Verizon with
information regarding the type of xDSL technology that it deploys on each
shared Loop. Where any proposed change in technology is planned on a shared
Loop, RNK must provide this information to Verizon in order for Verizon to
update Loop records and anticipate effects that the change may have on the
voice grade service and other Loops in the same or adjacent binder groups. As
described more fully in Verizon Technical Reference 72575, the xDSL technology
used by RNK for Line Share Arrangements shall operate within the Power Spectral
Density (PSD) limits set forth in T1.413-1998 (ADSL), T1.419-2000 (Splitterless
ADSL), or TR59-1999 (RADSL), and MVL (a proprietary technology) shall operate
within the 0 to 4 kHz PSD limits of T1.413-1998 and within the transmit PSD
limits of T1.601-1998 for frequencies above 4 kHz, provided that the MVL PSD
associated with audible frequencies above 4 kHz shall be sufficiently
attenuated to preclude significantly degrading voice services. RNK’s deployment
of additional Advanced Services shall be subject to the applicable FCC rules.

                                   11.2.13.4
RNK may only access the high frequency portion of a Loop in a Line Sharing
arrangement through an established Collocation arrangement at the Verizon
Serving Wire Center that contains the End Office Switch through which voice
grade service is provided to Verizon’s Customer. RNK is responsible for
providing a splitter at that Wire Center that complies with ANSI specification
T1.413 which employs Direct Current (“DC”) blocking capacitors or equivalent
technology to assist in isolating high bandwidth trouble resolution and
maintenance to the high frequency portion of the frequency spectrum, and is
designed so that the analog voice “dial tone” stays active when the splitter
card is removed for testing or maintenance through one of the splitter options
described below. RNK is also responsible for providing its own Digital
Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer (“DSLAM”) equipment in the Collocation
arrangement and any necessary CPE for the xDSL service it intends to provide
(including CPE splitters, filters and/or other equipment necessary for the end
user to receive separate voice and data services across the shared Loop). Two
splitter configurations are available. In both configurations, the splitter must
be provided by RNK and must satisfy the same NEBS requirements that Verizon
imposes on its own splitter equipment or the splitter equipment of any Verizon
affiliate. RNK must designate which splitter option it is choosing on the
Collocation application or augment. Regardless of the option selected, the
splitter arrangements must be installed before RNK submits an order for Line
Sharing. 

                    Splitter
Option 1: Splitter in RNK Collocation Area

                                   In this
configuration, the RNK-provided splitter (ANSI T1.413 or MVL compliant) is
provided, installed and maintained by RNK in its own Collocation space within
the Customer’s serving End Office. The Verizon-provided dial tone is routed
through the splitter in the RNK Collocation area. Any rearrangements will be
the responsibility of RNK.

14 

                    Splitter
Option 2: Splitter in Verizon Area 

                              In
this configuration, Verizon inventories and maintains a RNK-provided splitter
(ANSI T1.413 or MVL compliant) in Verizon space within the Customer’s serving
End Office. The splitters will be installed shelf-at-a-time. In those serving
End Offices where Verizon has employed the use of a POT Bay, the splitter will
be installed (mounted) in a relay rack between the POT Bay and the MDF. The
demarcation point is at the splitter end of the cable connecting RNK
Collocation and the splitter At RNK’s option, installation of the splitter may
be performed by Verizon or by a Verizon-approved vendor designated by RNK. 

                              In
those serving End Offices where Verizon does not employ the use of a POT Bay,
RNK provided splitter will be located via a virtual-LIKE collocation
arrangement, to which RNK does not have access. RNK shall receive its DSL
traffic via tie cables running from the MDF to the splitter and from the
splitter to RNK’s collocation arrangement. The demarcation point is the
connection to the DSLAM from the splitter. The installation of the splitter
shelf will be performed by Verizon or by a Verizon -approved vendor. 

                              In
either scenario, Verizon will control the splitter and will direct any required
activity. Where a POT Bay is deployed, Verizon will also perform all POT Bay
work required in this configuration. Verizon will provide a splitter inventory
to RNK upon completion of the required augment. 

                              (i)
Where a new splitter is to be installed as part of an initial Collocation
implementation, the splitter installation may be ordered as part of the initial
Collocation application. Associated Collocation charges (application and
engineering fees) apply. RNK must submit a new Collocation application, with
the application fee, to Verizon detailing its request. Standard Collocation
intervals will apply (unless Applicable Law requires otherwise). 

                              (ii)
Where a new splitter is to be installed as part of an existing Collocation
arrangement, or where the existing Collocation arrangement is to be augmented
(e.g., with additional terminations at the POT Bay or CLEC’s collocation
arrangement to support Line Sharing), the splitter installation or augment may
be ordered via an application for Collocation augment. Associated Collocation
charges (application and engineering fees) apply. RNK must submit the
application for Collocation augment, with the application fee, to Verizon.
Unless a longer interval is stated in Verizon’s applicable Tariff, an interval
of seventy-six (76) business days shall apply. 

                              11.2.13.5
RNK will have the following options for testing shared Loops:

                                        In
serving End Offices where a POT Bay has been employed for use the following
options shall be available to RNK

                                        11.2.13.5.1
Under Splitter Option 1, RNK may conduct its own physical tests of the shared
Loop from RNK’s collocation area. If it chooses to do so, RNK may supply and
install a test head to facilitate such physical tests, provided that: (i) the
test head satisfies the same NEBS requirements that Verizon imposes on its own
test head equipment or the test head equipment of any Verizon affiliate; and
(ii) the test head does not interrupt the voice circuit to any greater degree
than a conventional Mechanized Loop Test (“MLT”) test. Specifically, the
RNK-provided test equipment may not interrupt an in-progress voice connection
and must automatically restore any circuits tested in intervals comparable to
MLT. This optional RNK-provided test head would be installed between the “line”
port of the splitter and the POT bay in order to conduct remote physical tests
of the shared loop.

                                        11.2.13.5.2
Under Splitter Option 2, either Verizon or a Verizon-approved vendor selected
by RNK may install a RNK-provided test head to enable RNK to conduct remote
physical tests of the shared Loop. This optional RNK-provided test head may be
installed at a point between the “line” port of the splitter and the
Verizon-provided test head that is used by Verizon to conduct its own Loop
testing. The RNK-provided test head must satisfy the same NEBS requirements
that Verizon 

15 

imposes on its
own test head equipment or the test head equipment of any Verizon affiliate,
and may not interrupt the voice circuit to any greater degree than a
conventional MLT test. Specifically, the RNK-provided test equipment may not
interrupt an in-progress voice connection and must automatically restore any
circuits tested in intervals comparable to MLT. Verizon will inventory, control
and maintain the RNK-provided test head, and will direct all required activity.

                                        11.2.13.5.3
Under either Splitter Option, if Verizon has installed its own test head,
Verizon will conduct tests of the shared Loop using a Verizon-provided test
head, and, upon request, will provide these test results to RNK during normal
trouble isolation procedures in accordance with reasonable procedures. 

                                        11.2.13.5.4
Under either Splitter Option, Verizon will make MLT access available to RNK via
RETAS after the service order has been completed. RNK will utilize the circuit
number to initiate a test. 

                                        11.2.13.5.4.1
In those serving End Offices where Verizon has not employed a POT Bay for use,
RNK will not be permitted to supply its own test head; Verizon will make its
testing system available to RNK through use of the on-line computer interface
test system at www.gte.com/wise. This system is available 24
hours, 7 days a week.  

                                        11.2.13.5.5
The Parties will continue to work cooperatively on testing procedures. To this
end, in situations where RNK has attempted to use one or more of the foregoing
testing options but is still unable to resolve the error or trouble on the
shared Loop, Verizon and RNK will each dispatch a technician to an agreed-upon
point to conduct a joint meet test to identify and resolve the error or
trouble. Verizon may assess a charge for a misdirected dispatch only if the
error or trouble is determined to be one that RNK should reasonably have been
able to isolate and diagnose through one of the testing options available to
RNK above. The Parties will mutually agree upon the specific procedures for
conducting joint meet tests. 

                                        11.2.13.6
Verizon and RNK each have a joint responsibility to educate its Customer
regarding which service provider should be called for problems with their
respective voice or Advanced Service offerings. Verizon will retain primary
responsibility for voice band trouble tickets, including repairing analog voice
grade services and the physical line between the NID at the Customer premise
and the point of demarcation in the central office. RNK will be responsible for
repairing advanced data services it offers over the Line Sharing arrangement.
Each Party will be responsible for maintaining its own equipment. Before either
Party initiates any activity on a new shared Loop that may cause a disruption
of the voice or data service of the other Party’s Customer, that Party shall
first make a good faith effort to notify the other Party of the possibility of
a service disruption. Verizon and RNK will work together to address Customer
initiated repair requests and to prevent adverse impacts to the Customer.

                                        11.2.13.6.1
When Verizon provides Inside Wire maintenance services to the Customer, Verizon
will only be responsible for testing and repairing the Inside Wire for
voice-grade services. Verizon will not test, dispatch a technician, repair, or
upgrade Inside Wire to clear trouble calls associated with RNK’s Advanced
Services. Verizon will not repair any CPE equipment provided by RNK. Before a trouble
ticket is issued to Verizon, RNK shall validate whether the Verizon Customer is
experiencing a trouble that arises from RNK’s Advanced Service. If the problem
reported is isolated to the analog voice-grade service provided by Verizon, a
trouble ticket may be issued to Verizon. 

                                        11.2.13.6.2
In the case of a trouble reported by the Customer on its voice-grade service,
if Verizon determines the reported trouble arises from RNK’s Advanced Services
equipment, splitter problems, or RNK’s activities, Verizon will: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a)

 	
 Notify RNK
 and request that RNK immediately test the trouble on RNK’s Advanced Service.

 

16 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 b)

 	
 If the
 Customer’s voice grade service is so degraded that the Customer cannot
 originate or receive voice grade calls,
 and RNK has not cleared its trouble within a reasonable time frame, Verizon
 may take unilateral steps to temporarily restore the Customer’s voice grade
 service if Verizon determines in good faith that the cause of the voice
 interruption is RNK’s data service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 c)

 	
 Upon
 completion of steps (a) and (b) above, Verizon may temporarily remove the
 RNK-provided splitter from the Customer’s Loop and switch port if Verizon
 determines in good faith that the cause of the voice interruption is RNK’s
 data service.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 d)

 	
 Upon
 notification from RNK that the malfunction in RNK’s Advanced Service has been
 cleared, Verizon will restore RNK’s Advanced Service by restoring the
 splitter on the Customer’s Loop. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 e)

 	
 Upon
 completion of the above steps, RNK will be charged a Trouble Isolation Charge
 (“TIC”) to recover Verizon’s costs of isolating and temporarily removing the
 malfunctioning Advanced Service from the Customer’s line if the cause of the
 voice interruption was RNK’s data service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 0

 	
 Verizon
 shall not be liable for damages of any kind for temporary disruptions to
 RNK’s data service that are the result of the above steps taken in good faith
 to restore the end user’s voice-grade POTS service, and the indemnification
 provisions set forth in the Terms shall control in such instances. 

 

                    11.2.14
Line Splitting 

                              CLECs
may provide integrated voice and data services over the same Loop by engaging
in “line splitting” as set forth in paragraph 18 of the FCC’s Line Sharing
Reconsideration Order (CC Docket Nos. 98-147, 96-98), released January 19,
2001. Any line splitting between two CLECs shall be accomplished by prior
negotiated arrangement between those CLECs. To achieve a line splitting capability,
CLECs may utilize existing supporting OSS to order and combine in a line
splitting configuration an unbundled xDSL capable Loop terminated to a
collocated splitter and DSLAM equipment provided by a participating CLEC,
unbundled switching combined with shared transport, collocator-to-collocator
connections, and available cross-connects, under the terms and conditions set
forth in their Interconnection Agreement(s). The participating CLECs shall
provide any splitters used in a line splitting configuration. CLECs seeking to
migrate existing UNE platform configurations to a line splitting configuration
using the same unbundled elements utilized in the pre-existing platform
arrangement may do so consistent with such implementation schedules, terms,
conditions and guidelines as are agreed upon for such migrations in the ongoing
DSL Collaborative in the State of New York, NY PSC Case 00-C-0127, allowing for
local jurisdictional and OSS differences.

                    11.3
Network Interface Device 

                    11.3.1
Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.7 and at RNK’s request,
Verizon shall permit RNK to connect a RNK Loop to the Inside Wiring of a
Customer through the use of a Verizon NID in the manner set forth in this
Section 11.3. Verizon shall provide RNK with access to NIDs in accordance with,
but only to the extent required by, Applicable Law. RNK may access a Verizon
NID either by means of a Cross Connection (but only if the use of such Cross
Connection is technically feasible) from an adjoining RNK network interface
device deployed by RNK or, if an entrance module is available in the Verizon
NID, by connecting a RNK Loop to the Verizon NID. In all cases, Verizon shall
perform this Cross Connection. When necessary, Verizon will rearrange its
facilities to provide access to an existing Customer’s Inside Wire. An entrance
module is available only if facilities are not connected to it. The Customer
shall be responsible for resolving any conflicts between service providers for
access to the Customer’s premises and Inside Wire.

17 

                    11.3.2
In no case shall RNK access, remove, disconnect or in any other way rearrange
Verizon’s Loop facilities from Verizon’s NIDs, enclosures, or protectors. 

                    11.3.3
In no case shall RNK access, remove, disconnect or in any other way rearrange a
Customer’s Inside Wire from Verizon’s NIDs, enclosures, or protectors where
such Customer Inside Wire is used in the provision of ongoing
Telecommunications Service to that Customer. 

                    11.3.4
In no case shall RNK remove or disconnect ground wires from Verizon’s NIDs,
enclosures, or protectors. 

                    11.3.5
In no case shall RNK remove or disconnect NID modules, protectors, or terminals
from Verizon’s NID enclosures. 

                    11.3.6
Maintenance and control of premises Inside Wiring is the responsibility of the
Customer. Any conflicts between service providers for access to the Customer’s
Inside Wire must be resolved by the person who controls use of the wire (e.g.,
the Customer.) 

                    11.3.7
When RNK is connecting a RNK-provided Loop to the Inside Wiring of a Customer’s
premises through the Customer’s side of the Verizon NID, RNK does not need to
submit a request to Verizon and Verizon shall not charge RNK for access to the
Verizon NID. In such instances, RNK shall comply with the provisions of
Sections 11.3.2 through 11.3.6 of this Amendment No.1 and shall access the
Customer’s Inside Wire in the manner set forth in Section 11.3.7.1 of this
Amendment No. 1. 

                              11.3.7.1
Due to the wide variety of NIDs utilized by Verizon (based on Customer size and
environmental considerations), RNK may access the Customer’s Inside Wire,
acting as the agent of the Customer by any of the following means: 

                                        (a)
Where an adequate length of Inside Wire is not present or environmental
conditions do not permit, RNK may enter the Customer side of the Verizon NID
enclosure for the purpose of removing the Inside Wire from the terminals of
Verizon’s NID and connecting a connectorized or spliced jumper wire from a
suitable “punch out” hole of such NID enclosure to the Inside Wire within the
space of the Customer side of the Verizon NID. Such connection shall be
electrically insulated and shall not make any contact with the connection
points or terminals within the Customer side of the Verizon NID. 

                                        (b)
RNK may request Verizon to make other rearrangements
to the Inside Wire terminations or terminal enclosure on a time and materials
cost basis to be charged to the requesting party (i.e. RNK, its agent, the
building owner or the Customer). If RNK accesses the Customer’s Inside Wire as
described in this Section 11.3.7.1(b), time and materials charges will be
billed to the requesting party (i.e. RNK, its agent, the building owner or the Customer).

                    11.4 Unbundled Switching Elements 

          Subject
to the conditions set forth in Section 11.7, Verizon shall make available to
RNK the local Switching Element and Tandem Switching Element unbundled from
transport, local Loop transmission, or other services in accordance with this
Amendment No.1. Verizon shall provide RNK with access to the Local Switching
Element and the Tandem Switching Element in accordance with, but only to the
extent required by, Applicable Law. 

                    11.4.1
Local Switching

                              11.4.1.1
The unbundled local Switching Elements include line side and trunk side
facilities (e.g. line and trunk
side Ports such as analog and ISDN line side Ports and DS I trunk side Ports)
plus the features, functions, and capabilities of the switch. It consists of
the line-side Port (including 

18 

connection between
a Loop termination and a switch line card, telephone number assignment, basic
intercept, one primary directory listing, presubscription, and access to 911,
operator services, and directory assistance), line and line group features
(including all vertical features and line blocking options that the switch and
its associated deployed switch software is capable of providing and are
currently offered to Verizon’s local exchange Customers), usage (including the
connection of lines to lines, lines to trunks, trunks to lines, and trunks to
trunks), and trunk features (including the connection between the trunk
termination and a trunk card).

                              11.4.1.2
Verizon shall offer, as an optional chargeable feature, usage tapes. 

                              11.4.1.3
RNK may request activation or deactivation of features on a per-port basis at
any time, and shall compensate Verizon for the non-recurring charges associated
with processing the order. RNK may submit a Bona Fide Request for other switch
features and functions that the switch is capable of providing, but which
Verizon does not currently provide, or for customized routing of traffic other
than operator services and/or directory assistance traffic. Verizon shall
develop and provide these requested services where technically feasible with
the agreement of RNK to pay the recurring and non-recurring costs of
developing, installing, updating, providing and maintaining these services. 

                              11.4.1.4
Network Design Request (“NDR”)

                                                  11.4.1.4.1
Prior to submitting any order for unbundled Local Switching (as an UNE or in
combination with other UNEs), RNK shall complete the NDR process. As part of
the NDR process, RNK shall request standardized or customized routing of its
Customer traffic in conjunction with the provision of unbundled Local
Switching. 

                                                  11.4.1.4.2
If RNK selects customized routing, RNK shall define the routing plan and
Verizon shall implement such plan, subject to technical feasibility
constraints. Time and Material Charges may apply. 

                         11.4.2
Tandem Switching

                              The
unbundled Tandem Switching Element includes trunk-connect facilities, the basic
switching function of connecting trunks to trunks, and the functions that are
centralized in Tandem Switches. Unbundled Tandem switching creates a temporary
transmission path between interoffice trunks that are interconnected at a
Verizon access Tandem for the purpose of routing a call or calls.

                    11.5
Unbundled InterOffice
Facilities 

          Subject
to Section 11.7, where facilities are available, at RNK’s request, Verizon
shall provide RNK with interoffice transmission facilities (“IOF”) unbundled
from other Network Elements in accordance with but only to the extent required
by Applicable Law, at the rates set forth in Exhibit A and in Verizon’s
applicable Tariffs, if any, as amended from time to time and in accordance with
the Terms; provided, however, that Verizon shall offer unbundled shared IOF
only to the extent that RNK also purchases unbundled local switching capability
from Verizon in accordance with Section 11.4 of this Amendment No.l. 

                    11.6
Operations Support Systems 

          Subject
to the conditions set forth in Section 11.7 below, Verizon shall provide RNK
with access via electronic interfaces to databases required for pre-ordering,
ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, and billing. All such
transactions shall be submitted by RNK through such electronic interfaces.

19 

                    11.7
 Limitations on Unbundled Access 

                    11.7.1
Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Amendment No.1: 

                              (a)
To the extent that Verizon is required by a change in Applicable Law to provide
a Network Element on an unbundled basis to RNK, the terms, conditions and
prices for such Network Element (including, but not limited to, the terms and
conditions defining the Network Element and stating when and where the Network
Element will be available and how it will be used, and terms, conditions and
prices for pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning, repair, maintenance and billing)
shall be as provided in an applicable Tariff of Verizon, or, in the absence of
an applicable Verizon Tariff, as mutually agreed to by the Parties. 

                              (b)
Verizon shall not provide RNK, and RNK shall not request from Verizon, access
to a proprietary advanced intelligent network service. 

                    11.7.2
Without limiting Verizon’s rights pursuant to Applicable Law or any other
section of this Amendment No.1 to terminate its provision of a Network Element
or a Combination, if Verizon provides a Network Element or Combination to RNK,
and the Commission, the FCC, a court or other governmental body of appropriate
jurisdiction determines that Verizon is not required by Applicable Law to
provide such Network Element or Combination, Verizon may terminate its
provision of such Network Element or Combination to RNK in a manner consistent
with Applicable Law. If Verizon terminates its provision of a Network Element
or a Combination to RNK pursuant to this Section 11.7.2 and RNK elects to
purchase other services offered by Verizon in place of such Network Element or
Combination, then: (a) Verizon shall reasonably cooperate with RNK to
coordinate the termination of such Network Element or Combination and the
installation of such services to minimize the interruption of service to
customers of RNK; and, (b) RNK shall pay all applicable charges for such
services, including, but not limited to, all applicable installation charges. 

                    11.7.3
Nothing contained in this Amendment No.1 shall be deemed to constitute an
agreement by Verizon that any item identified in this Amendment No.1 as a
Network Element is (i) a Network Element under Applicable Law, or (ii) a
Network Element Verizon is required by Applicable Law to provide to RNK on an
unbundled basis. 

                    11.7.4
Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law: (a) Verizon shall be obligated
to provide a UNE or Combination pursuant to this Amendment No.1 only to the
extent such UNE or Combination, and the equipment and facilities necessary to
provide such UNE or Combination, are available in Verizon’s network; (b)
Verizon shall have no obligation to construct or deploy new facilities or
equipment to offer any UNE or Combination; and, (c) Verizon shall not be
obligated to combine UNEs that are not already combined in Verizon’s network.
RNK shall not directly or through a third party (e.g., RNK’s Customer) order
Telecommunications Services from Verizon in order to impose on Verizon an
obligation to provide a UNE or a Combination that Verizon would not otherwise
have an obligation to provide. For example, RNK shall not order
Telecommunications Services or advise its Customer to order Telecommunications
Services where existing UNEs or Combination desired by RNK are not available in
order to permit RNK to subsequently convert the Telecommunications Services to
the UNEs or Combinations desired by RNK. 

                    11.7.5
Except as otherwise expressly stated, or required by Applicable Law, RNK shall
access Verizon’s unbundled Network Elements specifically identified in this
Amendment No.1 via Collocation in accordance with the Terms at the Verizon Wire
Center or other Verizon premise where those elements exist, and each Loop or Port shall, in the case of Collocation, be
delivered to RNK’s Collocation node by means of a Cross Connection. 

                    11.7.6
Verizon shall provide RNK access to its Loops at each of Verizon’s Wire Centers
for Loops terminating in that Wire Center. In addition, if RNK orders one or
more Loops provisioned via

20 

Integrated
Digital Loop Carrier or Remote Switching technology deployed as a Loop
concentrator, Verizon shall, where available, move the requested Loop(s) to a
spare physical Loop, if one is existing and available, at no additional charge
to RNK. If, however, no spare physical Loop is available, Verizon shall within
three (3) Business days of RNK’s request notify RNK of the lack of available
facilities. RNK may then at its discretion make a Network Element Bona Fide
Request to Verizon to provide the unbundled Local Loop through the
demultiplexing of the integrated digitized Loop(s). RNK may also make a Network
Element Bona Fide Request for access to Unbundled Local Loops at the Loop
concentration site point. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Amendment No.1, standard provisioning intervals shall not apply to Loops
provided under this Section.

                    11.7.7
If as the result of RNK Customer actions (i.e., Customer Not Ready (“CNR”)),
Verizon cannot complete requested work activity when a technician has been
dispatched to the RNK Customer premises, RNK will be assessed a non-recurring
charge associated with this visit. This charge will be the sum of the
applicable Service Order charge specified in Exhibit A and the Premises Visit
Charge as specified in Verizon’s applicable retail or Wholesale Tariff. 

                    11.7.8
RNK may use a UNE or Combination only for those purposes for which Verizon is
required by Applicable Law to provide such UNE or Combination to RNK. Without
limiting the foregoing, RNK may use a UNE or Combination (a) only to provide a
Telecommunications Service and (b) to provide Exchange Access services only to
the extent that Verizon is required by Applicable Law to provide such UNE or
Combination to RNK in order to allow RNK to provide such Exchange Access
services. 

                    11.8
Availability of Other Network Elements on an Unbundled Basis 

                    11.8.1
Verizon shall, upon request of RNK, and to the extent required by Applicable
Law, provide to RNK access to its Network Elements on an unbundled basis for
the provision of RNK’s Telecommunications Service. Any request by RNK for
access to a Verizon Network Element that is not already specifically referred
to in this Amendment No.1 shall be treated as a Network Element Bona Fide
Request. RNK shall provide Verizon access to its Network Elements as mutually
agreed by the Parties or as required by Applicable Law.

                    
11.8.2 A Network Element obtained by one Party
from the other Party under this Section 11.8 may be used in combination with
the facilities of the requesting Party only to provide a Telecommunications
Service. 

                    11.8.3
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.8, a Party
shall not be required to provide a proprietary Network Element to the other
Party under this Section 11.8 except to the extent required by Applicable Law. 

                    11.9
Conversion of Live Telephone Exchange Service to Analog 2W Loops 

          The
following coordination procedures shall apply to “live” cutovers of Verizon
Customers who are converting their Telephone Exchange Services to RNK Telephone
Exchange Services provisioned over Analog 2W unbundled Local Loops (“Analog 2W
Loops”) to be provided by Verizon to RNK. 

                    11.9.1
Coordinated cutover charges shall apply to conversions of live Telephone
Exchange Services to Analog 2W Loops. When an outside dispatch is required to
perform a conversion, additional charges may apply. If RNK does not request a
coordinated cutover, Verizon will process RNK’s order as a new installation
subject to applicable standard provisioning intervals. 

                    11.9.2
RNK shall request Analog 2W Loop(s) for coordinated cutover from Verizon by
delivering to Verizon a valid electronic Local Service Request (“LSR”). Verizon
agrees to accept from RNK the date and time for the conversion designated on
the LSR (“Scheduled Conversion

21 

Time”),
provided that such designation is within the regularly scheduled operating
hours of the Verizon Regional CLEC Control Center (“RCCC”) and subject to the
availability of Verizon’s work force. In the event that Verizon’s work force is
not available, RNK and Verizon shall mutually agree on a New Conversion Time,
as defined below. RNK shall designate the Scheduled Conversion Time subject to
Verizon standard provisioning intervals as stated in the Verizon CLEC Handbook,
as may be revised from time to time. Within three (3) business days of Verizon’s
receipt of such valid LSR, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, Verizon
shall provide RNK the scheduled due date for conversion of the Analog 2W Loops
covered by such LSR.

                    11.9.3
RNK shall provide dial tone at the RNK Collocation site at least forty-eight
(48) hours prior to the Scheduled Conversion Time. 

                    11.9.4
Either Party may contact the other Party to negotiate a new Scheduled
Conversion Time (the “New Conversion Time”); provided, however, that each Party
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide four (4) business hours’
advance notice to the other Party of its request for a New Conversion Time. Any
Scheduled Conversion Time or New Conversion Time may not be rescheduled more
than one (1) time in a business day, and any two New Conversion Times for a
particular Analog 2W Loop shall differ by at least eight (8) hours, unless
otherwise agreed to by the Parties. 

                              11.9.4.1
If the New Conversion Time is more than one (1) business hour from the original
Scheduled Conversion Time or from the previous New Conversion Time, the Party
requesting such New Conversion Time shall be subject to the following: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (i) If
 Verizon requests to reschedule outside of the one (1) hour time frame above,
 the Analog 2W Loop Service Order Charge for the original Scheduled Conversion
 Time or the previous New Conversion Time shall be waived upon request from
 RNK; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           (ii) If
 RNK requests to reschedule outside the one (1) hour time frame above, RNK
 shall be charged an additional Analog 2W Loop Service Order Charge for
 rescheduling the conversion to the New Conversion Time. 

 

                    11.9.5
If RNK is not ready to accept service at the Scheduled Conversion Time or at a
New Conversion Time, as applicable, an additional Service Order Charge shall
apply. If Verizon is not available or ready to perform the conversion within
thirty (30) minutes of the Scheduled Conversion Time or New Conversion Time, as
applicable, Verizon and RNK will reschedule and, upon request from RNK, Verizon
will waive the Analog 2W Loop Service Order Charge for the original Scheduled
Conversion Time. 

                    11.9.6
The standard time interval expected from disconnection of a live Telephone Exchange
Service to the connection of the Analog 2W Loop to RNK is fifteen (15) minutes
per Analog 2W Loop for all orders consisting of twenty (20) Analog 2W Loops or
less. Orders involving more than twenty (20) Loops will require a negotiated
interval. 

                    11.9.7
Conversions involving LNP will be completed according to North American
Numbering Council (“NANC”) standards, via the regional Number Portability
Administration Center (“NPAC”).

                    11.9.8
If RNK requires
Analog 2W Loop conversions outside of the regularly scheduled Verizon RCCC
operating hours, such conversions shall be separately negotiated. Additional
charges (e.g., overtime labor charges) may apply for desired dates and times
outside of regularly scheduled RCCC operating hours.

                    11.10
Maintenance of Unbundled Network Elements

22 

          If
(a) RNK reports to Verizon a Customer trouble, (b) RNK requests a dispatch, (c)
Verizon dispatches a technician, and (d) such trouble was not caused by Verizon
facilities or equipment in whole or in part, then RNK shall pay Verizon the
charge set forth in Exhibit A for time associated with said dispatch. In
addition, this charge also applies when the Customer contact as designated by
RNK is not available at the appointed time. RNK accepts responsibility for
initial trouble isolation and providing Verizon with appropriate dispatch
information based on its test results. If as the result of RNK instructions,
Verizon is erroneously requested to dispatch to a site on Verizon company
premises (“dispatch in”), a charge set forth in Exhibit A will be assessed per
occurrence to RNK by Verizon. If as the result of RNK instructions, Verizon is
erroneously requested to dispatch to a site outside of Verizon company premises
(“dispatch out”), a charge set forth in Exhibit A will be assessed per
occurrence to RNK by Verizon. Verizon agrees to respond to RNK trouble reports
on a non-discriminatory basis consistent with the manner in which it provides
service to its own retail Customers or to any other similarly situated
Telecommunications Carrier.

          11.11
Rates 

          Verizon
shall charge, and RNK shall pay, the non-recurring and monthly recurring rates
for Network Elements set forth in Exhibit A of this Amendment No.1. If the
Commission adopts permanent rates consistent with the requirements of the FCC
Regulations (to the extent it has not already done so), then such permanent
rates shall be applied in the manner described in Exhibit A. 

          11.12
Combinations 

Subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 11.7, Verizon shall be obligated to provide a
combination of Network Elements (a “Combination”) only to the extent provision
of such Combination is required by Applicable Law. To the extent Verizon is
required by Applicable Law to provide a Combination to RNK, Verizon shall
provide such Combination in accordance with, and subject to, requirements
established by Verizon that are consistent with Applicable Law (such
requirements, the “Combo Requirements”). Verizon shall make the Combo
Requirements publicly available in an electronic form.

23 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

INTRODUCTION TO NEW HAMPSHIRE PRICING SCHEDULE

          Unless
otherwise agreed to by the Parties, Exhibit A contains rates the Parties shall
charge on a reciprocal basis for the specific services identified herein.  

          Except as
otherwise provided for in this Agreement, when the Commission approves actual
rates in Verizon’s Generally Available Terms and Conditions (“SGATC”) filed with
the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission, those rates shall apply to any
network element or service provided by Verizon to RNK under this Agreement.  

          If the
Commission approves additional or different rates and/or rate structures at a
later time, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties herein, the rates and/or
rate structures established by the Commission at a later time shall become the
rates and/or rate structures established herein. The Parties agree that those
rates and/or rate structures shall be applied prospectively only. 

24 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

VERIZON NEW HAMPSHIRE AND
RNK

B. UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS1

	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
I 

 	
Unbundled
Database Access2 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
a. 

 	
8001888
Database  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
Reciprocal Compensation: 800 Database (refer to I
above) 

(charged to originating Party).  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
800
Database query: $0.000941*      per query 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
b. 

 	
 LIDB 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
Access to
Signal Systems and Call Related Databases: 

 

1 All rates and charges specified herein are
pertaining to the Unbundled Network Element Attachment.  

2 It is Verizon’s position, that
Verizon’s proposed UNEs, UNE combinations, and UNE pricing methodology reflect
the FCC’s current rules. Verizon does not agree that UNE prices must be based
solely on forward-looking costs, and Verizon reserves the right to seek to
change its UNE offerings and UNE prices if the FCC’s rules are vacated or
modified by the FCC or by a final, non-appealable judicial decision.  

25 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element
 Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring Charges:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 LIDB Access: SCP Query

 	
  

 	
 $0.001231*
 Per Query

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 
	
 LIDB Record Management

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 
	
 Record Charge (During Recovery Period)

 	
  

 	
 $0.032700*
 Per Record/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 
	
 Record Charge (Beyond Recovery Period)

 	
  

 	
 $0.002300*
 Per Record/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 
	
 LIDB Database Load Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 
	
 <= 10,000 Records 

 	
  

 	
 $38.47*
 Per Hour

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 
	
 > 10,000 Records

 	
  

 	
 $158.57*
 Per Hour

 	
  

 	
 Not
 Applicable

 

26 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 II

 	
 Unbundled
Local Loops3 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  (a)

 	
 Monthly
 Recurring Charges

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  (1) ULL facility: ULL type

 	
  

 	
 Rural

 	
  

 	
 Suburban

 	
  

 	
 Urban

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (per month) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.06

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 32.34

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.06

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire
 ISDN Digital Grade (2 Wire Digital Premium Loops)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL with ISDN Loop Extension Electronics

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire
 DS-1-compatible Digital Grade

 	
  

 	
 -$

 	
 304.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 165.33

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 166.83

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 ”

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removed

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL (up to 30,000 Feet) Non-loaded with
 Bridged Tap options

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire
 HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.03

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire
 HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.06

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 32.34

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.06

 	
 *

 
	
 4
 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.06

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 32.34

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.06

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire SDSL compatible ULL

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.74

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 33.41

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.63

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (2) Service Access Charge: ULL type

 	
  

 	
  (per month)

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 Voice
 Grade/DS-0

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.32

 	
 *

 
	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.74

 	
 *

 

(b)          Non-Recurring
Charges 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Service Order Charge (per
 order)

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Standard Interval

 	
  

 	
 Expedite

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 LILL Type

 	
  

 	
 1 ULL

 	
  

 	
 2-9 ULL

 	
  

 	
 10+ ULL

 	
  

 	
 1 ULL

 	
  

 	
 2-9 ULL

 	
  

 	
 10+ ULL

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade (2 Wire Digital Premium
 Loops)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.08

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.25

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 20.26

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 9.02

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.09

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 30.04

 	
 ”

 

3 In compliance with the FCC order approving the merger of GTE Corporation and
Bell Atlantic (CC Docket No. 98-1840), Verizon will offer limited duration
promotional discounts on residential UNE Loops. The terms and conditions on
which these promotional discounts are being made
available can be found on *http://www.verizon.com/wise for former GTE
service areas and former Bell Atlantic service areas. 

27 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL with ISDN
 Loop Extension Electronics

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.08

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.25

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 20.26

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 9.02

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.09

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 30.04

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire DS-1-compatible Digital Grade

 	
  

 	
 $ 

 	
 64.44 

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removed

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL (up to 30,000 Feet) Non-loaded with
 Bridged Tap options

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire
 HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.17

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 15.07

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire
 HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 4
 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire SDSL compatible ULL

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.08

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.25

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 20.26

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 9.02

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.09

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 30.04

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.08

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.25

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 20.26

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 9.02

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.09

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 30.04

 	
 *

 
	
 2
 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.08

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.25

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 20.26

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 9.02

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.09

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 30.04

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wird IDSL
 compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.08

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 16.25

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 20.26

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 9.02

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.09

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 30.04

 	
 *

 

28 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

(2) Service
Connection Charge: (per oop) 

	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
ULL Type 

 	
  

 	
 Service Connection: Standard

 	
  

 	
 Service Connection: CO Wiring

 	
  

 
	

	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
2-Wire Analog Voice Grade 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
123.55 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
49.00 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade (2 Wire Digital
Premium Loops) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL with
ISDN Loop Extension Electronics 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
4-Wire DS-1-compatible Digital Grade 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
123.55 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
49.00 

 	
” 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
” 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) with Bridged Tap removal 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet) with Bridged Tap removed 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL (up to
30,000 Feet) Non-loaded with Bridged Tap options 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2-Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) with Bridged Tap Removal 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
4-Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
4 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) with Bridged Tap Removal 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
123.55 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
49.00 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91  

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with Bridged Tap
removal 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet) with Bridged Tap removal 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
45.91 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
23.85 

 	
* 

 	
  

 
	
Distance Extensions for various ULL types
for distances exceeding transmission characteristics in applicable technical
references. 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
123.55 

 	
* 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
49.00 

 	
* 

 	
  

 

29 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

(3) Installation
Dispatch (per dispatch)

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch (per dispatch)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TC Not Ready

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

  

 	
  

 	

  

 	
  

 	

  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 ULL Type

 	
  

 	
 1 ULL

 	
  

 	
 2-9 ULL

 	
  

 	
 10+ ULL

 	
  

 	
 (per occasion)

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade (2 Wire Digital
 Premium Loops)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL with
 ISDN Loop Extension Electronics

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire DS-1-compatible Digital Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
 feet) with Bridged Tap removed

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL
 (18,000 feet up to 30,000 Feet) Non-loaded with Bridged Tap options

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire HDSL compatible LILL (up to 12,000
 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
 feet) with Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 4 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
 feet) with Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with Bridged Tap
 removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 ”

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 

30 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

(4) Manual Intervention Surcharge
(where mechanized interface available but not used) 

	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
Standard Interval 

 	
  

 	
Service Order
(per order) 

 	
  

 	
Svc Connection
Chg (per ULL) 

 	
  

 
	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 
	
ULL Type 

 	
  

 	
1 ULL 

 	
  

 	
2-9 ULL 

 	
  

 	
10+ ULL 

 	
  

 	
1 ULL 

 	
  

 	
2-9 ULL 

 	
  

 	
10+ UL 

 	
  

 
	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 
	
2-Wire Analog Voice Grade 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
” 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 
	
2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade (2 Wire Digital
Premium Loops) 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL with
ISDN Loop Extension Electronics 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
4-Wire DS-1-compatible Digital Grade 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
” 

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) with Bridged Tap removal 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet) with Bridged Tap removed 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL (up to
30,000 Feet) Non-loaded with Bridged Tap options 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2-Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
’ 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) with Bridged Tap Removal 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
’ 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
” 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 
	
4-Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 1

 
	
4 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000
feet) with Bridged Tap Removal 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
6.87 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
0.00 

 	
* 

 
	
2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
34.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
68.33 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
311.91 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96 

 	
* 

 	
$ 

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 
	
2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with Bridged Tap
removal  

 	
   

 	
$  

 	
34.91  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
68.33  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
311.91  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 
	
2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000
feet)  

 	
   

 	
$  

 	
34.91  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
68.33  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
311.91  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 
	
2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to18,000
feet) with Bridged Tap removal  

 	
   

 	
$  

 	
34.91  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
68.33  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
311.91  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 	
$  

 	
11.96  

 	
*  

 

31 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedited
 Interval

 	
  

 	
 Service Order
 (per order)

 	
  

 	
 Svc Connection
 Chg (per ULL)

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 ULL Type

 	
  

 	
 1 ULL

 	
  

 	
 2-9 ULL

 	
  

 	
 10+ ULL

 	
  

 	
 1 ULL

 	
  

 	
 2-9 ULL

 	
  

 	
 10+ ULL

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade (2 Wire Digital Premium Loops)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL with ISDN Loop
 Extension Electronics

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire DS-1-compatible Digital Grade

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 ’

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to
 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet) with
 Bridged Tap removed

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic ULL (up to 30,000 Feet)
 Non-loaded with Bridged Tap options

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2-Wire HDSL compatible LILL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with
 Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 4-Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 4 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to 12,000 feet) with
 Bridged Tap Removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to 18,000 feet) with
 Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.76

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 101.32

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 462.49

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 11.96

 	
 *

 

(5) Misdirected
Trouble Dispatches (charge per occasion) 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (a)

 	
 Dispatch IN (to Central Office)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 80.02

 	
 *

 
	
 (b)

 	
 Dispatch IN (EXPEDITE)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 106.22

 	
 *

 
	
 (c)

 	
 Dispatch OUT (to Customer
 Premise)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 129.39

 	
 *

 
	
 (d)

 	
 Dispatch OUT (EXPEDITE)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 174.35

 	
 ’

 

32 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

 (c) Digital Loops and Digital
Designed Loops (Conditioning)

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring
 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring
 Charges:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Standard
 Digital Loops 

 	
  

 	
 All:

 	
  

 	
 All:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $1.08*1 Mechanized Loop
 Qualification/ per Provisioned Loop

 	
  

 	
 $125.10*/ Manual Loop
 Qualification/ per Loop Request

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to
 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to
 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to
 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
 4 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to
 12,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to
 18,000 feet)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
 Digital
 Designed Loops

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to
 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $224.84*

 Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $542.65*

 Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $164.71*

 Engineering Query

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $776.36*

 Engineering Work Order Charge

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire ADSL compatible ULL (up to
 18,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.11. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $224.84*

 Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $542.65*

 Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $164.71*

 Engineering Query

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $776.36*

 Engineering Work Order Charge

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire Digital Designed Metallic
 ULL (18,000 up to 30,000 Feet) Non-loaded with Bridged Tap options

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 

33 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring
 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring
 Charges:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $804.58*

 Required Removal of Load Coils (up to 21,000 feet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $1,068.37’

 Required Removal of Load Coils (up to 27,000 feet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $224.84*

 Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $542.65*

 Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $164.71*

 Engineering Query

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $776.36*

 Engineering Work Order Charge

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire Digital Designed ‘Metallic
 ULL with ISDN Loop Extension Electronics

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $804.58*

 Required Removal of Load Coils (up to 21,000 feet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $1,068.37*

 Required Removal of Load Coils (up to 27,000 feet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $835.68*

 Addition of Range Electronics

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $164.71*

 Engineering Query

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $776.36’

 Engineering
 Work Order Charge

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to
 12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a)

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $224.84*

 Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $542.65*

 Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $164.71*

 Engineering
 Query

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $776.36*

 Engineering
 Work Order Charge

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4 Wire HDSL compatible ULL (up to
12,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal  

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (a) 

 	
  

 	
 See Section B.II. (b)  

 

34 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
Service or
Element Description: 

 	
  

 	
Recurring
Charges: 

 	
  

 	
Non-Recurring
Charges: 

 
	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$224.84*

Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$542.65*

Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$164.71*

Engineering Query 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$776.36*

Engineering Work Order Charge 

 
	
  

 	
2 Wire SDSL compatible ULL with
Bridged Tap removal 

 	
  

 	
See Section B.II. (a) 

 	
  

 	
See Section B.II. (b) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$224.84*

Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$542.65*

Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$164.71*

Engineering Query 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$776.36*

Engineering Work Order Charge 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
2 Wire IDSL compatible ULL (up to
18,000 feet) with Bridged Tap removal 

 	
  

 	
See Section B.II. (a) 

 	
  

 	
See Section B.11. (b) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$224.84*

Removal of one Bridged Tap per Request 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$542.65*

Removal of Multiple Bridged Taps per Loop per Request 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$164.71*

Engineering Query 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$776.36*

Engineering Work Order Charge 

 

35 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 III. 

 	
 Unbundled
 IOF

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A. 

 	
 Monthly
 Recurring Charges

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Dedicated Transport 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Facility (per month)

 	
  

 	
 Interoffice Mileage FIXED

 	
  

 	
 Interoffice Mileage/ MILE

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-1 

 	
  

 	
 $ 

 	
 71.24 

 	
 * 

 	
 $ 

 	
 0.14 

 	
 * 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-3 

 	
  

 	
 $ 

 	
 554.72 

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 3.88

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OC-3

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1,014.86

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 11.65

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OC-12

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2519.52

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 46.62

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (2) Service Access Charge: IOF

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  (per month)

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
  

 	

  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.74

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-3

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 28.83

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OC-3

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 19.60

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OC-12

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 19.60

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (3) Unbundled Multiplexing

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
    DS-1 to DS-0 (1/0
 Mux)

 	
  

 	
 (per mux/per month)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 180.40

 	
 *

 
	
    DS-3 to DS-1 (3/1
 Mux)

 	
  

 	
 (per mux/per month)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 202.89

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Non-Recurring
 Charges

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Standard
 Interval

 	
  

 	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 DS-3

 	
  

 	
 0C-3

 	
  

 	
 OC-12

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1)  Service
 Order (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.63*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.63*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.63*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.63*

 	
  

 
	
 (2)  Manual
 Intervention Surcharge (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 (3)  Service
 Connection: Provisioning (per facility)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 205.09*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 205.09*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 205.09*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 229.37*

 	
  

 
	
 (4)  Service
 Connection: Installation (per facility)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 167.36*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 370.14*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 370.14*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 464.24*

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedited
 Interval

 	
  

 	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 DS-3

 	
  

 	
 OC-3

 	
  

 	
 0C-12

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1)  Service
 Order (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.04*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.04*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.04*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.04*

 	
  

 
	
 (2)  Manual
 Intervention Surcharge (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 (3)  Service
 Connection: Provisioning (per facility)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 233.63*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 233.63*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 233.63*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 268.04*

 	
  

 
	
 (4)  Service
 Connection: Installation (per facility)

 	
  

 	
 $ 

 	
482.45* 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
482.45* 

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
482.45*  

 	
  

 	
 $ 

 	
 605.11* 

 	
  

 

36 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

IV. Unbundled Common Channel Signaling and Call-Related Database Access 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
  

 	
 UNIT

 	
  

 	
 RATE

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TC Switched Service-Optional
 Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 SS7 Signaling Modifications

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Re-Home D-Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 188.00

 	
 *

 
	
 A-Link to D-Link Conversion

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 141.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Change in Hub Providers

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 NPA/NXX Input Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per 10 Codes

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.50

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Common Channel Signaling

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 STP Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 982.43

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Access Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.64

 	
 *

 
	
 Signaling Usage Rate

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Message

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000146

 	
 *

 
	
 Assumed Usage

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Port/month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.200000

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Request

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 STP Order Processing Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Request

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 296.82

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 96.76

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 STP Translation Charges: A-Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Basic ISUP

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 141.00 

 	
 *

 
	
 ISUP + TCAP

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 188.00

 	
 *

 
	
 800 DB Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 LIDB Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Class Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 NPA/Nxx Input Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per 10 Codes

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.50

 	
 *

 
	
 Calling Name

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 AIN Queries (Verizon)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 IC to TC (Telephone Carrier)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 141.00

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 STP Translation Charges: D-Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Basic ISUP

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 235.00

 	
 *

 
	
 ISUP + TCAP

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 329.00

 	
 *

 
	
 800 DB Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 LIDB Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Class Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 NPA/Nxx Input Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per 10 Codes

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.50

 	
 *

 
	
 Calling Name

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 94.00

 	
 *

 
	
 AIN Queries (Verizon)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 141.00

 	
 *

 
	
 TC to TC (Telephone Carrier)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per STP Pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 141.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Subsequent STP Translations

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TC Orig. Pt.

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 47.00

 	
 *

 
	
 End Office Translations

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TC Orig. Pt.

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 7.99

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Testing Set-Up

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Per TC Switch & TELCO STP

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Pair

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 MTP: Levels 2 & 3

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 551.68

 	
 *

 
	
 ISUP

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 551.68

 	
 *

 
	
 800 DB Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 68.96

 	
 *

 
	
 LIDB Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 68.96

 	
 *

 
	
 Class Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 68.96

 	
 *

 

37 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
Rate Element 

 	
  

 	
UNIT 

 	
  

 	
RATE 

 	
  

 
	

	
  

	

	
  

 	

	
  

 
	
Calling Name 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
68.96 

 	
* 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
Testing 

 	
  

 	
Per TC Switch & TELCO STP 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
Pair 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
MTP: Levels 2 & 3 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
665.44 

 	
* 

 
	
ISUP 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
998.16 

 	
* 

 
	
800 DB Queries 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
83.18 

 	
* 

 
	
LIDB Queries 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
41.59 

 	
* 

 
	
Class Features 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
41.59 

 	
* 

 
	
Calling Name 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
$ 

 	
41.59 

 	
* 

 

38 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

Service
Management System

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
  

 	
 UNIT

 	
  

 	
 RATE

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Management System

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access to AIN Service

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 SMS: Service Creation and
 testing

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 
	
 AIN Customer Record Administration

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Record Administration

 	
  

 	
 Record/month

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 
	
 Create/Modify Record

 	
  

 	
 Record Transaction

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 
	
 AIN Service Query

 	
  

 	
 Per Query

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 

V. Unbundled Local Switching

          (a)
Monthly Recurring Charges

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Dedicated Local Switch Ports

 	
  

 	
 Statewide

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (per month) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1)     Local
 Switching Analog Port

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.79

 	
 *

 
	
 (2)     Local Switching Integrated DLC Port (TR-08) per interface group (consisting of 4 DS1 ports)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 82.24

 	
 *

 
	
 (3)     Local Switching DS1 DID/DOD/PBX Port Per DS1 trunk port

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 72.14

 	
 *

 
	
 (4)     Local
 Switching ISDN-BRI Port

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.21

 	
 *

 
	
 (5)     Local
 Switching ISDN-PRI Port

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 343.51 

 	
 *

 
	
 (6)     Local Switching Digital Trunk Port per DS1

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 72.14

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Local Switching Port Additives (Features)

 	
  

 	
 Statewide

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (per month) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Centrex

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.849200

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Ringmate

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.101310

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Three-Way Calling

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.224300

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Speed Calling

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (5) Call Waiting

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (6) Call Forwarding - Don’t
 Answer

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (7) Call Forwarding - Busy

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (8) Call Forwarding - Variable

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 

1 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Local Switching
 Usage

 	
  

 	
 Statewide

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (per minute of use) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1)  Local Switching Trunk Port
 (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000524

 	
 *

 
	
 (2)  Local Switching Trunk Port
 (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000899

 	
 *

 
	
 (3)  Local Switching Trunk Port
 (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (4)  Local Switching Usage (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.003233

 	
 *

 
	
 (5)  Local Switching Usage (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.004285

 	
 *

 
	
 (6)  Local Switching Usage
 (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.001763

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Shared Interoffice Trunking and Tandem Resources

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 All Zones

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (per minute of use) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1)     Unbundled
 Shared Tandem Transport Charge (UTTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000401

 	
 *

 
	
 (2)     Unbundled
 Shared Tandem Transport Charge (UTTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000692

 	
 *

 
	
 (3)     Unbundled
 Shared Tandem Transport Charge (UTTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (4)     Unbundled Common Transport Charge (UCTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000925

 	
 *

 
	
 (5)     Unbundled Common Transport Charge (UCTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.001591

 	
 *

 
	
 (6)     Unbundled Common Transport Charge (UCTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (7)     Unbundled Toll Common Transport Charge (UTCTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.001514

 	
 *

 
	
 (8)     Unbundled Toll Common Transport Charge (UTCTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.002479

 	
 *

 
	
 (9)     Unbundled Toll Common Transport Charge (UTCTC)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000172

 	
 *

 
	
 (10)   Unbundled Tandem Transit Switching Charge (TTS)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.002542

 	
 *

 
	
 (11)   Unbundled Tandem Transit Switching Charge (TTS)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.003747

 	
 *

 
	
 (12)   Unbundled Tandem Transit Switching Charge (TTS)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000861

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Access Charge: Switching

 	
  

 	
  (per month)

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 Voice Grade/DS-0

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.32

 	
 *

 
	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.74

 	
 *

 
	
 DS-3

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 28.83

 	
 *

 

2 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  (b)
 Non-Recurring Charges 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 End Office Trunk
 Ports

 	
  

 	
 Standard Interval

 	
  

 	
 Expedited Interval

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Service Order (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Manual Intervention Surcharge
 (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Service charge (per port)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 142.69

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 189.80

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Installation (CO wiring) (per
 port)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 18.43

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.03

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 End Office Line
 Ports

 	
  

 	
 Standard Interval

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Service Order (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Manual Intervention Surcharge
 (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Service charge (per port)
 (BRI and Analog Ports)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.79

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Service charge (per port)
 (for DS1 DID/DOD/PBX Port, PRI)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 142.69

 	
 *

 
	
 (5) Installation (CO wiring) (per
 port) (BRI and Analog Ports)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13

 	
 *

 
	
 (6) Installation (CO wiring) (per
 port) (DS1 DID/DOD/PBX Port, PRI)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 18.43

 	
 *

 
	
 (7) Integrated DLC ports are
 priced on an Individual Case Basis

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Switching
 Feature Activation

 	
  

 	
 Standard Interval

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Call Forwarding - Busy

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Call Forwarding - Don’t
 Answer

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Call Forwarding - Variable

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Call Waiting

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (5) Centrex Intercom Dialing

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (6) Custom Ringing

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (7) Speed Calling

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (8) Three Way Calling

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (9) Subsequent addition/change

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.85

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Miscellaneous
 Switching Charges

 	
  

 	
 Standard Interval

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Network Design Request (per
 hour)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 68.96

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Line Port Traffic Study
 Set-Up (per study)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 65.81 

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Line Port Traffic Study (per
 week)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 44.61 

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Channel activation -
 subsequent

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.79

 	
 *

 
	
 (5) TC not ready

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 VI.
 Unbundled Tandem Switching

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  (a)

 	
 Monthly
 Recurring Charges 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Dedicated Tandem
 Switch Ports

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 All Zones

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (per month)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Tandem Switching Digital
 Trunk Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 80.57

 	
 *

 

3 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Tandem Switching
 Usage

 	
  

 	
 All Zones

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (per minute of use) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Tandem Trunk Port (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000805

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Tandem Trunk Port (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.001382

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Tandem Trunk Port (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000000

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Tandem Usage (Day)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000932

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Tandem Usage (Eve)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000983

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Tandem Usage (Night)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.000861

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  (b)

 	
 Non-Recurring
 Charges 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Tandem Office
 Trunk Ports

 	
  

 	
 Standard Interval

 	
  

 	
 Expedited Interval

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 (1) Service Order (per port)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 (2) Manual Intervention Surcharge
 (per port)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 
	
 (3) Service charge (per order)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 164.04

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 217.01 

 	
 *

 
	
 (4) Installation (CO wiring) (per
 port)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 18.43

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 24.03

 	
 *

 

VII. Network Interface Device (NID) 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE (NID) 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Time: first 30 minutes

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 Subsequent 30 minutes (period or
 part)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 18.67

 	
 *

 
	
 TC not ready (per occasion)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 2 Wire NID (per NID/ month)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.36

 	
 *

 
	
 4 Wire NID

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.72

 	
 *

 

VIII. Intrastate Collocation 

Pending
approval of rates and/or rate structures filed for intrastate collocation, all
intrastate collocation services shall be charged at rates found in the New
Hampshire PUC Tariff No. 80. 

4 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

IX. Line Sharing

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
  

 	
 $ Amount

 	
  

 	
 Mo.

 	
  

 	
 NRC

 	
  

 	
 Option 14

 	
  

 	
        Option 2

        VERIZON

        installs

 	
  

 	
        Option 2

        CLEC

        vendor

        installs

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Application Fee - Augment

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1500

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
 Not applicable unless augmenting
 POT Bay

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Engineering & Implementation
 Fee-Additional Cabling

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2120.96

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
 Not applicable unless augmenting
 POT Bay

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Splitter Installation Cost

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1369.60

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
 Not applicable

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 POT VERIZON/Splitter Termination,
 2 Wire VG

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 .09

 	
 *

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (2) SAC5s

 	
  

 	
 (2)    SACs

 	
  

 	
 (2) SACs

 

Both Option
1 and Option 2 assume there is an existing Collocation Arrangement.

(1)   = one required

(2)   = two required 

	
  

 
	
 4 Option 1: A CLEC-provided
 splitter shall be provided, installed and maintained by the CLEC in their own
 Collocation space. Rearrangements are the responsibility of the CLEC. Verizon
 dial tone is routed through the splitter in the CLEC Collocation area.

Option
 2: Verizon will install, inventory and maintain CLEC provided splitter in
 Verizon space within the Serving Central Office of the lines being provided.
 Verizon will have control of the splitter and will direct any required
 activity. 

 
	
  

 
	
 5 Service Access Charge (SAC) is the same as Interconnection Access
Charge or a cross connect 

 

5 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
  

 	
 $ Amount

 	
  

 	
 Mo.

 	
  

 	
 NRC

 	
  

 	
 Option 1

 	
  

 	
        Option 2

        VERIZON

        installs

 	
  

 	
        Option 2

        CLEC

        vendor

        installs

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 SAC Cable & Frame
 Termination, 2VVire VG

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 .23

 	
 ”

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (2) SACs

 	
  

 	
 (2) SACs

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 Verizon/Splitter Support— Per
 Shelf

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 3.34

 	
 *

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Maintenance of Splitter Equipment
 per splitter

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.52

 	
 *

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 WideBand
 Test Access per line

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.01

 	
 *

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 

Although
this rate assumes that each relay rack contains 14 splitter shelves, the rate
applies only to the shelves that CLEC actually uses in a given relay rack. 

6 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
  

 	
 $ Amount

 	
  

 	
 Mo.

 	
  

 	
 NRC

 	
  

 	
 Option 1

 	
  

 	
        Option 2

        VERIZON

        installs

 	
  

 	
        Option 2

        CLEC

        vendor

        installs

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 9.59

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
 - (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.88

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Central Office Wiring Initial

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 20.37

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Provisioning

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.27

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.40

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Field Installation Dispatch

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 121.35

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 170.92

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 28.26

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 43.86

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TC Not Ready

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 Loop Qualification Data Base per
 link

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.08

 	
 *

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 Manual Loop Qualification

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 125.10

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 Engineering Query

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 164.71

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 Engineering Work Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 776.36

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 OSS Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Loop

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Conditioning charges

 	
  

 	
 Per interim state specific
 conditioning rates

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Trouble Dispatch

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
   (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 
	
 Misdirects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Dispatch In

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 80.02

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedite Dispatch In

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 106.22

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 129.39

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Expedite Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 174.35

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 X

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 X. UNE
 Remand Items 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  (a)

 	
 Recurring
 Charges 

 

7 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring Charges

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
 LOOPS

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 DS3 Loops

 	
 Fixed

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 679.24

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Loop Fiber per 1/4 mi.

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 17.33

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 DOS loops (4-wire)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Urban

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 44.14

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Suburban

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 46.38

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Rural

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 68.05

 	
 *

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Stand-alone NID — 2 Wire

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.36

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 Stand-alone MD — 4 Wire

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.72

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 Shared NID - Per loop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Stand-alone NID — DS1 (with smart
 jack)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 5.88

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 Conditioned Loop Testing

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 NID — 2 Wire per NID/month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.36

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 NID — 4 Wire per NID/month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.72

 	
 *

 
	
 TC not ready- per occasion

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.148

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Time: first 30 minutes

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
      Subsequent 15 minutes (period or
 part)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 9.33

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring Charges

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
    SWITCH/PLATFORM

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
    Centrex Platform Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 CTX Intercom

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.5690

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 CTX Announcement

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.9794

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3-Way Conference (CTX)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.3450

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Automatic Callback

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.7423

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Distinctive Ring

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.0047

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Loudspeaker Paging

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 11.3092

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Selective Call Acceptance

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.0742

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Selective Call Forwarding

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.0123

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Selective Call Rejection

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.0742

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Six Way Conference

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1,787900

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Music - on — Hold

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 UNE- Platform (UNE-P) Combinations 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 a) 

 	
 Usage 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Tariffed MOU charges apply
 based on the Telephone Company network resource that is used (See Section on UNE Local Switching).

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 b)

 	
 Monthly  Rates

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 The applicable recurring rate for each separate network element will
 apply to

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

8 

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 
	
 UNE-P arrangements.

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring Charges

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 
EEL Combinations

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

9

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (a)

 	
 Monthly Rates

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (1)

 	
 EEL Test Charge — A monthly rate applies to recover the cost
 associated with testing EEL arrangements. This charge will vary depending on
 the specific loop type that is ordered.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (2)

 	
 The applicable recurring rate for each separate unbundled network
 element will apply to EEL arrangements.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (b)

 	
 Collocation SAC or IAC charges, as appropriate, will also apply (see
 Section 4.5.3.4.5 of SGAT).

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (c)

 	
 Termination liability and minimum service period charges may be
 applicable to early termination of services that convert to EEL arrangements.
 All applicable termination liabilities and minimum period penalties will
 apply pursuant to applicable tariff terms and conditions for early
 termination of services.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
      Rates and Charges-Recurring

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 EEL Test
 Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 Wire Analog per loop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 Wire Digital per loop

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.10

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4 Wire Analog per loop

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.23

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4 Wire Digital (56 kbps) per loop

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.29

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 DS1 (1.5 mbps) per loop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.31

 	
 ”

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
               DS3 (45 mbps) per loop

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.37

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 VD/DSO EEL Mileage(Recurring)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 3.60

 	
 *

 

10

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Inter-Office Mileage

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1. 

 	
 Fixed

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2. 

 	
 Per Mile Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.80

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.0058

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element
 Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring Charges

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 10F

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 STS-1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Fixed per month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 518.60

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Variable per mile per month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 3.88

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Service Access Charge-STS1-per
 month

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 28.83

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element
 Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring Charges

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Subloops at FDI

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2-wire Subloop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Urban

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 8.52

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Suburban

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 9.01

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Rural

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 11.60

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4-wire Subloop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Urban

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 11.64

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Suburban

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.09 

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Rural

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 17.15 

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Subloops at Pole, Pedestal,
 X-box, CEV

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Subloops at RT (e.g. DSLAM)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Subloops at NID (NIDless loops)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Campus Wire- Continuous Property

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 House and Riser

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Building Access- per pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.60

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Floor Access- per floor risen,
 per pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.01

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
      Dark
 Fiber Loops

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Monthly Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Monthly Rates

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Dark Fiber Per Mile Cost

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 69.98

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Fixed Cost Per Serving Wire
 Center

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 4.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Fixed Cost per Customer Premises

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.06

 	
 *

 
	
 Fixed Cost Per Intermediate
 Central Office

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 8.10

 	
 *

 
	
 Fixed Cost Per Remote Terminal

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.37

 	
 *

 
	
 Fixed Cost Per CLEC CO/POP

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.38

 	
 *

 
	
 Unusable Dark fiber Per Mile Cost

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 34.55

 	
 *

 

11

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
                     (b)
 Non-Recurring Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element
 Description:

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 LOOPS

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 DS3 Loops

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order — Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.04

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 205.09

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 233.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection — CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 370.14

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 482.45

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 DDS Loops (4 Wire)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order — Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 123.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 123.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection — CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Stand-alone NID — 2 Wire,

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.36

 	
 *

 
	
 Stand-alone NID — 4 Wire,

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.72

 	
 *

 
	
 Shared NID

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 	
  

 
	
 Stand-alone NID — DS1

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 5.88

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order –
 Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual
 Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual
 Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21*

 	
  

 
	
 Installation
 Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 51.13*

 	
  

 
	
 Installation
 Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 69.10*

 	
  

 

12

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element Description

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 
	
 UNE Centrex platform

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 40.38*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 59.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 2 to 9 links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.86*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 91.73*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 105.11*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18”

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02”

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 340.24*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 300.72*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 504.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 445.90*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 N/A  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 UNE ISDN Centrex Platform

 	
 

 	
 New Service

 	
 

 	
 Migration

 	
 

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 40.38*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 59.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 

13

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 2 to 9 Links

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 21.48*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 31.85*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 61.86*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 70.88’

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 91.73*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 105.11*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.08’

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 12.13’

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 35.66*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 52.87*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 340.24*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 300.72*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 504.50*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 445.90*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 LINE ISDN-PRI Platform

 	
 

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
 

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
 

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 64.44*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 64.44*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 95.55*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 95.55*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 6.87*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 6.87*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 10.19*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 10.19’

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 236.69*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 76.53*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 283.80’

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 98.59*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 18.43*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 24.03*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 71.13’

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 71.13*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 UNE DS1 DID I DOD 1 PBX Service Platform

 	
 

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
 

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 
	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 64.44*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 64.44*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 95.55*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 95.55*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 6.87*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 6.87*

 	
 

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 10.19*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 10.19*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 236.69*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 76.53*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 283.90*

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 98.59*

 	
 

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
 

 	
 $

 	
 18.43*

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 NA  

 	
 

 

14

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 24.03*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Coin/PAL Platform Service

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 40.38’

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 59.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 to 9 Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.86*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 91.73*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 105.11*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service-Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 340.24*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 300.72*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 504.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 445.90*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE POTS Platform

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00’

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 40.38*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 59.88’

 	
  

 

15

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 to 9 Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order -Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.86*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 91.73*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 105.11*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 563.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 340.24*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 300.72*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 504.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 445.90*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE ISDN SRI Platform

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 40.38’

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 59.88*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 to 9 Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.86*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.88*

 	
  

 

16

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 91.73*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 105.11*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08’

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.66*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 52.87*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 340.24*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 300.72*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 504.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 445.90*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.50*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 12.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Foreign Exchange (FX)- Platform -
 POTS

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 	
 Migration

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 40.38*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 59.88’

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 207.59’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 236.13”

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 158.62*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 196.90*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 to 9 Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18’

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02’

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.86*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.88’

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 91.73’

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 105.11*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 207.59*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 236.13*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 2.08*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 158.62*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 196.90*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57*

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57’

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NA  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 14.18*

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.02*

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 340.24*

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 300.72’

 	
  

 

17

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 504.50

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 445.90

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 207.59

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 236.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 158.62

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 196.90

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Foreign Exchange (FX)
 Platform- ISDN-BRI

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Single Link

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 40.38

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 59.88

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 207.59

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 236.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 158.62

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 196.90

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.13

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 to 9 Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.86

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 70.88

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 91.73

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 105.11

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 207.59

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 236.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 158.62

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 196.90

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.57

 	
 ”

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10+ Links

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.66

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 14.18

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 52.87

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 21.02

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 340.24

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 300.72

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 504.50

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 445.90

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 207.59

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 236.13

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 2.08

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 158.62

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 196.90

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 70.69

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Foreign Exchange (FX)
 Platform- ISDN-PRI

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 

18

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 441.78

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 76.53

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 517.43

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 98.59

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 234.79

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wiring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 291.17

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Foreign Exchange (FX)
 Platform- DS1 DID / DOD/PBX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 441.78

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 76.53

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 517.43

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 98.59

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 234.79

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 291.17

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 71.13

 	
 *

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element
 Description:

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 10F

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 STS-1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 23.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 35.04

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 0.00

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 205.09

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 233.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection - CO Wring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 370.14

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection- CO Wring- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 482.45

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 New Service

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 Subloops at FDI

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Subloop Arrangement
 (USIA) 2 Wire -New Initial

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05

 	
 *

 

19

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 119.70

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 161.75

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Additional

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 46.83

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.29

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Subloop 2 Wire Loop
 Through - UNE Subloop Arrangement (USLA)- (Migration)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Initial

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 136.35

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 184.25

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Additional

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.48

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.85

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 21.05

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 31.21

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 63.16

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 85.36

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 UNE Subloop Arrangement
 (USLA) 4 Wire - New

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Initial

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order - Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection -Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 150.49

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 203.36

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Additional

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

20

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 ’

 
	
 Service Order— Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1.65

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 82.50

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 111.49

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Subloop 4 Wire Loop Through — UNE Subloop Arrangement
 (USLA) - (Migration)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Initial

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order — Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 ’

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 152.61

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 206.23

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Additional

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service Order

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 64.44

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Order — Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 95.55

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 6.87

 	
 *

 
	
 Manual Intervention Surcharge- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 10.19

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Service Connection —Other- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 49.63

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 75.94

 	
 *

 
	
 Installation Dispatch Out- Expedite

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 102.62

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Subloops at Pole, Pedestal, X-box, CEV

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
 Subloops at Pole, Pedestal, X-box, CEV

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
 Subloops at RT (e.g.DSLAM)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
 Campus Wire- Continuous Property

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICB

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Subloop Feeder

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Subloop Feeder - DS1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 	
  

 
	
 Subloop Feeder - DS3

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 TBD

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 House and Riser

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Building Setup Service Cost Per 50 pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 134.04

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 House and Riser Cable Service Installation
 Charge, -Per occasion

 	
  

 	
 Time & Material

 	
  

 
	
 Time:

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 First 30 minutes

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 55.14

 	
 *

 
	
 Subsequent 15 minutes Period or fraction
 thereof

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 9.33

 	
 *

 

21

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

A dispatch of a technician during hours not sequential to that technician’s
normal scheduled tour of duty has a four-hour minimum charge.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or Bement Description:

 	
  

 	
 Normal

 	
  

 	
 Expedited

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Dark Fiber

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Non-recurring

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
    (1) Dark Fiber

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Service Order -per fiber pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 61.39

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 90.39

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
 C.O. Wiring

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 48.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.47

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Provisioning

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 285.05

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 386.42

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Field Installation

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 142.99

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 193.22

 	
 *

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (2) Records Review -per fiber pair

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 1,197.39

 	
 ’

 	
  

 	
 NA

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
    (3) Intermediate Office

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 48.96

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 63.47

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
  - per intermediate
 office, per fiber pair

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Other Charges,
 Time and Materials

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
    (1) Fiber Layout Map (per hour or
 fraction thereof)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service Delivery Engineer

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 50.03

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 67.37

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Network Transport Engineering
 —Planning

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 50.03

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 67.37

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Network Transport Engineering
 —Design

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
    (2) Field Survey (per hour or
 fraction thereof)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service Delivery Engineer

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 50.03

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 67.37

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
 Network Transport Engineering —Planning

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 50.03

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 67.37

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
 Network Transport Engineering —Design

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 45.21

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 58.20

 	
 *

 
	
  

 	
 Outside Plant Operations (splicer)

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 42.95

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 59.68

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
 Central Office Frame (COF)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 45.21

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 58.20

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
 (3) 

 	
 Splicing (per hour or fraction thereof)      

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 42.95

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 59.68

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Outside Plant Operations (splicer)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Central Office Frame (COF)           

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 45.21

 	
 *

 	
 $

 	
 58.20

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
 (4) 

 	
 Testing (per hour or fraction thereof)      

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $

 	
 42.95

 	
 ’

 	
 $

 	
 59.68

 	
 ’

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Outside Plant Operations (splicer)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Central Office Frame (COF)           

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

22

EXHIBIT A TO ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 G.

 	
 OPERATIONS SUPPORT SYSTEMS

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a.

 	
 Access to
 Operations Support Systems will be charged $.21 per pre-order, order, and
 maintenance and repair transaction in New Hampshire.

 

23Exhibit 10.55 

AGREEMENT

between

Bell Atlantic — New Jersey, Inc. 

and 

Sprint Communications Company L.P. 

Effective Date: May 15, 1998

 Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section

 	
  

 	
 Page

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TITLE

 	
  

 	
 1

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TABLE OF
 CONTENTS

 	
  

 	
 2

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PREFACE

 	
  

 	
 5

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 RECITALS

 	
  

 	
 5

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PART I:
 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 	
  

 	
 6

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Definitions
 and Acronyms

 	
  

 	
 6

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 The
 Agreement

 	
  

 	
 6

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 Offered
 Services

 	
  

 	
 9

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 Prices

 	
  

 	
 9

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 Billing and
 Payment

 	
  

 	
 10

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 Term and
 Termination

 	
  

 	
 11

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 Assignment
 and Delegation

 	
  

 	
 12

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 Audits and
 Inspections

 	
  

 	
 14

 	
  

 
	
 9.

 	
 Branding

 	
  

 	
 15

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 Compliance
 with Applicable Law

 	
  

 	
 16

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 Confidential
 Information

 	
  

 	
 17

 	
  

 
	
 12.

 	
 Counterparts

 	
  

 	
 20

 	
  

 
	
 13.

 	
 Customer
 Information

 	
  

 	
 20

 	
  

 
	
 14.

 	
 Default

 	
  

 	
 22

 	
  

 
	
 15.

 	
 Facilities

 	
  

 	
 25

 	
  

 
	
 16.

 	
 Force
 Majeure

 	
  

 	
 25

 	
  

 
	
 17.

 	
 Good Faith
 Performance

 	
  

 	
 26

 	
  

 
	
 18.

 	
 Governing
 Law

 	
  

 	
 26

 	
  

 
	
 19.

 	
 Headings of
 No Force or Effect

 	
  

 	
 27

 	
  

 
	
 20.

 	
 Indemnity
 and Defense

 	
  

 	
 27

 	
  

 
	
 21.

 	
 Intellectual
 Property

 	
  

 	
 31

 	
  

 
	
 22.

 	
 Joint Work
 Product

 	
  

 	
 33

 	
  

 
	
 23.

 	
 Liability

 	
  

 	
 33

 	
  

 
	
 24.

 	
 Nonexclusive
 Remedies

 	
  

 	
 35

 	
  

 
	
 25.

 	
 Notices

 	
  

 	
 36

 	
  

 
	
 26.

 	
 Option to
 Obtain Offered Services Under Other
 Agreements

 	
  

 	
 36

 	
  

 
	
 27.

 	
 Other
 Services

 	
  

 	
 38

 	
  

 
	
 28.

 	
 Provision
 and Use of Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 39

 	
  

 
	
 29.

 	
 Publicity

 	
  

 	
 40

 	
  

 
	
 30.

 	
 Referenced
 Documents

 	
  

 	
 40

 	
  

 
	
 31.

 	
 Regulatory
 Matters

 	
  

 	
 40

 	
  

 
	
 32.

 	
 Relationship
 of the Parties

 	
  

 	
 41

 	
  

 

 Page 3

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 33.

 	
 Selection of
 Telephone Exchange Service Provider

 	
  

 	
 43

 	
  

 
	
 34.

 	
 Service
 Standards

 	
  

 	
 43

 	
  

 
	
 35.

 	
 Severability

 	
  

 	
 44

 	
  

 
	
 36.

 	
 Subcontracting

 	
  

 	
 44

 	
  

 
	
 37.

 	
 Survival of
 Obligations

 	
  

 	
 45

 	
  

 
	
 38.

 	
 Taxes

 	
  

 	
 45

 	
  

 
	
 39.

 	
 Third-Party
 Beneficiaries

 	
  

 	
 48

 	
  

 
	
 40.

 	
 Warranties

 	
  

 	
 49

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PART II: BA
 OFFERED SERVICES AND RELATED MATTERS

 	
  

 	
 50

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 41.

 	
 BA Offered
 Services

 	
  

 	
 50

 	
  

 
	
 42.

 	
 Charges

 	
  

 	
 50

 	
  

 
	
 43.

 	
 Changes in
 BA Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 50

 	
  

 
	
 44.

 	
 Customer
 Contact

 	
  

 	
 51

 	
  

 
	
 45.

 	
 BA Resale
 Services

 	
  

 	
 52

 	
  

 
	
 46.

 	
 BA Unbundled
 Network Elements

 	
  

 	
 56

 	
  

 
	
 47.

 	
 Support
 Functions

 	
  

 	
 56

 	
  

 
	
 48.

 	
 Directory
 Listings

 	
  

 	
 60

 	
  

 
	
 49.

 	
 Information

 	
  

 	
 63

 	
  

 
	
 50.

 	
 Ordering
 Processes

 	
  

 	
 64

 	
  

 
	
 51.

 	
 Testing

 	
  

 	
 64

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PART III:
 SPRINT OFFERED SERVICES AND RELATED MATTERS

 	
  

 	
 66

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 52.

 	
 Sprint
 Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 66

 	
  

 
	
 53.

 	
 Charges for
 Sprint Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 66

 	
  

 
	
 54.

 	
 Changes in
 Sprint Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 66

 	
  

 
	
 55.

 	
 Customer
 Contact

 	
  

 	
 67

 	
  

 
	
 56.

 	
 Sprint
 Resale Services

 	
  

 	
 68

 	
  

 
	
 57.

 	
 Support
 Functions

 	
  

 	
 71

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PART IV:
 ATTACHMENTS

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Attachment 1

 	
 Price
 Schedule

 
	
 Attachment 2

 	
 Network
 Elements

 
	
 Attachment 3

 	
 Collocation

 
	
 Attachment 4

 	
 Provisioning
 and Ordering

 
	
 Attachment 5

 	
 Maintenance

 
	
 Attachment 6

 	
 Billing

 
	
 Attachment 7

 	
 Provision of
 Recorded Usage Data

 
	
 Attachment 8

 	
 Number
 Portability

 
	
 Attachment 9

 	
 Security
 Requirements

 
	
 Attachment
 10

 	
 Acronyms

 
	
 Attachment
 11

 	
 Definitions

 
	
 Attachment
 12

 	
 Performance
 Reports

 
	
 Attachment
 13

 	
 Bona Fide
 Request

 

 Page 4

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Attachment
 14

 	
 Technical
 References

 
	
 Attachment
 15

 	
 Network
 Interconnection

 
	
 Attachment
 16

 	
 Customer
 Premises Visit Status Card

 
	
 Attachment
 17

 	
 [Reserved]

 
	
 Attachment
 18

 	
 Poles,
 Ducts, Conduits and Rights of Way

 

Page 5

AGREEMENT

PREFACE

          This
Agreement, which shall become effective as of the 15th day of May, 1998
(“Effective Date”), is entered into by and between Sprint Communications
Company L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, having an office at 8140 Ward
Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri, 64114 (“Sprint”), and Bell Atlantic—New
Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, having an office at 540 Broad Street,
Newark, New Jersey, 07101 (“BA”). 

RECITALS

                    WHEREAS,
on February 8, 1996, the Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. § 151, et seq.,
(the “Act”) was amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996; and 

                    WHEREAS,
the Act places certain duties and obligations upon, and grants certain rights
to, Telecommunications Carriers; and 

                    WHEREAS,
the Parties are Telecommunications Carriers; and 

                    WHEREAS,
the Act places certain duties and obligations upon, and grants certain rights
to, Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers; and 

                    WHEREAS,
BA, within the area served by it on the date of enactment of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier; and 

                    WHEREAS,
BA is willing to provide Network Interconnection, unbundled Network Elements,
Telecommunications Services for resale, and other BA Offered Services, to
Sprint, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement; and 

                    WHEREAS,
Sprint is willing to provide Network Interconnection, Telecommunications Services
for resale, and other Sprint Offered Services, to BA, on the terms and subject
to the conditions of this Agreement; and 

                    WHEREAS,
the Parties have arrived at this Agreement pursuant to the Act; 

Page 6

                    NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants of this
Agreement, and intending to be legally bound by this Agreement, the Parties
hereby covenant and agree as follows: 

PART I

GENERAL
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.     Definitions
and Acronyms

1.1 For purposes of the Principal Document,
certain terms have been defined in Attachment 11 or elsewhere in the Principal
Document. These terms will have the meanings stated in the Principal Document,
which may differ from, or be in addition to, the normal definition of the
defined word. A defined word intended to convey the meaning stated in the
Principal Document is capitalized when used. Other terms that are capitalized,
and not defined in the Principal Document, shall have the meaning stated in the
Act. 

1.2 Unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise, any defined term which is defined or used in the singular shall
include the plural, and any defined term which is defined or used in the plural
shall include the singular. 

1.3 The words “shall” and “will” are used
interchangeably throughout the Principal Document and the use of either
indicates a mandatory requirement. The use of one or the other shall not mean a
different degree of right or obligation for either Party. 

1.4 For convenience of reference only,
Attachment 10 provides a list of acronyms used in the Principal Document. 

2.     The
Agreement

2.1 This Agreement sets forth the terms,
conditions and pricing under which BA agrees to offer and provide BA Offered
Services to Sprint, including, but not limited to: (a) Interconnection of BA’s
network to the network of Sprint and reciprocal compensation for transport and
termination of Telecommunications; (b) unbundled Network Elements; and, (c) BA
Resale Services. This Agreement also sets forth the terms, conditions and
pricing under which Sprint agrees to offer and provide Sprint Offered Services
to BA, including, but not 

Page 7

limited to: (a) Interconnection of Sprint’s
network to the network of BA and reciprocal compensation for transport and termination
of Telecommunications; and, (b) Sprint Resale Services. As such, this Agreement
is an integrated package that reflects a balancing of interests critical to the
Parties. 

Page 8

2.2 This Agreement includes: 

          (a)
Pages 1 through 63 of this document (including, the title page, Table of
Contents, Preface, Recitals, Sections 1 through 57, and the signature page); 

          (b)
The Attachments listed in this document (“Attachments”); 

          (c)
As to Offered Services of a Party, the Tariffs of that Party applicable to such
Offered Services (which Tariffs are incorporated into this Agreement by
reference and made a part hereof); provided, that references to the “Agreement”
in Section 31 of this Agreement shall not be deemed to include a Party’s
Tariffs; and 

          (d)
A Party’s Order which has been accepted by the other Party (including, but not
limited to, any Order which includes a commitment to purchase a stated number
or minimum number of lines or other Offered Services, or a commitment to
purchase lines or other Offered Services for a stated period or minimum period
of time). The form of an Order shall be (i) as specified in this Agreement, or
(ii) as agreed in a written document signed by the Parties (including, but not
limited to, a written Order signed by the Parties). 

2.3 Conflicts among terms in Pages 1 through
63 of this document, the Attachments, the Tariffs, and an Order, shall be
resolved in accordance with the following order of precedence, where the
document identified in subsection “(a)” shall have the highest precedence: (a)
Pages 1 through 63 of this document; (b) the Attachments; (c) the Tariffs; and,
(d) an Order. The fact that a term appears in the Principal Document but not in
a Tariff, or in a Tariff but not in the Principal Document, shall not be
interpreted as, or deemed grounds for finding, a conflict for the purposes of
this Section 2.3. 

2.4 This Agreement (including Pages 1 through
63 of this document, the Attachments, the Tariffs, and Orders placed by one Party
and accepted by the other Party), constitutes the entire agreement among the
Parties on the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreement,
understanding, or representation on the subject matter hereof. Except as
otherwise provided in the Principal Document, the terms in the Principal
Document may not be waived or modified except by a written document which is
signed by the Parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Sprint
shall 

Page 9

have the right to add, modify or withdraw a
Sprint Tariff at any time without the consent of BA. Except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, BA shall have the right to add, modify or withdraw
a BA Tariff at any time without the consent of Sprint. 

2.5 A failure or delay of either Party to
enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, or any right or remedy
available under this Agreement or at law or in equity, or to require
performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or to exercise any
option provided under this Agreement, shall in no way be construed to be a
waiver of such provisions, rights, remedies or options. 

3.     Offered
Services

3.1 Sprint may, from time-to-time, during the
term of this Agreement, order BA Offered Services from BA. 

3.2 BA may, from time-to-time, during the
term of this Agreement, order Sprint Offered Services from Sprint. 

3.3 An Offered Service shall be ordered by a
Purchasing Party in accordance with the procedures established in or pursuant
to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the procedures established in
or pursuant to Attachment 4, “Provisioning and Ordering”. 

3.4 Upon receipt and acceptance by a
Providing Party of an Order for an Offered Service from the Purchasing Party,
the Providing Party shall provide, and the Purchasing Party shall subscribe to,
use and pay for, the Offered Service, in accordance with this Agreement. 

4.     Prices

4.1 A Purchasing Party shall pay for Offered
Services at the prices stated in this Agreement. Subject to and consistent with
the provisions of Section 38, in addition to these prices, a Purchasing Party
shall also pay, or collect and remit, any applicable governmentally imposed
taxes, fees, duties and surcharges, or provide evidence of exemption from such
governmentally imposed taxes, fees, duties and surcharges. 

4.2 If, prior to establishment of any Offered
Service, the Purchasing Party cancels or changes its Order for the Offered
Service, the Purchasing Party shall reimburse the Providing Party for the costs
associated with such cancellation or changes 

Page 10

as required by this Agreement (including any
applicable Tariffs of the Providing Party). 

5.     Billing
and Payment

5.1 Except as otherwise permitted or required
by a Providing Party’s Tariffs, or as otherwise expressly agreed in writing by
the Parties, a Providing Party shall render bills to the Purchasing Party
monthly. Except as otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the Parties, the
bills shall be in the standard form for bills that the Providing Party renders
to Telecommunications Carriers similarly situated to the Purchasing Party. 

5.2 A Purchasing Party shall pay the
Providing Party’s bills in immediately available U.S. funds. Payments shall be
transmitted by electronic funds transfer. 

5.3 Payment of charges for Offered Services
shall be due by the due date stated on the Providing Party’s bills. Except as
otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, the due date shall not be sooner
than twenty (20) days after the date the bill is received by the Purchasing
Party. 

5.4 Charges which are not paid by the due
date stated on the Providing Party’s bill shall be subject to a late payment
charge. The late payment charge shall be in the amount provided in the
Providing Party’s applicable Tariffs; provided, that in the absence of an applicable
Tariff late payment charge, the late payment charge shall be in an amount
specified by the Providing Party, which shall not exceed a rate of one and
one-half percent (1.5%) of the over-due amount (including any unpaid,
previously billed late payment charges) per month. 

5.5 Although it is the intent of each Party
as a Providing Party to submit timely and accurate bills, failure by a
Providing Party to present bills to a Purchasing Party in a timely or accurate
manner shall not constitute a breach or default of this Agreement, or a waiver
of a right of payment of the incurred charges, by the Providing Party. Subject
to the requirements of Attachment 7, if a bill for charges is submitted within
one (1) year after the charges are incurred, or, for charges due under a
“True-up” under Attachment 6, within the time allowed for submission of a bill
for such “True-up” charges, the Purchasing Party shall not be entitled to
dispute the charges based on the Providing Party’s failure to submit a bill for
them in a timely fashion.

 Page 11

6.     Term
and Termination

6.1 This Agreement shall become effective as
of the Effective Date stated above and, except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, shall remain in effect through April 30, 2000. After April 30, 2000,
this Agreement shall continue in force and effect unless and until terminated
as provided in this Agreement. At any time after the expiration of the initial
term on April 30, 2000, either Party may terminate this Agreement by providing
written notice of termination to the other Party, such written notice to be
provided at least ninety (90) days in advance of the date of termination. 

6.2 Neither Party will provide Offered
Services under this Agreement until the Agreement is approved by the Commission
and other applicable governmental entities in accordance with Applicable Law. 

6.3 Following the termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, this Agreement, as amended from time to
time, shall remain in effect as to any Termination Date Offered Service for the
remainder of the Contract Period applicable to such Termination Date Offered
Service at the time of the termination of this Agreement. If a Termination Date
Offered Service is terminated prior to the expiration of the Contract Period
applicable to such Termination Date Offered Service, the Purchasing Party shall
pay any termination charge provided for in this Agreement. Following expiration
of the applicable Contract Period for a Termination Date Offered Service, the
Termination Date Offered Service, until terminated, shall be subject to any
applicable new agreement executed by the Parties, or, to the extent such
Termination Date Offered Service is not covered by a new agreement executed by
the Parties, to either (a) the Providing Party’s statement of generally
available terms under Section 252(f) of the Act, that has been approved and
made generally effective by the Commission, or (b) the Providing Party’s Tariff
terms and conditions generally available to Local Exchange Carriers, as elected
by the Purchasing Party. 

6.4 For
Offered Services being provided under this Agreement at the time of termination
of this Agreement, if application of the Providing Party’s statement of
generally available terms under Section 252(f) of the Act or the Providing
Party’s Tariff terms and conditions to the Offered Services requires the
non-terminating Party to physically rearrange facilities or incur programming
expense, the non-terminating Party shall be entitled 

Page 12

to recover such rearrangement and/or
programming expense from the terminating Party. 

6.5 Each Party recognizes that the Offered
Services being provided under this Agreement at the time of termination of this
Agreement will need to be continued without interruption following termination
of this Agreement, and that upon the termination of this Agreement, either
Party may itself provide or retain another vendor to provide comparable
services. Each Party agrees to cooperate in an orderly and efficient transition
to the other Party or another vendor such that the level and quality of the
services are not degraded, and to exercise reasonable efforts to effect an
orderly and efficient transition. 

6.6 Either Party may terminate any Offered
Service provided under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior written
notice to the other Party, unless a different notice period or different
conditions are specified in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, in
an applicable Tariff or Order for the Offered Service) for termination of such
Offered Service, in which event such specified period and/or conditions shall
apply. Upon termination of an Offered Service, the Purchasing Party shall pay
any applicable termination charges specified in this Agreement. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 Assignment and Delegation

 

7.1 Neither Party may assign any of its
rights under this Agreement (except a right to moneys due or to become due) or
delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, without the prior written
consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
Any assignment or delegation in contravention of the foregoing shall be void
and unenforceable. 

7.2 Any assignment of a right to moneys shall
be void and unenforceable to the extent (a) the assignor Party shall not have
given the non-assigning Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of
such assignment, or (b) such assignment attempts to impose upon the
non-assigning Party obligations to the assignee additional to the payment of
such moneys or to preclude the non-assigning Party from dealing solely and
directly with the assignor Party in all matters pertaining to this Agreement,
including, but not limited to, the negotiation of amendments or settlements of
amounts due. 

Page 13

7.3 Notwithstanding Sections 7.1 and 7.2, BA
may assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement without
the consent of Sprint to any wholly owned subsidiary of the ultimate parent
entity of BA, provided that the performance of any such assignee/delegee is
guaranteed by BA. 

7.4 Notwithstanding Sections 7.1 and 7.2,
Sprint may assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement
without the consent of BA to any wholly owned subsidiary of the ultimate parent
entity of Sprint, provided that the performance of any such assignee/delegee is
guaranteed by Sprint. 

7.5 A change in ownership or control of the
stock of a Party shall not constitute an assignment for the purposes of this
Section 7.

Page 14

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 Audits and Inspections 

 

8.1 Except as may be otherwise specifically
provided in this Agreement, either Party (“Auditing Party”) may audit the other
Party’s (“Audited Party”) books, records and documents for the purpose of
evaluating the accuracy of the Audited Party’s bills. Such audits may be
performed once in each Calendar Year; provided, that audits may be conducted
more frequently (but no more frequently than once in each Calendar Quarter) if
the immediately prior audit found previously uncorrected net inaccuracies in
billing in favor of the Audited Party having an aggregate value of at least the
greater of (a) $1,000,000 or (b) two percent (2%) of the amounts payable by the
Auditing Party for Offered Services provided by the Audited Party during the
period covered by the audit. 

8.2 The Auditing Party may employ other
persons or firms to conduct the audit. The audit shall take place at a time and
place agreed on by the Parties; provided, that the Auditing Party may require
that the audit commence no later than sixty (60) days after the Auditing Party
has given notice of the audit to the Audited Party. 

8.3 The Audited Party shall promptly correct
any billing error that is revealed in an audit, including back-billing of any
underpayments and making a refund, in the form of a billing credit, of any
over-payments. Such back-billing and refund shall appear on the Audited Party’s
bill no later than the bill for the third full billing cycle after the Parties
have agreed upon the accuracy of the audit results. 

8.4 Each Party shall cooperate fully in any
such audit, providing reasonable access to any and all employees, books,
records and documents, reasonably necessary to assess the accuracy of the
Audited Party’s bills. 

8.5 Audits shall be performed at the Auditing
Party’s expense, provided that there shall be no charge for reasonable access
to the Audited Party’s employees, books, records and documents, necessary to
assess the accuracy of the Audited Party’s bills. 

8.6 Books, records, documents, and other
information, disclosed by the Audited Party to the Auditing Party or the
Auditing Party’s employees, Agents or contractors, shall be deemed to be
“Confidential Information” of the Audited Party under Section 11, “Confidential
Information”, and subject to the provisions of Section 11 with regard to
“Confidential Information”. 

Page 15

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and
Section 11, Audit Information may be used and disclosed by the Auditing Party
to enforce the Auditing Party’s rights under Applicable Law and this Agreement.

8.7 Should the Parties conduct audits in
connection with this Agreement other than the audits described in Sections 8.1,
13.2 and 20.6.1, the Parties may, by written agreement, elect to conduct such
audits in accordance with Sections 8.2, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.

 	
 Branding

 

9.1.1 In providing BA Offered Services to
Sprint, BA shall have the right, but not the obligation, to continue to
identify Existing BA Offered Services with Bell Atlantic trade names, trade
marks and service marks, to the same extent that comparable contacts and
interfaces between BA and its own retail end-user Customers Currently bear such
trade names, trademarks, or service marks. Any such identification shall not be
considered a license of such trade names, trademarks, or service marks, to Sprint,
and Sprint may not use such trade names, trademarks, or service marks, in any
manner other than as expressly described in this Agreement without the express
prior written permission of BA. 

9.1.2 The Parties acknowledge that they have
not reached agreement with regard to BA’s rights: (a) to identify New BA
Offered Services with Bell Atlantic trade names, trade marks and service marks;
or, (b) to change the Current trade name, trade mark or service mark
identification of Existing BA Offered Services. In the event of a dispute
between the Parties with regard to such rights, either Party may request the
Commission or another governmental entity of appropriate jurisdiction to
resolve such dispute. 

9.2 If, on the Effective Date, an Existing BA
Offered Service does not disclose a trade name, trade mark or service mark as a
part of the operation of the Existing BA Offered Service and BA, after the
Effective Date, decides to modify the Existing BA Offered Service so that it
does disclose a trade name, trade mark or service mark as a part of the
operation of the Existing BA Offered Service (for instance, when the Existing
BA Offered Service is used, the Customer receives the recorded announcement,
“Thank you for using Bell Atlantic”), BA will notify Sprint of the proposed
modification at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the
modification is implemented. If a New BA Offered Service will disclose a trade
name, trade mark or service mark as 

Page 16

a part of the operation of the New BA Offered
Service, BA, when providing notice of the New BA Offered Service pursuant to
Section 43, will indicate that the New BA Offered Service will disclose a trade
name, trade mark or service mark as a part of the operation of the New BA
Offered Service. 

9.3 As used in Sections 9.1 and 9.2: (a)
“Existing BA Offered Services” means any BA Offered Services first offered for
sale to any person on or before the Effective Date; (b) “New BA Offered
Services” means any BA Offered Services first offered for sale to any person after
the Effective Date; and, (c) “Current(ly)” means on the Effective Date. 

9.4 When BA technicians (including BA
contractor technicians) have contact with a Customer during a premise visit on
behalf of Sprint, the BA technicians shall identify themselves as BA employees
(or BA contractor employees) performing services on behalf of Sprint. When a BA
technician leaves a status card during a premise visit on behalf of Sprint, the
card will be a standard card used for all other local service providers’ Customers,
will be in substantially the form set forth in Attachment 16, and will include
the name and telephone number of each local service provider that elects to be
listed on the card and agrees to compensate BA for that provider’s share of
BA’s cost of printing and distributing the card. The BA technicians shall not
leave any promotional or marketing literature for or otherwise market BA
Telecommunications Services to the Sprint Customer during a premise visit on
behalf of Sprint. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.4
shall prevent a BA technician (or a BA contractor technician) from providing a
Customer, if the Customer inquires about a BA service, a telephone number for
BA’s customer service or sales department. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 Compliance with Applicable Law 

 

10.1 Each Party shall comply at its own
expense with all Applicable Law that relates to: (a) its obligations under or
activities in connection with this Agreement; and, (b) its activities
undertaken at, in connection with, or relating to, Work Locations. 

10.2 Except as stated in Section 10.3, each
Party (“Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the
other Party (“Indemnified Party”), the Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, and the
directors, officers and employees of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified
Party’s Affiliates, from 

Page 17

and against any Claims, to the extent such
Claims arise out of or result from the failure of the Indemnifying Party or the
Indemnifying Party’s Affiliates, employees, Agents, or contractors, to comply
with Applicable Law in connection with this Agreement. 

10.3 Section 10.2 shall not apply to Claims
by a Customer of an Indemnified Party, or other third party, arising out of or
in connection with a failure to install, restore, provide or terminate an
Indemnifying Party Offered Service, or from any mistake, omission,
interruption, delay, error, defect, fault, failure, or deficiency, in an
Indemnifying Party Offered Service. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 Confidential Information 

 

11.1 For the purposes of this Section 11,
“Confidential Information” means the following information disclosed by one
Party (“Discloser”) to the other Party (“Recipient”) in connection with this
Agreement: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a) Books, records, documents and other
 information disclosed in an audit pursuant to Section 8 or Section 13.2; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b) Information provided by BA to Sprint
 pursuant to Section 34.2; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (c) Forecasting information provided
 pursuant to Attachment 15, Section 8; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (d) Customer Information related to a
 Customer of the Discloser which is disclosed to the Recipient through the
 Recipient’s access to Operations Support Systems or Operations Support
 Systems functions of the Discloser (except to the extent that the Customer to
 whom the Customer Information is related, in the manner required by
 Applicable Law, has given the Recipient permission to use and/or disclose the
 Customer Information); and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (e) Any other information which is
 identified by the Discloser as Confidential Information in accordance with
 Section 11.2. 

 

11.2 All information which is to be treated
as Confidential Information under Section 11.1(e) shall: 

Page 18

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a) if in written, graphic,
 electromagnetic, or other tangible form, be marked as “Confidential
 Information” or “Proprietary Information”; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b) if oral, (i) be identified by the
 Discloser at the time of disclosure to be “Confidential Information” or
 “Proprietary Information”, and (ii) be set forth in a written summary which
 identifies the information as “Confidential Information” or “Proprietary
 Information” and is delivered by the Discloser to the Recipient within ten
 (10) days after the oral disclosure. 

 

Each Party shall have the right to correct an
inadvertent failure to identify information as Confidential Information
pursuant to Section 11.1(e) by giving written notification within thirty (30)
days after the information is disclosed. The Recipient shall, from that time
forward, treat such information as Confidential Information. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, a Party shall have the right to refuse to accept receipt of
information which the other Party has identified as Confidential Information
pursuant to Section 11.1(e). 

11.3 In addition to any requirements imposed
by Applicable Law, including, but not limited to, 47 U.S.C. § 222, for a period
of five years from the receipt of Confidential Information from the Discloser,
except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Recipient agrees: 

          (a)
to use the Confidential Information only for the purpose of performing under
this Agreement; 

          (b)
using the same degree of care that it uses with similar confidential
information of its own, to hold the Confidential Information in confidence and
to restrict disclosure of the Confidential Information to the Recipient, the
Recipient’s Affiliates, and the directors, officers, employees, Agents and
contractors, of the Recipient and the Recipient’s Affiliates, having a need to
know the Confidential Information for the purpose of performing under this Agreement.

11.4 If the
Recipient wishes to disclose the Discloser’s Confidential Information to a
third party Agent or contractor, the Agent or contractor must have executed a
written agreement of non-disclosure and non-use comparable in scope to the
terms of this Section 11. 

Page 19

11.5 The Recipient may make copies of
Confidential Information only as reasonably necessary to perform its
obligations under this Agreement. All such copies shall bear the same copyright
and proprietary rights notices as are contained on the original. 

11.6 The Recipient shall return or destroy
all Confidential Information in tangible form, including any copies made by the
Recipient, within thirty (30) days after a written request by the Discloser is
delivered to the Recipient, except for Confidential Information that the
Recipient reasonably requires to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
If the Recipient loses or makes an unauthorized disclosure of the Discloser’s
Confidential Information, it shall notify the Discloser immediately and use
reasonable efforts to retrieve the lost or improperly disclosed information. 

11.7 The requirements of this Section 11
shall not apply to Confidential Information: 

          (a)
which was in the possession of the Recipient free of restriction prior to its
receipt from the Discloser; 

          (b)
after it becomes publicly known or available through no breach of this
Agreement by the Recipient, the Recipient’s Affiliates, or the directors,
officers, employees, Agents, or contractors, of the Recipient or the
Recipient’s Affiliates; 

          (c)
after it is rightfully acquired by the Recipient free of restrictions on its
disclosure; 

          (d)
after it is independently developed by the Recipient; or 

          (e)
to the extent the disclosure is required by Applicable Law, a court, or
governmental agency; provided, the Discloser has been notified of the required
disclosure promptly after the Recipient becomes aware of the required
disclosure, the Recipient undertakes reasonable lawful measures to avoid disclosing
the Confidential Information until the Discloser has had reasonable time to
seek a protective order, and the Recipient complies with any protective order
that covers the Confidential Information to be disclosed. 

11.8 Each Party’s obligations to safeguard
Confidential Information disclosed prior to expiration, cancellation or 

Page 20

termination of this Agreement shall survive
such expiration, cancellation or termination. 

11.9 Confidential Information shall remain
the property of the Discloser, and the Discloser shall retain all of the
Discloser’s right, title and interest in any Confidential Information disclosed
by the Discloser to the Recipient. Except as otherwise expressly provided
elsewhere in this Agreement, no license is granted by this Agreement with
respect to any Confidential Information (including, but not limited to, under
any patent, trademark, or copyright), nor is any such license to be implied,
solely by virtue of the disclosure of any Confidential Information. 

11.10 Each Party agrees that the Discloser
would be irreparably injured by a breach of this Section 11 by the Recipient,
the Recipient’s Affiliates, or the directors, officers, employees, Agents or
contractors of the Recipient or the Recipient’s Affiliates, and that the Discloser
shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and
specific performance, in the event of any breach of the provisions of this
Section 11. Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for
a breach of this Section 11, but shall be in addition to any other remedies
available under this Agreement or at law or in equity. 

11.11 The provisions of this Section 11 shall
be in addition to and not in derogation of any provisions of Applicable Law,
including, but not limited to, 47 U.S.C. § 222, and are not intended to
constitute a waiver by a Party of any right with regard to protection of the
confidentiality of information of the Party or its Customers provided by
Applicable Law. In the event of a conflict between a provision of this Section
11 and a provision of Applicable Law, the provision of Applicable Law shall
prevail.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.

 	
 Counterparts 

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; but such counterparts
shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.

 	
 Customer Information

 

13.1 Without in any way limiting Section
10.1, each Party shall comply with all Applicable Law with regard to Customer
Information, including, but not limited to, 47 U.S.C. § 222. An 

Page 21

Accessing Party shall not access (including,
but not limited to, through electronic interfaces and gateways provided
pursuant to this Agreement), use or disclose Customer Information made
available by the other Party pursuant to this Agreement unless the Accessing
Party has obtained any Customer authorization required by Applicable Law for
such access, use and/or disclosure. By accessing, using or disclosing Customer
Information made available by the other Party pursuant to this Agreement, an
Accessing Party represents and warrants that the Accessing Party has obtained
any Customer authorization required by Applicable Law for such access, use or
disclosure. In the event that a dispute or question arises as to the propriety
of an Accessing Party’s access to, or use or disclosure of, Customer
Information, the Accessing Party shall upon request by the other Party provide
proof of any Customer authorization required by Applicable Law for access to,
or use or disclosure of, Customer Information made available by the other Party
pursuant to this Agreement (including, copies of any written authorization).
Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.1, where required
by 47 U.S.C. § 222, or other provision of Applicable Law, a Party shall obtain
a signed letter of authorization from the applicable end user in order to
obtain Customer Information from the other Party. 

13.2 Each Party (“Auditing Party”) shall have
the right to audit the other Party (“Audited Party”), to ascertain whether the
Audited Party is complying with the requirements of Applicable Law and this
Agreement with regard to the Audited Party’s access to, and use and disclosure
of, Customer Information which is made available by the Auditing Party to the
Audited Party pursuant to this Agreement. Any audit conducted under this
Section 13.2 shall be conducted in accordance with Section 8, “Audits and
Inspections”. Except as stated in the next sentence, any information disclosed
by the Audited Party to the Auditing Party, the Auditing Party’s Affiliates, or
the directors, officers, employees, Agents or contractors of the Auditing Party
or the Auditing Party’s Affiliates, in an audit conducted under this Section
13.2 (“Audit Information”) shall be considered to be “Confidential Information”
of the Audited Party under Section 11, “Confidential Information”.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and Sections 8.6 and 11, Audit
Information may be used and disclosed by the Auditing Party for the purposes of
performance of this Agreement, of ascertaining whether the Audited Party is
complying with the requirements of Applicable Law and this Agreement with
regard to the Audited Party’s access to, and use and disclosure of, Customer
Information which is made available by the Auditing Party to the 

Page 22

Audited Party pursuant to this Agreement, and
enforcing Applicable Law and this Agreement and the Auditing Party’s rights
under Applicable Law and this Agreement. 

13.3 To the extent permitted by Applicable
Law, each Party (“Auditing Party”) shall have the right to monitor the access
of the other Party (“Audited Party”) to Customer Information which is made
available by the Auditing Party to the Audited Party pursuant to this
Agreement, to ascertain whether the Audited Party is complying with the
requirements of Applicable Law and this Agreement with regard to the Audited
Party’s access to, and use and disclosure of, such Customer Information. To the
extent permitted by Applicable Law, the foregoing right shall include, but not
be limited to, the right to electronically monitor the Audited Party’s access
to and use of Customer Information which is made available by the Auditing
Party to the Audited Party pursuant to this Agreement through electronic
interfaces or gateways, to ascertain whether the Audited Party is complying
with the requirements of Applicable Law and this Agreement with regard to the
Audited Party’s access to, and use and disclosure of, such Customer
Information. An Auditing Party may use and disclose information obtained
pursuant to this Section 13.3, but only for the purposes of performance of this
Agreement, ascertaining whether the Audited Party is complying with the
requirements of Applicable Law and this Agreement with regard to the Audited
Party’s access to, and use and disclosure of, Customer Information which is
made available by the Auditing Party to the Audited Party pursuant to this
Agreement, and enforcing Applicable Law and this Agreement and the Auditing
Party’s rights under Applicable Law and this Agreement. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.

 	
 Default

 

14.1.1 If a Party (“Breaching Party”)
materially breaches a material provision of this Agreement (other than an
obligation to make payment of any amount billed under this Agreement), and such
breach continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof
from the other Party (“Injured Party”), then, except as provided in Section
14.1.2 or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, the Injured Party shall have
the right, upon notice to the Breaching Party, to terminate or suspend this
Agreement and/or the provision of Offered Services. 

14.1.2 If a good faith dispute arises between
the Parties as to whether the Breaching Party has materially breached a
material provision of this Agreement (other than an obligation to make payment
of any amount billed under this Agreement), the alleged 

Page 23

breach shall not constitute cause for
termination or suspension of this Agreement or the provision of Offered
Services, if: (a) within thirty (30) days of the date that the Injured Party
gives the Breaching Party written notice of such alleged breach, the Breaching
Party gives the Injured Party written notice of the dispute stating the basis
of the dispute and initiates the process for resolution of disputes identified
in Section 14.3; (b) the Breaching Party complies with and completes the
process for resolution of the dispute identified in Section 14.3 (including, if
the dispute is not resolved by negotiation within thirty (30) days after the
Breaching Party gives written notice of the dispute to the Injured Party or
such longer negotiation period as may be agreed to by the Parties, instituting
a proceeding to resolve the dispute before the Commission or another
governmental entity of appropriate jurisdiction and obtaining resolution of the
dispute by the Commission or other governmental entity); and, (c) within thirty
(30) days after the completion of the process for resolution of the dispute
identified in Section 14.3 (or such longer period as may be agreed to by the
Parties or allowed by the Commission or other governmental entity), the
Breaching Party cures any breach that has been agreed by the Parties and/or
determined by the Commission or other applicable governmental entity to have
occurred and takes any other action to resolve the dispute agreed upon by the
Parties or directed by the Commission or other governmental entity. The
existence of such a dispute shall not relieve the Breaching Party of its duty
to otherwise comply with this Agreement and to perform all of its other
obligations under this Agreement. 

14.2.1 If a Purchasing Party fails to make a
payment of any amount billed under this Agreement by the due date (as
established in accordance with Section 5.3, above) and such failure continues
for more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Providing
Party, then, except as provided in Section 14.2.2 or as otherwise required by
Applicable Law, the Providing Party shall have the right, upon notice to the
Purchasing Party, to terminate or suspend this Agreement and/or the provision
of Offered Services. 

14.2.2 If a good faith dispute arises between
the Parties concerning the obligation of the Purchasing Party to make payment
of an amount billed under this Agreement, the failure to pay the amount in dispute
shall not constitute cause for termination or suspension of this Agreement or
the provision of Offered Services, if: (a) within thirty (30) days of the date
that the Providing Party gives the Purchasing Party written 

Page 24

notice of the failure to pay the amount in
dispute, the Purchasing Party gives the Providing Party written notice of the
dispute stating the basis of the dispute, initiates the process for resolution
of Billing Disputes identified in Attachment 6, and, if the Purchasing Party has
net assets (i.e., assets in excess of liabilities) having a value of less than
One Billion U.S. Dollars (U.S. $1,000,000,000), furnishes to the Providing
Party an irrevocable letter of credit guaranteeing payment of the disputed
amount or other adequate assurance of payment of the disputed amount which is
reasonably acceptable to the Providing Party; (b) the Purchasing Party
completes the process for resolution of Billing Disputes identified in
Attachment 6 (including, if the dispute is not resolved by negotiation within
150 days of the Bill Date or such longer negotiation period as may be agreed to
by the Parties, instituting a proceeding to resolve the dispute before the
Commission or another governmental entity of appropriate jurisdiction and
obtaining resolution of the dispute by the Commission or other governmental
entity); and, (c) within thirty (30) days after the completion of the process
for resolution of Billing Disputes identified in Attachment 6 (or such longer
period as may be agreed to by the Parties or allowed by the Commission or other
governmental entity), the Purchasing Party pays all amounts that have been
agreed by the Parties and/or determined by the Commission or other applicable
governmental entity to be due to the Providing Party. The existence of such a
dispute shall not relieve the Purchasing Party of its obligations to pay any
undisputed amount which is due to the Providing Party and to otherwise comply
with this Agreement. 

14.3.1 Except where an applicable dispute
resolution procedure is specified elsewhere in this Agreement (including, but
not limited to, in Attachment 6), the dispute resolution procedure set forth in
this Section 14.3 shall apply. 

14.3.2 Either Party may by written notice to
the other Party request the other Party to enter into negotiations to resolve
any dispute related to this Agreement. The written notice shall contain
sufficient detail about the nature of the dispute as to fairly apprise the
other Party of the issue in dispute and the position of the Party raising it.
The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute within a
reasonable period of time. 

14.3.3 Notwithstanding Section
14.3.1 and Section 14.3.2, above, either Party may at any time seek to resolve
a dispute related to this Agreement by instituting an appropriate 

Page 25

proceeding with the Commission, a court or
another governmental entity of appropriate jurisdiction. Nothing contained in
this Section 14.3 shall deprive the Commission, a court or other governmental
entity of jurisdiction to address issues properly raised before such
Commission, court or governmental entity or preclude a Party from raising such
issues in such forum or any other available forum. 

14.3.4 The Parties agree that all
negotiations pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be confidential under Section
11 and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes
of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.

 	
 Facilities

 

15.1 A Providing Party or its suppliers shall
retain all right, title and interest in, and ownership of, all facilities,
equipment, software, wiring, and information, used to provide the Providing
Party’s Offered Services. During the period in which Offered Services are
provided, the Providing Party shall have access at all reasonable times to the
Purchasing Party’s and the Purchasing Party’s Customers’ locations for the
purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing, and inspecting all facilities,
equipment, software, and wiring, used to provide the Offered Services. At the
conclusion of the period in which Offered Services are provided, the Providing
Party shall have access at the Purchasing Party’s and the Purchasing Party’s
Customers’ locations at all reasonable times to remove all facilities,
equipment, software, and wiring, used to provide the Offered Services. The
Purchasing Party shall, at the Purchasing Party’s expense, obtain any rights
and authorizations necessary for such access. 

15.2 Except as otherwise stated in this
Agreement or agreed to in writing by a Providing Party, a Providing Party shall
not be responsible for the installation, maintenance, repair, inspection, or
removal, of facilities, equipment, software, or wiring, furnished by the
Purchasing Party or the Purchasing Party’s Customers for use with the Providing
Party’s Offered Services. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.

 	
 Force Majeure

 

16.1 Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this Agreement (including by way of illustration circumstances
where a Party is required to implement disaster recovery plans to avoid delays
or failure in performance and the implementation of 

Page 26

such plans was designed to avoid the delay or
failure in performance), neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure
in performance of any part of this Agreement by it caused by Applicable Law,
acts or failures to act of the United States of America or any state, district,
territory, political subdivision, or other governmental entity, acts of God or
a public enemy, strikes, labor slowdowns or other labor disputes, fires,
explosions, floods, embargoes, earthquakes, volcanic actions, unusually severe
weather conditions, wars, civil disturbances, inability to obtain equipment,
parts or repairs thereof, or causes beyond the reasonable control of the Party
claiming excusable delay or other failure to perform (“Force Majeure
Condition”). 

16.2 If any Force Majeure Condition occurs,
the Party whose performance fails or is delayed because of such Force Majeure
Condition shall give prompt notice to the other Party, and upon cessation of
such Force Majeure Condition, shall give like notice and commence performance
hereunder as promptly as reasonably practicable. 

16.3 Notwithstanding Section 16.1, no delay
or other failure by a Party to perform shall be excused pursuant to this
Section 16 by the delay or failure of a Party’s subcontractors, materialmen, or
suppliers, to provide products or services to the Party, unless such delay or
failure is itself the product of a Force Majeure Condition, and such products
or services cannot be obtained by the Party from other persons on commercially
reasonable terms. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.

 	
 Good Faith Performance

 

In the performance of their obligations under
this Agreement, the Parties shall act in good faith and consistently with the
intent of the Act. Where notice, approval or similar action by a Party is
permitted or required by any provision of this Agreement, (including, without
limitation, the obligation of the Parties to further negotiate the resolution
of new or open issues under this Agreement) such action shall not be
unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.

 	
 Governing Law 

 

The validity of this Agreement, the
construction and enforcement of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights
and duties of the Parties, shall be governed by (a) the laws of the United
States of America, and (b) the laws of the State of New Jersey, 

Page 27

without regard to the conflicts of laws rules
of the State of New Jersey. The Parties submit to personal jurisdiction in
Newark, New Jersey, and waive any and all objections to a Newark, New Jersey
venue. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19.

 	
 Headings of No Force or Effect 

 

The headings of Articles and Sections of the
Principal Document are for convenience of reference only, and shall in no way
define, modify or restrict the meaning or interpretation of the terms or
provisions of the Principal Document. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 20.

 	
 Indemnity and Defense 

 

20.1 Each Party (“Indemnifying Party”) shall
indemnify, defend and save harmless the other Party (“Indemnified Party”), the
Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, and the directors, officers and employees of
the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, from and against
any Claims that arise out of or result from bodily injury or death to any
person or damage to or loss of the tangible property of any person, to the
extent such bodily injury, death, damage or loss, results from the negligent or
otherwise tortious acts or failures to act of the Indemnifying Party, the
Indemnifying Party’s Affiliates, or the employees, Agents or contractors of the
Indemnifying Party or the Indemnifying Party’s Affiliates, in connection with
this Agreement. 

20.2 Each Party (“Indemnifying Party”) shall
indemnify, defend and save harmless the other Party (“Indemnified Party”), the
Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, and the directors, officers and employees of
the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, from and against
any Claims, to the extent such Claims arise out of or result from any
Environmental Hazard that the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party’s
Affiliates, or the employees, Agents, or contractors, of the Indemnifying Party
or the Indemnifying Party’s Affiliates, introduce to, or create at, a Work
Location in the course of performance of this Agreement. 

20.3 Each Party (“Indemnifying Party”) shall
indemnify, defend and save harmless the other Party (“Indemnified Party”), the
Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, and the directors, officers and employees of
the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party’s Affiliates, from and against
any Claims, to the extent such Claims arise out of or result from: (a) the
failure of the Indemnifying Party to transmit to the Indemnified Party, (i) a 

Page 28

request by a Customer of the Indemnifying
Party to install, provide, change, or terminate, an Indemnified Party Offered
Service, or (ii) telephone directory or E911/911 listing information for a
Customer of the Indemnifying Party; (b) the transmission by the Indemnifying
Party to the Indemnified Party of an Order which was not authorized by the
applicable Customer or end user; (c) erroneous or inaccurate information in an
Order transmitted by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party; (d)
erroneous or inaccurate telephone directory or E911/911 listing information
transmitted by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party; or, (e) the
Indemnifying Party’s unauthorized access to, or unauthorized use or disclosure
of, Customer Information made available by the Indemnified Party to the
Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Agreement. 

20.4 Sprint (“Indemnifying Party”) shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless BA, BA’s Affiliates, and the directors,
officers and employees of BA and BA’s Affiliates, from and against any claim,
demand, suit, action, judgment, liability, damage or loss (including reasonable
costs, expenses and attorneys fees on account thereof), that arises out of or
results from: (a) Sprint’s negligent use or occupancy of a BA Network Interface
Device (“NID”); (b) wiring, facilities, equipment or other apparatus,
negligently installed by Sprint in or on a BA NID, or negligently connected by
Sprint to a BA NID; or, (c) the negligent acts or omissions of Sprint, Sprint’s
Affiliates, or the employees, Agents or contractors, of Sprint or Sprint’s
Affiliates, in connection with a BA NID. Where the NID is not used by BA or
another Telecommunications Carrier (except Sprint) to provide service to the
premise, Sprint shall have the burden, as between BA and Sprint, to rebut the
presumption that the claim, demand, suit, action, judgment, liability, damage
or loss, arises from wiring, facilities, equipment or other apparatus,
negligently installed by Sprint in or on a BA NID, or negligently connected by
Sprint to a BA NID. For the purposes of this Section 20.4, references to
“negligence” or “negligently” shall be read to also encompass acts of gross
negligence and/or intentional misconduct. 

20.5.1 As used in this Section 20.5: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a) “Indemnitee” means any person who is
 entitled to indemnification and/or defense from an Indemnifying Party under
 any of Sections 10, 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 or 20.4; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b) “Claim” means (i) any “Claim”, as
 defined in Attachment 11, and (ii) any claim, demand, suit, action, 

 

Page 29

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 judgment, liability, damage or loss, for
 which Sprint is obligated to indemnify and/or defend BA under Section 20.4. 

 

20.5.2 Whenever an Indemnitee receives notice
of a Claim for which it may demand indemnification and/or defense from the
Indemnifying Party under any of Sections 10, 20.1, 20.2, 20.3, or 20.4, the
Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party and request the
Indemnifying Party to defend the Claim. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying
Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that the
Indemnifying Party might have, except to the extent that such failure
prejudices the Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend the Claim. 

20.5.3 The Indemnifying Party shall have the
right to defend against the Claim, in which event the Indemnifying Party shall
give written notice to the Indemnitee and the Indemnified Party of acceptance
of the defense of the Claim and the identity of counsel selected by the
Indemnifying Party. Except as set forth in this Section 20.5.3 and Section
20.5.4, such notice to the Indemnitee and the Indemnified Party shall give the
Indemnifying Party full authority to defend, adjust, compromise, or settle, the
Claim with respect to which such notice shall have been given, except to the
extent that any compromise or settlement may require a contribution from or
affect the rights of the Indemnitee or the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying
Party shall consult with the Indemnitee and the Indemnified Party prior to any
compromise or settlement that would require a contribution from or affect the
rights of the Indemnitee or the Indemnified Party, and the Indemnitee and the
Indemnified Party shall have the right to refuse such compromise or settlement
and, at the cost of the Indemnitee and the Indemnified Party, to take over such
defense, provided that in such event the Indemnifying Party shall not be
responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee and the
Indemnified Party against, the Claim for any amount in excess of such refused
compromise or settlement. 

20.5.4 With respect to any defense accepted
by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnitee and the Indemnified Party shall be
entitled to participate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense if the
Claim requests equitable relief or other relief that could affect the rights of
the Indemnitee or the Indemnified Party. In so participating, the Indemnitee
and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to employ separate counsel for the
defense at the Indemnitee’s and/or Indemnified Party’s expense. The Indemnitee
and the Indemnified Party shall also be entitled to participate, at their own
expense, in the defense of 

Page 30

any Claim, as to any portion of the Claim as
to which they are not entitled to indemnification and defense by the
Indemnifying Party. 

20.5.5 In the event the Indemnifying Party
does not accept the defense of any Claim as provided above, the Indemnitee and
the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel for such defense
at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. 

20.5.6 Each Party agrees to reasonably
cooperate and to cause its employees and Agents to reasonably cooperate with
the other Party in the defense of any Claim and the relevant records of each
Party shall be available to the other Party with respect to any such defense. 

20.6.1 Sections 20.6.2 through 20.6.4 shall
apply if Sprint at any time during the term of this Agreement or within one (1)
year after the termination of this Agreement has net assets (i.e., assets in
excess of liabilities) of less than One-Hundred Million U.S. Dollars (U.S.
$100,000,000) available to satisfy its indemnity and defense obligations under
this Agreement. Upon request by BA, Sprint shall furnish to BA a financial
statement showing whether Sprint has net assets of less than One-Hundred
Million U.S. Dollars (U.S. $100,000,000) available to satisfy its indemnity and
defense obligations under this Agreement. The financial statement shall show
Sprint’s financial condition as of a date which is not more than four (4)
months prior to the date of BA’s request and the accuracy of the financial
statement shall be attested to by reputable independent accountants or auditors.
The request for such a financial statement may be made by BA no more frequently
than once in any six (6) month period; provided, that BA may make such a
request more frequently if at any time BA has probable cause to believe that
Sprint has net assets of less than One-Hundred Million U.S. Dollars (U.S.
$100,000,000) available to satisfy Sprint’s indemnity and defense obligations
under this Agreement. If Sprint fails to provide a requested financial
statement to BA within thirty (30) days after the financial statement is
requested by BA, BA shall have the right to conduct an audit to ascertain
whether Sprint has net assets of less than One-Hundred Million U.S. Dollars
(U.S. $100,000,000) available to satisfy its indemnity and defense obligations
under this Agreement. Such audit shall be conducted in accordance with Sections
8.2, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6, of this Agreement.

20.6.2 Sprint shall maintain, during the term
of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of
this 

Page 31

Agreement, all insurance and/or bonds
necessary to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement, including, but not
limited to, its obligations set forth in this Section 20. At a minimum and
without limiting the foregoing covenant, Sprint shall maintain the following
insurance: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           (a)
 Commercial General Liability Insurance, on an occurrence basis, including but
 not limited to, premises-operations, broad form property damage,
 products/completed operations, contractual liability, independent contractors,
 and personal injury, with limits of at least $2,000,000 combined single limit
 for each occurrence. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           (b)
 Automobile Liability, Comprehensive Form, with limits of at least $500,000
 combined single limit for each occurrence. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           (c)
 Excess Liability, in the umbrella form, with limits of at least $10,000,000
 combined single limit for each occurrence. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           (d)
 Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Applicable Law and Employer’s
 Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence. 

 

20.6.3 Sprint shall name BA as an additional
insured on the foregoing insurance. 

20.6.4 Sprint shall furnish certificates or
other adequate proof of the foregoing insurance. The certificates or other
proof of the foregoing insurance shall be sent to: Bell Atlantic, Insurance
Administration Group, 1320 N. Court House Road, 4th Floor, Arlington, Virginia,
22201. In addition, Sprint shall require its Agents, representatives, or
contractors, if any, that may enter upon the premises of BA or BA’s Affiliates
to maintain similar and appropriate insurance and, if requested, to furnish BA
certificates or other adequate proof of such insurance. Certificates furnished
by Sprint or Sprint’s Agents, representatives, or contractors, shall contain a
clause stating: “Bell Atlantic - New Jersey, Inc. shall be notified in writing
at least thirty (30) days prior to cancellation of, or any material change in,
the insurance.” 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 21.

 	
 Intellectual Property

 

Except as expressly stated in this Agreement,
nothing contained within this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a 

Page 32

license, either express or implied, with
respect to any patent, copyright, trade name, trade mark, service mark, trade
secret, or other proprietary interest or intellectual property, now or
hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by either Party. 

Page 33

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 22.

 	
 Joint Work Product

 

The Principal Document is the joint work
product of the representatives of the Parties. For convenience, the Principal
Document has been drafted in final form by one of the Parties. Accordingly, in
the event of ambiguities, no inferences shall be drawn against either Party
solely on the basis of authorship of the Principal Document. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 23.

 	
 Liability 

 

23.1.1 THE LIABILITY,
IF ANY, OF SPRINT, SPRINT’S AFFILIATES, AND THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AGENTS, AND CONTRACTORS, OF SPRINT AND SPRINT’S AFFILIATES, TO BA, BA’S
CUSTOMERS AND/OR ANY OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH A FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A
SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE, OR FROM ANY MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY,
ERROR, DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR DEFICIENCY, IN A SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE,
SHALL BE LIMITED AND/OR EXCLUDED AS SET FORTH IN SPRINT’S TARIFFS. 

23.2.1 TO THE EXTENT
THE SPRINT TARIFFS APPLICABLE TO A SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE DO NOT CONTAIN A
LAWFUL, ENFORCEABLE PROVISION WHICH LIMITS OR EXCLUDES THE LIABILITY OF SPRINT,
SPRINT’S AFFILIATES, OR THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR
CONTRACTORS, OF SPRINT OR SPRINT’S AFFILIATES, TO BA, BA’S CUSTOMERS AND/OR ANY
OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH A FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A SPRINT OFFERED
SERVICE, OR FROM ANY MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR, DEFECT,
FAULT, FAILURE, OR DEFICIENCY, IN A SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE, OR TO THE EXTENT A
SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE IS NOT SUBJECT TO A SPRINT TARIFF, SECTION 23.2.2 SHALL
APPLY. 

23.2.2 THE LIABILITY,
IF ANY, OF SPRINT, SPRINT’S AFFILIATES, AND THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AGENTS, AND CONTRACTORS, OF SPRINT AND SPRINT’S AFFILIATES, TO BA, BA’S
CUSTOMERS AND/OR ANY OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH A FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A
SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE, OR FROM ANY MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY,
ERROR, DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR DEFICIENCY, IN A SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE,
SHALL BE LIMITED TO A TOTAL AMOUNT NOT IN EXCESS OF: (A) TWICE THE
PROPORTIONATE CHARGE FOR THE SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE AFFECTED, DURING THE PERIOD
OF THE FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE THE SPRINT OFFERED
SERVICE, OR THE MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR, DEFECT, FAULT,
FAILURE, OR 

Page 34

DEFICIENCY, IN THE
SPRINT OFFERED SERVICE; OR, (B) IF THERE IS NO CHARGE FOR THE SPRINT OFFERED
SERVICE AFFECTED, FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($500.00). 

23.3.1 THE LIABILITY,
IF ANY, OF BA, BA’S AFFILIATES, AND THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
AND CONTRACTORS, OF BA AND BA’S AFFILIATES, TO SPRINT, SPRINT’S CUSTOMERS
AND/OR ANY OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH A FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A BA
OFFERED SERVICE, OR FROM ANY MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR,
DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR DEFICIENCY, IN A BA OFFERED SERVICE, SHALL BE
LIMITED AND/OR EXCLUDED AS SET FORTH IN BA’S TARIFFS. 

23.4.1 TO THE EXTENT
THE BA TARIFFS APPLICABLE TO A BA OFFERED SERVICE DO NOT CONTAIN A LAWFUL,
ENFORCEABLE PROVISION WHICH LIMITS OR EXCLUDES THE LIABILITY OF BA, BA’S
AFFILIATES, OR THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR CONTRACTORS, OF
BA OR BA’S AFFILIATES, TO SPRINT, SPRINT’S CUSTOMERS AND/OR ANY OTHER PERSON,
FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH A FAILURE
TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A BA OFFERED SERVICE, OR FROM ANY
MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR, DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR
DEFICIENCY, IN A BA OFFERED SERVICE, OR TO THE EXTENT A BA OFFERED SERVICE IS
NOT SUBJECT TO A BA TARIFF, SECTION 23.4.2 SHALL APPLY. 

23.4.2 THE LIABILITY,
IF ANY, OF BA, BA’S AFFILIATES, AND THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
AND CONTRACTORS, OF BA AND BA’S AFFILIATES, TO SPRINT, SPRINT’S CUSTOMERS
AND/OR ANY OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH A FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A BA
OFFERED SERVICE, OR FROM ANY MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR,
DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR DEFICIENCY, IN A BA OFFERED SERVICE, SHALL BE
LIMITED TO A TOTAL AMOUNT NOT IN EXCESS OF: (A) TWICE THE PROPORTIONATE CHARGE
FOR THE BA OFFERED SERVICE AFFECTED, DURING THE PERIOD OF THE FAILURE TO
INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE THE BA OFFERED SERVICE, OR THE MISTAKE,
OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR, DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR DEFICIENCY, IN
THE BA OFFERED SERVICE; OR, (B) IF THERE IS NO CHARGE FOR THE BA OFFERED
SERVICE AFFECTED, FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($500.00). 

23.5 EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN SECTION
23.7, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE
LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY, THE OTHER PARTY’S CUSTOMERS, OR ANY THIRD PARTY, FOR
ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANCE, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 

Page 35

DAMAGES FOR HARM TO BUSINESS, LOST REVENUES,
LOST SAVINGS, OR LOST PROFITS). 

23.6 THE LIMITATIONS UPON AND EXCLUSIONS FROM
LIABILITY STATED IN SECTIONS 23.1 THROUGH 23.5, ABOVE, SHALL APPLY REGARDLESS
OF THE FORM OF CLAIM OR ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE PERSON
CLAIMING LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY), AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE
PARTIES KNEW OF THE POSSIBILITY THAT SUCH DAMAGES COULD RESULT. 

23.7 NOTHING CONTAINED IN SECTIONS 23.1
THROUGH 23.6 SHALL EXCLUDE OR LIMIT LIABILITY: 

          (a)
FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM WILLFUL OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT;

          (b)
FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM BODILY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS,
DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF TANGIBLE REAL OR TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY, OR
ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS; 

          (c)
FOR A CLAIM FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADE NAME, TRADE MARK,
SERVICE MARK, OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INTEREST; 

          (d)
UNDER ANY OF SECTIONS 10, 20, 33, 38, 48.10 OR 48.11; OR 

          (e)
UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING A TARIFF) THAT REQUIRES A
PARTY TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND/OR HOLD HARMLESS THE OTHER PARTY OR ANOTHER
PERSON. 

23.8 Except as may be specifically set forth
in this Agreement: (a) each Party’s obligations under this Agreement shall
extend only to the other Party; (b) a Party shall have no liability under this
Agreement to Customers of the other Party or to any other third party; and, (c)
nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a third party beneficiary
relationship between a Party and the other Party’s Customers or any other third
party. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 24.

 	
 Nonexclusive Remedies 

 

Except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each of the remedies provided
under this Agreement is cumulative and is in addition to any other remedies
that may be available under this Agreement or at law or in equity. 

Page 36

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 25. 

 	
 Notices

 

Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
or delivered under this Agreement shall be in hard-copy writing (unless
otherwise specifically provided herein) and shall be sufficiently given if
delivered personally or by prepaid overnight express service to the following
(unless otherwise specifically required by this Agreement to be delivered to
another representative or point of contact):

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 If to Sprint:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Director of Local
 Market Development

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint Communications
 Company L.P.

 
	
  

 	
 8140 Ward Parkway

 
	
  

 	
 Kansas City,
 Missouri, 64114

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 with a copy to:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Director of State
 Regulatory—East

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint
 Communications Company L.P.

 
	
  

 	
 1850 M Street,
 N.W., Suite 1110

 
	
  

 	
 Washington, DC
 20036

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 If to BA:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bell Atlantic
 Network Services, Inc.

 
	
  

 	
 Attention:
 Director, Interconnection Initiatives

 
	
  

 	
 1320 North
 Courthouse Road, 2nd Floor

 
	
  

 	
 Arlington,
 Virginia 22201

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 with a copy to:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 General Attorney,
 Carrier Services

 
	
  

 	
 Bell Atlantic
 Network Services, Inc.

 
	
  

 	
 1320 North
 Courthouse Road, 8th Floor

 
	
  

 	
 Arlington,
 Virginia 22201

 

Either Party may unilaterally change its designated representative
and/or address for the receipt of notices by giving seven (7) days prior
written notice to the other Party in compliance with this Section 25. 

Any notice or other communication shall be deemed given when received.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 26.

 	
 Option
 to Obtain Offered Services Under Other Agreements

 

Page 37

26.1 If, at any time while this Agreement is in effect, either Party
(“Third-Person Contracting Party”) enters into an agreement with a third-person
operating within the State of New Jersey to provide any Network
Interconnection, unbundled Network Element, or Telecommunications Service
(including, but not limited to, any Network Interconnection, unbundled Network
Element, or Telecommunications Service of the Third-Person Contracting Party
that is an Offered Service under this Agreement), to the third-person, which
agreement is subject to approval by the Commission pursuant to 47 U.S.C. § 252,
the Third-Person Contracting Party shall make such agreement publicly available
within ten (10) days after the date it is approved by the Commission under 47
U.S.C. § 252. BA shall give Sprint notice of Commission approval under 47
U.S.C. § 252 of any such agreement as to which BA is the Third-Person
Contracting Party. Such notice by BA to Sprint shall be given quarterly, shall
identify for each agreement the parties to the agreement and the date the
agreement was approved by the Commission under 47 U.S.C. § 252, and may be
provided in writing or electronically, including, but not limited to, by
allowing Sprint to access a data base or Internet site containing the
applicable information.

26.2 To the extent required by Applicable Law, the Third-Person
Contracting Party, upon written request by the other Party, shall make
available to the other Party any Network Interconnection, unbundled Network
Element, or Telecommunications Service (including, but not limited to, any
Network Interconnection, unbundled Network Element or Telecommunications
Service of the Third-Person Contracting Party that is an Offered Service under
this Agreement), offered by the Third-Person Contracting Party under the
agreement with the third-person upon the same terms and conditions (including
prices) provided in the agreement with the third-person, but only on a
prospective basis. This Agreement shall thereafter be amended to prospectively
incorporate the terms and conditions (including prices) from the third-person
agreement applicable to the Network Interconnection, unbundled Network Element
or Telecommunications Service, that the requesting Party has elected to
purchase pursuant to the terms and conditions of the third-person agreement.

26.3 To the extent the exercise of the foregoing option requires a
rearrangement of facilities by the Providing Party, the requesting Party shall
be liable for the non-recurring charges associated therewith, as well as for
any termination 

Page 38

charges associated with the termination of existing facilities or
Offered Services.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 27.

 	
 Other
 Services

 

27.1 This Agreement applies only to “Offered Services”, as defined in
this Agreement. To the extent that Offered Services subscribed to under this
Agreement by a Purchasing Party are interconnected to or used with other
services, facilities, equipment, software, or wiring, provided by the Providing
Party or by other persons, such other services, facilities, equipment,
software, or wiring, shall not be construed to be provided under this
Agreement. Any Providing Party services, facilities, equipment, software, or
wiring, to be used by the Purchasing Party which are not subscribed to by the
Purchasing Party under this Agreement must be subscribed to by the Purchasing
Party separately, pursuant to other written agreements (including, but not
limited to, applicable Providing Party Tariffs).

27.2.1 Without in any way limiting Section 27.1 and without attempting
to list all BA products and services that are not subject to this Agreement,
the Parties agree that this Agreement does not apply to the following BA
services and products: Bell Atlantic Answer Call, Bell Atlantic Answer Call
Plus, Bell Atlantic Home Voice Mail, Bell Atlantic Home Voice Mail Plus, Bell
Atlantic Basic Mailbox, Bell Atlantic Voice Mail, Bell Atlantic OptiMail
Service, and other BA voice mail, fax mail, voice messaging, and fax messaging,
services; Bell Atlantic Optional Wire Maintenance Plan; Bell Atlantic Guardian
Enhanced Maintenance Service; Bell Atlantic Sentry I Enhanced Maintenance
Service; Bell Atlantic Sentry II Enhanced Maintenance Service; Bell Atlantic
Sentry III Enhanced Maintenance Service; customer premises equipment; Bell
Atlantic Call 54 service; Bell Atlantic Telephone Directory bold listings; and,
Bell Atlantic Telephone Directory advertisements. 

27.2.2 If Sprint at any time believes that any of the BA services or
products listed in Section 27.2.1 is a Telecommunications Service, Sprint may
request that the Parties amend Section 27.2.1 to delete the reference to the
service or product which Sprint believes is a Telecommunications Service. If BA
disagrees with Sprint’s belief, Sprint may request the Commission or another
governmental entity of appropriate jurisdiction to determine whether the
service or product is a Telecommunications Service. If the service or product
is determined by the Commission or other governmental entity of appropriate
jurisdiction to be a Telecommunications Service, the 

Page 39

Parties shall amend Section 27.2.1 to delete the reference to the
service or product which the Commission or other governmental entity of
appropriate jurisdiction has determined to be a Telecommunications Service. 

27.3 Without in any way limiting Section 27.1 or Section 27.2, the
Parties also agree that this Agreement does not apply to the installation,
maintenance, repair, inspection, or use of any facilities, equipment, software,
or wiring, located on the Purchasing Party Customer premises side of the
Network Rate Demarcation Point applicable to the Purchasing Party and does not grant
to the Purchasing Party a right to installation, maintenance, repair,
inspection, or use, of any such facilities, equipment, software, or wiring.
Installation, maintenance, repair, inspection, or use of facilities, equipment,
software, or wiring, located on the Purchasing Party Customer premises side of
the Network Rate Demarcation Point applicable to the Purchasing Party must be
contracted for by the Purchasing Party separately, pursuant to other written
agreements, at rates stated in such other written agreements.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 28.

 	
 Provision
 and Use of Offered Services

 

28.1 A Party may fulfill its obligations under this Agreement itself or
may cause an Affiliate of the Party to take the action necessary to fulfill the
Party’s obligations; provided, that a Party’s use of an Affiliate to perform
this Agreement shall not release the Party from any liability or duty to
fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. 

28.2 Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, including,
but not limited to, in Section 15.1, each Party, at its own expense, shall be
responsible for obtaining from governmental authorities, property owners, other
Telecommunications Carriers, and any other persons or entities, all rights and
privileges (including, but not limited to, rights of way, space and power),
which are necessary for the Party to provide its Offered Services pursuant to
this Agreement.

28.3 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement
does not prevent a Purchasing Party from using the Offered Services provided by
a Providing Party pursuant to this Agreement in connection with other
technically compatible Offered Services provided by the Providing Party
pursuant to this Agreement or with any services provided by the Purchasing
Party or a third party.

Page 40

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 29.

 	
 Publicity

 

Neither Party shall use the name of the other Party in connection with
this Agreement in a written press release or written press statement except as
permitted by Applicable Law.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.

 	
 Referenced
 Documents

 

Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to a Technical
Document, it will be deemed to be a reference to the version or edition of such
Technical Document that is cited in this Agreement (or if no version or edition
of such Technical Document is specifically cited in this Agreement, the version
or edition of such Technical Document that is in effect on the Effective Date)
and any subsequent version or edition (including, any amendments, supplements,
addenda, or successors) of such Technical Document that the Parties agree in
writing to adhere to, and, unless this Agreement provides otherwise, will
include the version or edition of each document incorporated by reference in
such a Technical Document that is cited in such a Technical Document (or if no
version or edition of such document is specifically cited in the Technical
Document, the version or edition of such document that was in effect on the
date of issuance of the Technical Document) and any subsequent version or
edition (including, any amendments, supplements, addenda, or successors) of
such document that the Parties agree in writing to adhere to.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 31.

 	
 Regulatory
 Matters

 

31.1 BA shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all
Federal Communications Commission, Commission, franchise authority and other
governmental approvals, that may be required in connection with the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement.

31.2 Without in any way limiting Section 31.1, within thirty (30) days
after the execution of this Agreement, the Agreement shall be submitted by the
Parties to the Commission for approval by the Commission. Following such
submission, the Agreement shall be submitted by BA to any other applicable
governmental entity by which it must be approved for approval by that
governmental entity. 

31.3 Sprint shall be responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect
all Federal Communications Commission, Commission, franchise authority and
other governmental approvals, that may 

Page 41

be required in connection with the performance of its obligations under
this Agreement. 

31.4 Sprint shall reasonably cooperate with BA in obtaining and
maintaining any required governmental approvals for which BA is responsible,
and BA shall reasonably cooperate with Sprint in obtaining and maintaining any
required governmental approvals for which Sprint is responsible.

31.5 In the event that any legally binding legislative, regulatory,
judicial or other legal action materially affects any material terms of this
Agreement, or the ability of Sprint or BA to perform any material terms of this
Agreement, Sprint or BA may, on thirty (30) days written notice (delivered not
later than thirty (30) days following the date on which such action has become
legally binding) require that such terms be renegotiated, and the Parties shall
renegotiate in good faith such mutually acceptable new terms as may be
required.

31.6 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, when this
Agreement is filed with the Commission for approval, the Parties will request
that the Commission (a) approve the Agreement and (b) refrain from taking any
action to change, suspend or otherwise delay implementation of the Agreement. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 32.

 	
 Relationship
 of the Parties

 

32.1 Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby
retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own
performance of its obligations under this Agreement. 

32.2 Each Party retains full control over the employment, direction,
compensation and discharge, of all of its employees, Agents and contractors,
assisting in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each
Party will be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment of its
employees, Agents and contractors, and payment of Social Security and other
taxes in association with such employees, Agents and contractors, and
withholding and remittance of taxes from such employees, Agents and
contractors. 

32.3 Nothing contained within this Agreement shall:

          (a) make
either Party the Agent, servant or employee, of the other Party;

Page 42

          (b) grant
either Party the authority to enter into a contract on behalf of, or otherwise
legally bind, the other Party in any way;

          (c) create
a partnership, joint venture, or other similar relationship between the
Parties; or

          (d) grant
to either Party a franchise, distributorship, or similar interest.

32.4 The relationship of the Parties under this Agreement is a
non-exclusive relationship. Each Party shall have the right:

          (a) to
provide services to be provided by it under this Agreement to persons other
than the other Party; and

          (b) to
purchase services which can be purchased by it under this Agreement from
persons other than the other Party.

Page 43

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 33.

 	
 Selection
 of A Telephone Exchange Service Provider

 

33.1 The Parties agree to apply the principles and procedures set forth
in Section 64.1100 of the FCC Rules, 47 CFR § 64.1100, to the process for
end-user selection of a Telephone Exchange Service provider; provided, that if
the FCC or the Commission adopts rules governing the process for end-user
selection of a Telephone Exchange Service provider, the Parties shall apply
such rules rather than the principles and procedures set forth in § 64.1100. 

33.2 If a Party (“Requesting
Party”) who requests the other Party to change an end user’s Telecommunications
Service (including, but not limited to, an end user’s selection of a Telephone
Exchange Service provider) (a) in the event of a dispute over the end user’s
choice of a Telephone Exchange Service provider, fails to provide the
documentary evidence of the end user’s Telephone Exchange Service provider
selection required by Applicable Law (or, in the absence of Applicable Law, by
Section 64.1100) upon request, (b) has requested the change in the end user’s
Telecommunications Service without having obtained authorization for such
change from the end user pursuant to the principles and procedures set forth in
Section 64.1100 or other applicable FCC or Commission rules, or (c) has
mistakenly changed the end-user’s Telecommunications Service, the Requesting
Party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party for any
resulting Claims. In addition, the Requesting Party shall be liable to the
other Party for all charges that would be applicable to the end user for the
initial change in the end user’s Telecommunications Service and any charges for
restoring the end user’s Telecommunications Service to its end user authorized
condition, including to the appropriate Telephone Exchange Service provider.

33.3 Except as otherwise required by
Applicable Law, a Providing Party shall not require the Purchasing Party to
produce a letter of authorization, disconnect order, or other writing, from the
Purchasing Party’s Customer as a pre-condition to processing an Order from the
Purchasing Party.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 34.

 	
 Service
 Standards

 

34.1 Each Party shall in providing an Offered Service to the other
Party meet all of the quality and performance standards required by Applicable
Law and this Agreement.

34.2 BA shall provide to Sprint the performance measurement reports
listed in Attachment 12. Such reports shall be deemed 

Page 44

to be Confidential Information of BA under Section 11, “Confidential
Information”. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and Section 11, the reports
may be used and disclosed by Sprint for the purposes of enforcing Applicable
Law and Sprint’s rights under Applicable Law and this Agreement (including, but
not limited to, pursuant to Attachment 12, Section 1.3). In making any such
disclosure, Sprint shall make reasonable efforts to preserve the
confidentiality of the reports while they are in the possession of any person
to whom they are disclosed, including, but not limited to, by requesting a
governmental entity to whom the reports are disclosed to treat them as
confidential. 

34.3 In the event that any BA Resale Service or Sprint Resale Service
is not installed or provided in accordance with the due dates specified in this
Agreement, the Providing Party shall grant the Purchasing Party a credit equal
to the credit that would be available for the Providing Party’s own end-user
retail Customers, adjusted for any applicable wholesale discount.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 35.

 	
 Severability

 

35.1 If any term, condition or provision of this Agreement is held to
be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability
shall not invalidate the entire Agreement (unless such construction would be
unreasonable), and the Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain
the invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions, and the rights and
obligations of each Party construed and enforced accordingly. 

35.2 In the event any invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions
are essential elements of this Agreement and the invalidity of such provisions
or provisions substantially impairs the rights or obligations of either Party,
the provisions of Section 31.5 shall apply.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 36.

 	
 Subcontracting

 

If any obligation under this Agreement is performed through a
subcontractor, the subcontracting Party shall remain fully responsible for the
performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, including any
obligations it performs through the subcontractor. The subcontracting Party
shall be solely responsible for payments due its subcontractors. Except as may
be specifically set forth in this Agreement, no subcontractor 

Page 45

shall be deemed a third party beneficiary for any purposes under this
Agreement.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 37.

 	
 Survival
 of Obligations

 

Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or omissions
occurring prior to the expiration, cancellation or termination of this
Agreement, any obligation of a Party under any provision for indemnification or
defense (including, but not limited to, any of Sections 10 and 20), under
Section 11, “Confidential Information”, under Section 33.2, or under any
provision for limitation of liability, and any obligation of a Party under any
other provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are contemplated to
survive (or to be performed after) expiration, cancellation or termination of
this Agreement, shall survive expiration, cancellation or termination of this
Agreement.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 38.

 	
 Taxes

 

38.1 With respect to any purchase of Offered Services under this
Agreement, if any Federal, state or local government tax, fee, duty, surcharge,
or other tax-like charge (a “Tax”) is required or permitted by Applicable Law
to be collected from a Purchasing Party by the Providing Party, then (a) to the
extent required by Applicable Law, the Providing Party shall bill the
Purchasing Party for such Tax as a separately stated item, (b) the Purchasing
Party shall timely remit such Tax to the Providing Party (including both Taxes
billed by the Providing Party and Taxes the Purchasing Party is required by
Applicable Law to remit without billing by the Providing Party), and (c) the
Providing Party shall remit such collected Tax to the applicable taxing
authority.

38.2 With respect to any purchase of Offered Services under this
Agreement, if any Tax is imposed by Applicable Law on the receipts of the
Providing Party, which Applicable Law permits the Providing Party to exclude
certain receipts received from sales of Offered Services for resale by the
Purchasing Party, such exclusion being based solely on the fact that the
Purchasing Party is also subject to a tax based upon receipts (“Receipts Tax”),
then the Purchasing Party, upon request in writing by the Providing Party,
shall provide notice in writing in accordance with Section 38.7 of whether the
Purchasing Party will pay the Receipts Tax. Such notice shall remain in effect
until it is revoked in writing by the Purchasing Party in accordance with
Section 38.7.

Page 46

38.3 With respect to any purchase of Offered Services under this
Agreement, that are resold by the Purchasing Party to a Customer of the Purchasing
Party, if any Tax is imposed by Applicable Law on the Customer of the
Purchasing Party in connection with its purchase of the resold Offered Services
which the Purchasing Party is required to impose and/or collect from the
Customer, then the Purchasing Party (a) shall impose and/or collect such Tax
from the Customer, and (b) shall timely remit such Tax to the applicable taxing
authority.

38.4.1 If the Providing Party, in accordance with Applicable Law,
properly bills the Purchasing Party for any Tax but the Purchasing Party fails
to remit the Tax to the Providing Party as required by Section 38.1, then, as
between the Providing Party and the Purchasing Party, the Purchasing Party
shall be liable for such uncollected Tax and any interest and/or penalty
assessed on the uncollected Tax by the applicable taxing authority.

38.4.2 If the Providing Party does not collect a Tax because the
Purchasing Party has provided the Providing Party with an exemption certificate
which is later found to be inadequate by the applicable taxing authority, then,
as between the Providing Party and the Purchasing Party, the Purchasing Party
shall be liable for such uncollected Tax and any interest and/or penalty
assessed on the uncollected Tax by the applicable taxing authority.

38.4.3 Except as provided in Section 38.4.4, if the Purchasing Party
fails to pay the Receipts Tax which it has given notice of its intent to pay
pursuant to Section 38.2, then, as between the Providing Party and the
Purchasing Party, (a) the Providing Party shall be liable for any Tax imposed
on the Providing Party’s receipts, (b) the Purchasing Party shall be liable for
any interest and/or penalty imposed on the Providing Party with respect to the
Tax on the Providing Party’s receipts, and (c) the Purchasing Party shall be
liable for any Tax imposed on the Purchasing Party’s receipts and any interest
and/or penalty assessed by the applicable taxing authority on the Purchasing
Party with respect to the Tax on the Purchasing Party’s receipts.

38.4.4 If any discount or portion of a discount in price provided to
the Purchasing Party under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the
discount provided for in Attachment 1) represents Tax savings to the Providing
Party which it was anticipated the Providing Party would receive, 

Page 47

because it was anticipated that receipts from sales of Providing Party
Offered Services, that would otherwise be subject to a Tax on such receipts,
could be excluded from such Tax under Applicable Law, because the Providing
Party Offered Services would be sold to the Purchasing Party for resale, and
the Providing Party is, in fact, required by Applicable Law to pay such Tax on
receipts from sales of Providing Party Offered Services to the Purchasing
Party, then, as between the Providing Party and the Purchasing Party, (a) the
Purchasing Party shall be liable for any such Tax, and (b) the Purchasing Party
shall be liable for any interest and/or penalty assessed by the applicable
taxing authority on either the Purchasing Party or the Providing Party with
respect to the Tax on the Providing Party’s receipts.

38.4.5 If the Purchasing Party fails to impose and/or collect any Tax
from Purchasing Party Customers as required by Section 38.3, then, as between
the Providing Party and the Purchasing Party, the Purchasing Party shall remain
liable for such uncollected Tax and any interest and/or penalty assessed on
such uncollected Tax by the applicable taxing authority.

38.4.6 With respect to any Tax that the Purchasing Party has agreed to
pay, is responsible for because the Purchasing Party received a discount in
price on Providing Party Offered Services attributable to anticipated Tax
savings by the Providing Party, or is required to impose on and/or collect from
Purchasing Party Customers, the Purchasing Party agrees to indemnify and hold
the Providing Party harmless on an after-tax basis for any costs incurred by
the Providing Party as a result of actions taken by the applicable taxing
authority to recover the Tax from the Providing Party due to failure of the
Purchasing Party to timely remit the Tax to the Providing Party, or timely pay,
or collect and timely remit, the Tax to the taxing authority.

38.5 If either Party is audited by a taxing authority, the other Party
agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Party being audited in order to respond
to any audit inquiries in a proper and timely manner so that the audit and/or
any resulting controversy may be resolved expeditiously.

38.6.1 If Applicable Law exempts a purchase of Offered Services under
this Agreement from a Tax, and if such Applicable Law also provides an
exemption procedure, such as an exemption certificate requirement, then, if the
Purchasing Party complies with such procedure, the Providing Party shall not
collect such Tax during the effective period of the exemption. Such 

Page 48

exemption shall be effective upon receipt of the exemption certificate
or affidavit in accordance with Section 38.7.

38.6.2 If Applicable Law exempts a purchase of Offered Services under
this Agreement from a Tax, but does not also provide an exemption procedure,
then the Providing Party shall not collect such Tax if the Purchasing Party (a)
furnishes the Providing Party with a letter signed by an officer of the
Purchasing Party claiming an exemption and citing the provision in the
Applicable Law which allows such exemption, and (b) supplies the Providing
Party with an indemnification agreement, reasonably acceptable to the Providing
Party, which holds the Providing Party harmless on an after-tax basis with
respect to forbearing to collect such Tax.

38.7 All notices, affidavits, exemption certificates or other
communications required or permitted to be given by either Party to the other
under this Section 38, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered
personally or sent by prepaid overnight express service, and sent to the
addresses stated in Section 25 and to the following:

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 To BA:

 	
 Tax Administration

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Bell Atlantic
 Network Services, Inc.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1717 Arch Street,
 30th Floor

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Philadelphia, PA
 19103

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 To Sprint:

 	
 Director, State
 & Local Taxes

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Sprint
 Communications Company L.P.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 903 E. 104th
 Street

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Kansas City,
 Missouri 64131

 

Either Party may from time-to-time designate another address or
addressee by giving notice in accordance with the terms of this Section 38.7.

Any notice or other communication shall be deemed to be given when
received.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 39.

 	
 Third-Party
 Beneficiaries

 

Except as may be specifically set forth in this Agreement, this
Agreement does not provide and shall not be construed to provide any third
parties (including, but not limited to, Customers or subcontractors of a Party)
with any right, remedy, claim, reimbursement, cause of action, or other
privilege.

Page 49

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 40.

 	
 Warranties

 

EXCEPT
AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT
TO ITS OFFERED SERVICES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, IN FACT
OR IN LAW. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE A PARTY’S EXCLUSIVE
WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ITS OFFERED SERVICES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, IN FACT OR IN LAW. EACH PARTY
DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ITS OFFERED SERVICES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WARRANTIES AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, AND WARRANTIES
ARISING BY TRADE CUSTOM, TRADE USAGE, COURSE OF DEALING, OR OTHERWISE.

Page 50

PART II

BA
OFFERED SERVICES AND RELATED MATTERS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 41.

 	
 BA Offered Services

 

41.1 Upon request by Sprint, and pursuant to
the provisions of this Agreement, BA will provide to Sprint BA Offered
Services. 

41.2 All BA Offered Services offered by BA to
Sprint are subject to the terms and conditions (including prices) of this
Agreement, even though the BA Offered Services may not be specifically listed
or described in the Principal Document. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 42.

 	
 Charges 

 

42.1 Sprint shall be responsible for and shall
pay all charges for any BA Offered Service provided to Sprint (including, but
not limited to, any BA Offered Service provided to Sprint for resale to
Sprint’s Customers), if the BA Offered Service is ordered, activated or used by
Sprint, Sprint’s Customer or another person. 

42.2 With respect to Audiotex services
(including Dial-It services) provided by BA or BA Customers, Sprint agrees to
either bill and collect the charges for calls to such services by Sprint’s
local service Customers, or to block access to such calls. If Sprint elects to
bill and collect charges for calls to Audiotex services (including Dial-It
services) provided by BA or BA Customers, the Parties agree to negotiate a
mutually acceptable agreement for the performance of such billing and
collection. 

42.3 The Parties agree to negotiate a
mutually acceptable reciprocal billing and collection agreement for their
respective alternately billed local and intraLATA toll charges (i.e., collect,
calling card and billed to third number). Under this agreement, BA will bill
Sprint charges to BA local service Customers and Sprint will bill BA charges to
Sprint local service Customers. BA and Sprint will compensate each other for
billing these charges to their respective Customers at the same rate per
billable charge record. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 43.

 	
 Changes in BA Offered Services 

 

43.1 Subject to the requirements of this
Agreement, BA may, at any time, add, modify or discontinue, a BA Offered
Service.

Page 51

43.2 BA will give Sprint notice of: 

          (a)
Any material changes in the terms and conditions (including prices) under which
BA offers a BA Offered Service; 

          (b)
The addition of a BA Offered Service; 

          (c)
The material modification of the operation of a BA Offered Service; and 

          (d)
The discontinuance of a BA Offered Service. 

43.3 Except as otherwise required by this
Agreement or Applicable Law: 

          (a)
The notice to be provided under Section 43.2(a) and (b) shall be given no later
than three (3) business days after the earlier of: (i) the first date on which
BA gives public notice of the change or addition to BA’s own end user retail
Customers; or (ii) (A) if a publicly available Tariff filing with the
Commission or the Federal Communications Commission is made by BA, the date on
which such filing is made, or (B) if a publicly available Tariff filing with
the Commission or the Federal Communications Commission is not made by BA, the
date on which the change or the addition becomes effective; and 

          (b)
The notice to be provided under Section 43.2(c) and (d) shall be provided at
least sixty (60) days prior to the time the material modification or the
discontinuance becomes effective. 

43.4 The notice to be provided under Section
43.2 may be provided in writing or electronically, including, but not limited
to, by allowing Sprint to access a data base or Internet site containing the
applicable information. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 44.

 	
 Customer Contact

 

44.1.1 Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, Sprint shall be the single and sole point of contact for all Sprint
Customers with regard to services and products (including, but not limited to,
resold BA Offered Services) provided, or to be provided, by Sprint to Sprint’s
Customers. 

44.1.2 Without in any way limiting Section
44.1.1, Sprint shall be the single and sole point of contact for Sprint’s
Customers: (a) to request information about or provision of services 

Page 52

(including, but not limited to, resold BA
Offered Services) which they wish to purchase from Sprint; (b) to change,
terminate, or request information about, assistance in using, or repair or
maintenance of, services (including, but not limited to, resold BA Offered
Services) which they have purchased from Sprint; (c) to make inquiries
concerning Sprint’s bills, and charges for Sprint’s services (including, but
not limited to, resold BA Offered Services); and, (d) if the Sprint Customers
receive dial tone line service from Sprint, to report and request assistance
with regard to annoyance calls. 

44.1.3 Sprint shall establish telephone
numbers at which Sprint’s Customers may communicate with Sprint and shall make
reasonable efforts to advise Sprint’s Customers who may wish to communicate
with Sprint of these telephone numbers. 

44.2 BA shall provide to BA’s employees who
are reasonably likely to communicate, either by telephone or face-to-face, with
Sprint’s Customers during the service provisioning or maintenance processes,
such training as shall be reasonably necessary for those employees to conform
to the requirements of this Agreement with regard to their contact with Sprint
Customers. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 45.

 	
 BA Resale Services 

 

45.1 Availability and Use 

45.1.1 BA shall provide BA Resale Services to
Sprint where, and to the same extent, that BA provides BA Resale Services to
BA’s own end user retail Customers. 

45.1.2 BA Resale Services may be purchased by
Sprint under this Agreement only for the purpose of resale by Sprint as a
Telecommunications Carrier. BA Resale Services to be purchased by Sprint for
other purposes (including, but not limited to, Sprint’s own use) must be
purchased by Sprint pursuant to separate written agreements, including, but not
limited to, applicable BA Tariffs. Sprint may purchase BA Resale Services under
this Agreement for resale to Sprint’s Affiliates if Sprint resells such BA
Resale Services to Sprint’s Affiliates as a Telecommunications Carrier pursuant
to terms and conditions that comply with all applicable Commission rules,
including non-discrimination rules. 

Page 53

45.1.3 To the extent required by Applicable
Law, BA Resale Services shall include contract and other customer-specific
offerings. 

45.2 Restrictions on Resale

45.2.1 Except as otherwise provided in the
Principal Document or authorized by the Commission or the FCC, BA Resale
Services shall not be subject to any category-to-category restrictions. 

45.2.2 Sprint shall not sell residential BA
Resale Services to Customers who are ineligible to subscribe to such BA Resale
Services from BA. 

45.2.3 Sprint shall not sell Lifeline or any
other means-tested BA Resale Service offerings to Customers who are not
eligible to subscribe to such service offerings from BA. 

45.2.4 Sprint shall not sell grandfathered BA
Resale Services to Customers who are ineligible to subscribe to such BA Resale
Services from BA. 

45.2.5 The Parties agree to negotiate the
applicability of any category-to-category restriction on the resale of BA
Resale Services proposed by BA in the future. 

45.3 Service Parity

45.3.1 BA shall provide BA Resale Services,
such that, for all call types, a Sprint Customer served by resold BA Resale
Services is not required to dial any greater number of digits than a
similarly-situated BA Customer to make calls to the same destination. 

45.3.2 BA shall provide BA Resale Services,
such that: (a) a Sprint Customer served by the resold BA Resale Services can
complete calls to the same locations as a similarly-situated BA Customer; (b) a
Sprint Customer served by the resold BA Resale Services may subscribe to the
same extended calling area(s), if any, available to a similarly-situated BA
Customer; (c) 1+ intraLATA toll services and Primary Interexchange Carrier
(“PIC”) 1+ and dial-around (e.g., Carrier Identification Code) services are
available to a Sprint Customer served by the resold BA Resale Services on the
same basis as they are offered to a similarly-situated BA Customer; and, (d)
the post-dial delay (time elapsed between the last digit dialed and first
network response), call completion rate, transmission quality, dial 

Page 54

tone, ring, and capability for dial/pulse or
touch-tone recognition, are provided at Parity. 

45.3.3 The Parties agree that a BA Customer, or a Sprint Customer served
by a resold BA Resale Service dial tone line, may retain its local telephone
number when changing its Telephone Exchange Service provider from one Party to
the other Party, if the Customer remains at the same location, retains the same
type and class of Telephone Exchange Service, and continues to be served by a
BA Resale Service dial tone line. 

45.3.4 The Parties agree that a BA Customer, or a Sprint Customer served
by a resold BA Resale Service dial tone line, may retain its Telephone Exchange
Service without unreasonable interruption of such service when changing its
Telephone Exchange Service provider from one Party to the other Party, if the
Customer remains at the same location, retains the same type and class of
Telephone Exchange Service, and continues to be served by a BA Resale Service
dial tone line. 

45.3.5 To the extent technically feasible, a
BA Resale Service provided by BA to Sprint shall be provided at Parity.

45.4 Billing For BA Resale Services 

45.4.1 BA shall bill Sprint for BA Resale
Services provided to Sprint in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, including, but not limited to, the terms and conditions in
Attachment 6. 

45.4.2 BA shall recognize Sprint as the
customer of record for all BA Resale Services provided to Sprint and send all
notices, bills and other pertinent information directly to Sprint. 

45.5 Specific BA Resale Services

45.5.1 The BA Resale Services that Sprint may
purchase for resale, include, but are not limited to, the BA Resale Services
listed in this Section 45.5.

45.5.2 Centrex 

45.5.2.1 Sprint may purchase for resale any
Centrex Telecommunications Service that BA provides at retail to BA subscribers
who are not Telecommunications Carriers. 

Page 55

45.5.2.2 Sprint shall pay applicable charges,
as set forth in this Agreement, to suppress the need for Sprint Customers
served by resold Centrex Telecommunications Service to dial “9” when placing
calls outside the Centrex System. 

45.5.3 CLASS, Custom Calling, IQ, and AIN
Based Services 

Sprint may purchase for resale any BA CLASS,
Custom Calling, IQ, or Advanced Intelligent Network (“AIN”) based,
Telecommunications Service that BA provides at retail to BA subscribers who are
not Telecommunications Carriers. 

45.5.4 Call Blocking Services

Upon request by Sprint, BA will provide for
use on BA Resale Service dial tone lines which are resold by Sprint such call
blocking services (including, but not limited, to 700, 900 and Audiotex call
blocking services) as BA provides to BA’s own end user retail Customers, where
and to the extent BA provides such call blocking services to BA’s own end user retail
Customers. 

45.5.5 Voluntary Federal Customer Financial
Assistance Programs 

Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable
Law, Sprint may purchase for resale to eligible Sprint Customers any
Telecommunications Service that BA provides at retail to BA subscribers who are
not Telecommunications Carriers and who are eligible for government established
programs for low-income Customers, such as the Voluntary Federal Customer
Financial Assistance Program, and Link-Up America. 

45.5.6 Telecommunications Relay Service

Where and to the extent BA provides
Telecommunications Relay Service to BA’s own end user retail Customers, BA
shall make such Telecommunications Relay Service available to Sprint for use by
Sprint Customers served by resold BA Resale Service dial tone lines. 

45.5.7 Coin Services 

Sprint may purchase for resale any payphone
related Telecommunications Service (including, but not limited to, station
controlled line service [coin customer-owned, coin-operated telephone {“COCOT”}
line service], and network controlled coin and coinless line service), that BA
provides at 

Page 56

retail to BA subscribers who are not
Telecommunications Carriers. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 46.

 	
 BA Unbundled Network Elements

 

46.1 Upon request by Sprint, and pursuant to
the provisions of this Agreement, BA will provide to Sprint Network Elements as
set forth in Attachment 2. 

46.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, BA shall be obligated to provide a Combination of Network
Elements only to the extent such Combination is technically feasible and
required by Applicable Law. 

46.3 The Parties agree that a BA Customer, or
a Sprint Customer served by a BA local switching Network Element, may retain
its local telephone number when changing its Telephone Exchange Service
provider from one Party to the other Party, if the Customer remains at the same
location, and continues to be served by a BA Resale Service dial tone line or a
BA local switching Network Element using the same BA network facilities. 

46.4 The Parties agree that a BA Customer, or a Sprint Customer served
by a BA local switching Network Element, may retain its Telephone Exchange
Service without unreasonable interruption of such service when changing its
Telephone Exchange Service provider from one Party to the other Party, if the
Customer remains at the same location, and continues to be served by a BA
Resale Service dial tone line or a BA local switching Network Element using the
same BA network facilities. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 47.

 	
 Support Functions

 

47.1 E911/911 Services 

47.1.1 Where and to the extent BA provides
E911/911 call routing to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (“PSAP”)
to BA’s own end user retail Customers, BA shall provide to Sprint, for resold
BA Resale Service dial tone lines, E911/911 call routing to the appropriate
PSAP. BA shall provide Sprint Customer information for resold BA Resale Service
dial tone lines to the PSAP as that information is provided to BA by Sprint
where and to the same extent that BA provides BA Customer information to the
PSAP. BA shall update and maintain, on the same schedule that BA uses for BA’s
own end user retail Customers, for Sprint Customers served by resold BA Resale
Service dial tone lines, the Sprint Customer information in BA’s 

Page 57

E911 databases. To the extent technically feasible, the services provided by
BA to Sprint under this Section 47.1.1 shall be provided at Parity. 

47.1.2 Where Sprint provides service to
Sprint’s Customers by a means other than through BA Resale Service dial tone
lines (for instance, through unbundled Network Elements provided by BA), at
such time as BA makes available to Sprint an electronic interface for entering
E911 Customer information into the appropriate E911 databases, Sprint shall be
responsible for entering E911 Customer information into the appropriate E911
databases. The electronic interface will be available no earlier than May 15,
1998. Prior to availability of the electronic interface, existing processes
will be used and Sprint will provide E911 Customer information for Sprint Customers
to BA for entry by BA into the appropriate BA E911 databases. 

47.1.3 To the extent that it is necessary
(whether as a requirement of Applicable Law or otherwise) for Sprint to enter
into any agreements or other arrangements with governmental entities (or
governmental entity contractors) related to E911/911 in order for Sprint to
provide Telecommunications Services, Sprint shall at Sprint’s expense enter
into such agreements and arrangements. Where this Section 47.1 or other
portions of this Agreement refer to or describe E911/911 functions, services,
or facilities as BA functions, services, or facilities, the Parties agree that,
in New Jersey, some such functions, services, and facilities are provided,
owned, or controlled not by BA but by the State of New Jersey, and that Sprint
will look to the State of New Jersey, and not BA, and make arrangements with
the State of New Jersey, and not BA, for the provision of such functions,
services, and facilities. BA will cooperate with Sprint in identifying all such
functions, services, and facilities that are provided, owned, or controlled by
the State of New Jersey and in identifying the contact points and procedures BA
believes will facilitate Sprint’s promptly securing such arrangements with the
State of New Jersey as may be necessary for the effective provision of E911/911
service to Customers of Sprint. 

47.2 Routing to Repair, Directory Assistance
and Operator Services 

47.2.1.1 Each Party will provide its
Customers with a toll-free or ordinary telephone number to call for repair
services and will not use 611 for this or any other purpose. Calls to 611 

Page 58

will be answered by an announcement only
(there will be no human intercept or call transfer capability) as follows: 

          (a)
Callers will be informed that 611 is no longer a valid number and will be
instructed to contact their local service provider. 

          (b)
No local service provider, including BA, will be named in the announcement. 

47.2.1.2 The Parties agree that the
provisions of this Section 47.2.1 shall not prejudice any arguments either of
them may make concerning the appropriate use of N11 codes. 

47.2.2 Upon request by Sprint, BA will
implement the capability of rerouting to Sprint’s platforms directory
assistance traffic from Sprint Customers served by resold BA Resale Service
dial tone lines (including 411 and 555-1212) and operator services traffic from
Sprint Customers served by resold BA Resale Service dial tone lines (including
O+ and 0- intraLATA calls). Implementation will be completed, as to a
particular switch as to which rerouting is requested by Sprint, within ninety
(90) days after the request by Sprint. BA will use its best efforts to
accommodate Sprint’s requests as to the sequence of implementing this capability
in particular switches on a nondiscriminatory basis.

Page 59

47.3 Emergency Public Agency Telephone
Numbers 

BA and Sprint shall provide to each other,
pursuant to terms, conditions and prices to be negotiated by BA and Sprint
following execution of this Agreement, the emergency public agency (e.g.,
police, fire, ambulance) telephone numbers linked to each NPA-NXX, including
all changes, alterations, modifications, and updates, to such information. 

47.4 LSV/VCI 

BA and Sprint agree to interconnect their
Local Operator Service systems to provide, in accordance with Attachment 15,
Line Status Verification and Verification with Call Interruption (“LSV/VCI”)
services. 

47.5 Line Information Database 

BA shall maintain Customer information
(including restricted collect and third-number billing notation) for Sprint
Customers who subscribe to resold BA Resale Service dial tone lines, in BA’s
Line Information Database (“LIDB”) where and to the same extent that BA
maintains information in BA’s LIDB on BA’s own end-user retail Customers. BA shall update and maintain, on the same
schedule that it uses for BA’s own end-user retail Customers, the Sprint
Customer information in BA’s LIDB. To the extent technically feasible, the
services provided by BA to Sprint under this Section 47.5 shall be provided at
Parity. 

47.6 Telephone Line Number Calling Card
Numbers 

If an end-user terminates BA Resale Service
dial tone line service provided to the end-user by BA and, in place thereof,
subscribes to Sprint for resold BA Resale Service dial tone line service, BA
will remove from BA’s LIDB any BA-assigned telephone line calling card number
(including area code) (“TLN”) and Personal Identification Number (“PIN”)
associated with the terminated BA Resale Service dial tone line service. The
BA-assigned TLN and PIN will be removed from BA’s LIDB within twenty-four (24)
hours after BA terminates the BA Resale Service dial tone line service with
which the numbers were associated. Sprint may issue a new telephone calling
card to such Customer, utilizing the same TLN, and the same or a different PIN.
Upon request by Sprint, BA will enter such TLN and PIN in BA’s LIDB for calling
card validation purposes. 

Page 60

47.7 Law Enforcement and Service Annoyance 

BA and Sprint will develop mutually-agreed
procedures to handle requests from law enforcement agencies for service
termination, assistance with electronic surveillance, and provision of Customer
information, pursuant to Applicable Law, and procedures to handle Customer
complaints about harassing or annoying calls. Such procedures will include, but
not be limited to, a process for the Parties to interface with each other
regarding law enforcement and service annoyance issues on a 24 hour per day,
seven days per week basis. 

47.8 Intercept Services 

Sprint may order any Intercept
Telecommunications Services that BA provides at retail to BA subscribers who
are not Telecommunications Carriers. Such services will be made available for
use by Sprint’s Customers where and to the same extent as such services are
made available to BA’s own end user retail Customers. To the extent technically
feasible, the services provided by BA to Sprint under this Section 47.8 shall
be provided at Parity. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 48.

 	
 Directory Listings 

 

48.1 As used in this Section 48, references
to a Sprint Customer’s “Listing” shall mean such Sprint Customer’s name,
address and telephone number. Upon request by Sprint, BA will provide the
Listing services described in this Section 48. 

48.2 BA will include a primary Listing for a
Sprint Customer in BA’s White Pages telephone directory (residence and business
Listings) and BA’s Yellow Pages telephone directory (business Listings), that
covers the service address of the Sprint Customer. Listings for Sprint
Customers will be interfiled with the listings of other persons in BA’s
telephone directories in accordance with the standard alphabetical or other
order for listings in such telephone directories. Where there are two telephone
numbers for the same resold BA dial tone line due to the implementation of
Interim Local Number Portability, only the ported number will be included in
the Listing. 

48.3 BA will provide BA White Pages
additional Listings for a Sprint Customer. 

48.4 BA will include in BA’s directory
assistance database and in any BA electronic directories in which BA’s own end
user retail Customers are ordinarily included a Listing for Sprint Customers. 

Page 61

Such service will be provided where and to
the same extent that BA provides this service to BA’s own end user retail
Customers. To the extent technically feasible, the service provided by BA to
Sprint under this Section 48.4 shall be provided at Parity. 

48.5 Where a Customer for a BA Resale Service
dial tone line resold by Sprint elects not to have a Listing in a telephone
directory, electronic directory and/or BA’s directory assistance database,
Sprint shall purchase the applicable service to effect this (e.g., BA private
number, non-published listing, or non-listed number, service). 

48.6 BA shall deliver BA White Pages and BA
Yellow Pages telephone directories to Sprint Customers. Timing of such delivery
and the determination of which primary telephone directories shall be delivered
(by Customer address, NPA/NXX, or other criteria), and the number of telephone
directories to be provided per Sprint Customer, shall be provided under the
same terms and conditions that BA delivers primary telephone directories to
BA’s own similarly situated Customers. These deliveries will be made for no
additional charge. Sprint may request additional telephone directories from
BA’s Directory Fulfillment Centers for Sprint’s Customers, which Centers will
provide such additional telephone directories for the same charges applicable
to comparable requests by BA’s own Customers. 

48.7 BA shall provide the following White and
Yellow Pages Directory Listing criteria to Sprint not later than ten (10) days
after the Effective Date of this Agreement, and shall provide all changes to
such Directory Listing criteria at the same time such changes are provided to
BA’s own directory listings Customer contact personnel: 

          (a)
Classified heading information; 

          (b)
Rules for White Pages and Yellow Pages listings, other than information which
is publicly available in BA’s Tariffs (e.g., eligibility for free White and
Yellow Pages listings, space restrictions, unlisted and unpublished listings,
abbreviated listings, foreign listings, and heading requirements); 

          (c)
Publication schedules for White Pages and Yellow Pages Directories; 

          (d)
Identification of the coverage areas of Telephone Directories by NPA/NXX; 

Page 62

          (e)
Telephone directory delivery schedules; 

          (f)
Restrictions, if any, on number of Telephone Directories provided at no charge
to a Customer; and 

          (g)
Processes and terms and conditions for obtaining foreign Telephone Directories
from BA. 

48.8 Sprint shall provide to BA daily listing
information on all new Sprint Customers in the format required by BA or a
mutually agreed upon industry standard format. The information shall include
the Sprint Customer’s name, telephone number, address, the delivery address and
number of directories to be delivered, and, in the case of a business listing,
the primary business heading under which the Sprint Customer desires to be
placed, and any other information necessary for the publication and delivery of
directories. Sprint shall also provide BA with daily listing information
showing (a) Sprint Customers that have disconnected or terminated their service
with Sprint, and (b) any changes in daily listing information that was
previously provided by Sprint. 

48.9 Upon written request by Sprint, BA shall
include in the customer information section of any BA telephone directory
distributed in any area where Sprint is providing Telephone Exchange Service at
the closing date for entry of material in the BA telephone directory, telephone
numbers for Sprint customer sales, service and repair, and such other service
related information as may be agreed upon by the Parties, including Sprint
trademarks and logos. Such information shall be provided by Sprint to BA in the
format required by BA no later than the closing date for entry of such material
in the BA telephone directory. BA shall provide Sprint with a list of the
applicable closing dates for BA’s Telephone Directories. 

48.10 Sprint shall adhere to all practices,
standards and requirements (including, but not limited to, ethics standards),
of BA with regard to Listings. By providing Listings to BA, Sprint warrants
that it has the authority to place such Listings on behalf of Sprint’s
Customers, that the address and telephone number information in the Listings
submitted to BA is accurate, and that the Customer name information in the
Listings submitted to BA accurately states the Customer name information
requested for the Listings by the Customers. Sprint shall take commercially
reasonable action to attempt to assure that any Sprint Customer to be listed
has the right and is authorized to 

Page 63

(a) provide the product or service offered by
the Customer, and (b) use any personal or corporate name, trade name, trade
mark, service mark or other language contained in the Listing. In addition,
Sprint agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, BA, BA’s Affiliates, and
the directors, officers, employees, Agents and contractors of BA and BA’s
Affiliates, from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, suits, or
other actions, or any liability whatsoever, suffered, made, instituted, or
asserted by any person arising out of BA’s listing of the Listing information
provided by Sprint hereunder. 

48.11 THE LIABILITY,
IF ANY, OF BA, BA’S AFFILIATES, AND THE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
AND CONTRACTORS, OF BA AND BA’S AFFILIATES, TO SPRINT, SPRINT’S CUSTOMERS
AND/OR ANY OTHER PERSON, FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH A FAILURE TO INSTALL, RESTORE, PROVIDE OR TERMINATE A LISTING
IN A WHITE PAGES DIRECTORY, YELLOW PAGES DIRECTORY, ELECTRONIC DIRECTORY,
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE, OR OTHER PUBLICATION OR DATABASE, OR FROM ANY
MISTAKE, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DELAY, ERROR, DEFECT, FAULT, FAILURE, OR
DEFICIENCY, IN A LISTING, IN A WHITE PAGES DIRECTORY, YELLOW PAGES DIRECTORY,
ELECTRONIC DIRECTORY, DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE, OR OTHER PUBLICATION OR
DATABASE, SHALL BE LIMITED AND/OR EXCLUDED AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 23 FOR BA
OFFERED SERVICES. 

48.12 Sprint agrees to take, with respect to
Sprint’s Customers, all reasonable steps to assure that Sprint’s and BA’s liability
to Sprint’s Customers in the event of an error in or omission of a Listing
shall be subject to limitations of liability comparable to the limitations of
BA’s liability under this Agreement. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 49.

 	
 Information 

 

49.1 Subscriber List Information 

49.1.1 Under a separate license agreement, BA
shall provide to Sprint access to all published BA Subscriber List Information
to the same extent, and on the same terms and conditions (including prices),
that BA provides BA Subscriber List Information to third parties who are
similarly situated to Sprint. Such license agreement shall specify the terms
and conditions under which, and the media on which, the Subscriber List
Information is available. 

Page 64

49.1.2 Unless authorized by Sprint, BA shall
not provide Sprint Customer Subscriber List Information to third parties. If
Sprint does authorize BA to provide Sprint Customer Subscriber List Information
to third parties, BA shall have the right to exclusively retain any
compensation received from third parties for performing this activity and shall
not be obligated to account to Sprint or compensate Sprint for provision of the
Sprint Customer Subscriber List Information to third parties. 

49.2 Directory Assistance Information 

The Parties acknowledge that they have not
reached agreement with regard to Sprint’s request that BA provide to Sprint BA
directory assistance database information, and updates to such information, on
other than a listing-by-listing basis through a query to BA’s directory
assistance database (including, but not limited to, on magnetic tape, magnetic
disk or similar media). This section will be revised as required by or as
necessary to comply with Applicable Law. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 50.

 	
 Ordering Processes

 

50.1 BA will provide to Sprint the
capabilities for ordering and provisioning set forth in Attachment 4. 

50.2.1 BA will provide to Sprint customer
usage data in accordance with Attachment 7. 

50.2.2 If Sprint wishes BA to record and
provide to Sprint Customer usage information and other billing information that
BA does not record when furnishing a Telecommunications Service to BA’s own end
user retail Customers (e.g., usage on flat rated lines), BA will, to the extent
BA’s switch suppliers offer a generic software capability that permits such
recording on a line-by-line basis, negotiate with Sprint terms, conditions and
prices pursuant to which BA will record and provide such information to Sprint.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 51.

 	
 Testing

 

51.1 To the extent service readiness or
operations readiness testing may not have been conducted or concluded pursuant
to a separate testing agreement between the Parties, the Parties shall mutually
develop and implement a plan and schedule to test the interconnection of their
respective gateway interfaces and the operation of their operational support
systems. The testing 

Page 65

shall be conducted in accordance with this
Agreement and Applicable Law. 

51.2 During the term of this
Agreement, the Parties will participate in such cooperative testing as is
provided for in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, cooperative
testing pursuant to Attachment 2, Section 15.1, and such other cooperative
testing as they may mutually agree to conduct. 

Page 66

PART
III

SPRINT
OFFERED SERVICES AND RELATED MATTERS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 52.

 	
 Sprint Offered Services

 

52.1 Upon request by BA, and pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, Sprint will provide to BA Sprint Offered
Services, including, but not limited to, any Sprint Resale Services that are
available to Sprint Customers. 

52.2 All Sprint Offered Services offered by
Sprint to BA are subject to the terms and conditions (including prices) of this
Agreement, even though the Sprint Offered Services may not be specifically
listed or described in the Principal Document. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 53.

 	
 Charges for Sprint Offered Services 

 

BA shall be responsible for and shall pay all
charges for any Sprint Offered Service provided to BA (including, but not
limited to, any Sprint Offered Service provided to BA for resale to BA’s
Customers), if the Sprint Offered Service is ordered, activated or used by BA,
BA’s Customer or another person. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 54.

 	
 Changes in Sprint Offered Services 

 

54.1 Subject to the requirements of this
Agreement, Sprint may, at any time, add, modify or discontinue, a Sprint
Offered Service.

54.2 Sprint will give BA notice of: 

          (a)
Any material changes in the terms and conditions (including prices) under which
Sprint offers a Sprint Offered Service; 

          (b)
The addition of a Sprint Offered Service; 

          (c)
The material modification of the operation of a Sprint Offered Service; and 

          (d)
The discontinuance of a Sprint Offered Service. 

54.3 Except as otherwise required by this
Agreement or Applicable Law: 

Page 67

          (a)
The notice to be provided under Section 54.2(a) and (b) shall be given no later
than three (3) business days after the earlier of: (i) the first date on which
Sprint gives public notice of the change or addition to Sprint’s own end user
retail Customers; or (ii) (A) if a publicly available Tariff filing with the
Commission or the Federal Communications Commission is made by Sprint, the date
on which such filing is made, or (B) if a publicly available Tariff filing with
the Commission or the Federal Communications Commission is not made by Sprint,
the date on which the change or the addition becomes effective; and 

          (b)
The notice to be provided under Section 54.2(c) and (d) shall be provided at
least sixty (60) days prior to the time the material modification or the
discontinuance becomes effective. 

54.4 The notice to be provided under Section
54.2 may be provided in writing or electronically, including, but not limited
to, by allowing BA to access a data base or Internet site containing the
applicable information. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 55.

 	
 Customer Contact

 

55.1.1 Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, BA shall be the single and sole point of contact for all BA
Customers with regard to services and products (including, but not limited to,
resold Sprint Offered Services) provided, or to be provided, by BA to BA’s
Customers. 

55.1.2 Without in any way limiting Section
55.1.1, BA shall be the single and sole point of contact for BA’s Customers:
(a) to request information about or provision of services (including, but not
limited to, resold Sprint Offered Services) which they wish to purchase from
BA; (b) to change, terminate, or request information about, assistance in
using, or repair or maintenance of, services (including, but not limited to,
resold Sprint Offered Services) which they have purchased from BA; (c) to make
inquiries concerning BA’s bills, and charges for BA’s services (including, but
not limited to, resold Sprint Offered Services); and, (d) if the BA Customers receive
dial tone line service from BA, to report and request assistance with regard to
annoyance calls. 

55.1.3 BA shall establish telephone numbers
at which BA’s Customers may communicate with BA and shall make reasonable
efforts to advise BA’s Customers who may wish to communicate with BA of these
telephone numbers. 

Page 68

55.2 Sprint shall provide to Sprint’s
employees who are reasonably likely to communicate, either by telephone or
face-to-face, with BA’s Customers during the service provisioning or
maintenance processes, such training as shall be reasonably necessary for those
employees to conform to the requirements of this Agreement with regard to their
contacts with BA Customers. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 56.

 	
 Sprint Resale Services 

 

56.1 Availability and Use 

56.1.1 Sprint shall provide Sprint Resale
Services to BA where, and to the same extent, that Sprint provides Sprint
Resale Services to Sprint’s own end user retail Customers. 

56.1.2 Sprint Resale Services may be
purchased by BA under this Agreement only for the purpose of resale by BA as a
Telecommunications Carrier. Sprint Resale Services to be purchased by BA for
other purposes (including, but not limited to, BA’s own use) must be purchased
by BA pursuant to separate written agreements, including, but not limited to,
applicable Sprint Tariffs. BA may purchase Sprint Resale Services under this
Agreement for resale to BA’s Affiliates if BA resells such Sprint Resale
Services to BA’s Affiliates as a Telecommunications Carrier pursuant to terms
and conditions that comply with all applicable Commission rules, including
non-discrimination rules. 

56.1.3 To the extent required by Applicable
Law, Sprint Resale Services shall include contract and other customer-specific
offerings.

56.2 Restrictions on Resale

56.2.1 Except as otherwise provided in the
Principal Document or authorized by the Commission or the FCC, Sprint Resale
Services shall not be subject to any category-to-category restrictions. 

56.2.2 BA shall not sell residential Sprint
Resale Services to Customers who are ineligible to subscribe to such Sprint
Resale Services from Sprint. 

56.2.3 BA shall not sell Lifeline or any
other means-tested Sprint Resale Service offerings to Customers who are not
eligible to subscribe to such service offerings from Sprint. 

Page 69

56.2.4 BA shall not sell grandfathered Sprint
Resale Services to Customers who are ineligible to subscribe to such Sprint
Resale Services from Sprint. 

56.2.5 The Parties agree to negotiate the
applicability of any category-to-category restriction on the resale of Sprint
Resale Services proposed by Sprint in the future. 

Page 70

56.3 Service Parity

56.3.1 Sprint shall provide Sprint Resale
Services, such that, for all call types, a BA Customer served by resold Sprint
Resale Services is not required to dial any greater number of digits than a
similarly-situated Sprint Customer to make calls to the same destination. 

56.3.2 Sprint shall provide Sprint Resale
Services, such that: (a) a BA Customer served by the resold Sprint Resale
Services can complete calls to the same locations as a similarly-situated
Sprint Customer; (b) a BA Customer served by the resold Sprint Resale Services
may subscribe to the same extended calling area(s), if any, available to a
similarly-situated Sprint Customer; (c) 1+ intraLATA toll services and Primary
Interexchange Carrier (“PIC”) 1+ and dial-around (e.g., Carrier Identification
Code) services are available to a BA Customer served by the resold Sprint
Resale Services on the same basis as they are offered to a similarly-situated
Sprint Customer; and, (d) the post-dial delay (time elapsed between the last
digit dialed and first network response), call completion rate, transmission
quality, dial tone, ring, and capability for dial/pulse or touch-tone
recognition, are provided at Parity. 

56.3.3 The Parties agree that a Sprint Customer, or a BA Customer served
by a resold Sprint Resale Service dial tone line, may retain its local
telephone number when changing its Telephone Exchange Service provider from one
Party to the other Party, if the Customer remains at the same location, retains
the same type and class of Telephone Exchange Service, and continues to be
served by a Sprint Resale Service dial tone line. 

56.3.4 The Parties agree that a Sprint Customer, or a BA Customer served
by a resold Sprint Resale Service dial tone line, may retain its Telephone
Exchange Service without unreasonable interruption of such service when
changing its Telephone Exchange Service provider from one Party to the other
Party, if the Customer remains at the same location, retains the same type and
class of Telephone Exchange Service, and continues to be served by a Sprint
Resale Service dial tone line. 

56.3.5 To the extent technically feasible, a
Sprint Resale Service provided by Sprint to BA shall be provided at Parity. 

56.4 Billing For Sprint Resale Services 

Page 71

56.4.1 Sprint shall bill BA for Sprint Resale
Services provided to BA in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, including, but not limited to, the terms and conditions in
Attachment 6. 

56.4.2 Sprint shall recognize BA as the
customer of record for all Sprint Resale Services provided to BA and send all
notices, bills and other pertinent information directly to BA. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 57.

 	
 Support Functions

 

57.1 E911/911 Services 

Where and to the extent Sprint provides
E911/911 call routing to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (“PSAP”)
to Sprint’s own end user retail Customers, Sprint shall provide to BA, for
resold Sprint Resale Service dial tone lines, E911/911 call routing to the
appropriate PSAP. Sprint shall provide BA Customer information for resold
Sprint Resale Service dial tone lines to the PSAP as that information is
provided to Sprint by BA where and to the same extent that Sprint provides
Sprint Customer information to the PSAP. Sprint shall update and maintain, on
the same schedule that Sprint uses for Sprint’s own end user retail Customers,
the BA Customer information in Sprint’s E911 databases. To the extent technically feasible, the
services provided by Sprint to BA under this Section 57.1 shall be provided at
Parity. 

57.2 Directory Assistance and Operator
Service Traffic 

Upon request by BA, Sprint will implement the
capability of rerouting to BA’s platforms directory assistance traffic from BA
Customers served by resold Sprint Resale Service dial tone lines (including 411
and 555-1212) and operator services traffic from BA Customers served by resold
Sprint Resale Service dial tone lines (including O+ and 0- intraLATA calls).
Implementation will be completed, as to a particular switch as to which
rerouting is requested by BA, within ninety (90) days after the request by BA.
Sprint will use its best efforts to accommodate BA’s requests as to the
sequence of implementing this capability in particular switches on a
nondiscriminatory basis.

57.3 Line Information Database 

Sprint shall maintain Customer information
(including restricted collect and third-number billing notation) for BA
Customers who subscribe to resold Sprint Resale Service dial tone lines, in 

Page 72

Sprint’s Line Information Database (“LIDB”)
where and to the same extent that Sprint maintains information in Sprint’s LIDB
on Sprint’s own end-user retail Customers. Sprint
shall update and maintain, on the same schedule that it uses for Sprint’s own
end-user retail Customers, the BA Customer information in Sprint’s LIDB. To the
extent technically feasible, the services provided by Sprint to BA under this
Section 57.3 shall be provided at Parity. 

57.4 Telephone Line Number Calling Card Numbers

If an end-user terminates Sprint Resale
Service dial tone line service provided to the end-user by Sprint and, in place
thereof, subscribes to BA for resold Sprint Resale Service dial tone line
service, Sprint will remove from Sprint’s LIDB any Sprint-assigned telephone
line calling card number (including area code) (“TLN”) and Personal
Identification Number (“PIN”) associated with the terminated Sprint Resale
Service dial tone line service. The Sprint-assigned TLN and PIN will be removed
from Sprint’s LIDB within twenty-four (24) hours after Sprint terminates the
Sprint Resale Service dial tone line service with which the numbers were
associated. BA may issue a new telephone calling card to such Customer,
utilizing the same TLN, and the same or a different PIN. Upon request by BA,
Sprint will enter such TLN and PIN in Sprint’s LIDB for calling card validation
purposes. 

57.5 Intercept Services 

BA may order any Intercept Telecommunications
Services that Sprint provides at retail to Sprint subscribers who are not
Telecommunications Carriers. Such services will be made available for use by
BA’s Customers where and to the same extent as such services are made available
to Sprint’s own end user retail Customers. To the extent technically feasible,
the services provided by Sprint to BA under this Section 57.5 shall be provided
at Parity. 

Page 73

In witness whereof, Bell Atlantic—New
Jersey, Inc., and Sprint Communications Company L.P., each acting by its
authorized representative, execute this Agreement: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Bell Atlantic—New Jersey, Inc., by,

 	
  

 	
 Sprint Communications Company L.P., by,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Signature

 	
  

 	
 Signature

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Name

 	
  

 	
 Name

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Title

 	
  

 	
 Title

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Date

 	
  

 	
 Date

 

ATTACHMENT 1 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRICE SCHEDULE

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 1.

 	
 General Principles

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 2.

 	
 Non-Discriminatory
 Treatment

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 3.

 	
 BA Resale Services

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 4.

 	
 Interconnection
 and Reciprocal Compensation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 5.

 	
 Network Elements

 

ATTACHMENT 1 

PRICE SCHEDULE

Section 1. General Principles

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.1

 	
 Subject to Section
 2.4 of the Agreement, all rates and wholesale discounts provided under this
 Agreement shall remain in effect for the term of this Agreement unless (1)
 modified by order of the FCC or Board, as the case may be, or (2) otherwise
 provided in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.2

 	
 Rates for Exchange
 Access services purchased by either Party for use in the provision of toll
 service to end user Customers are not affected by this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.3

 	
 Unless otherwise
 agreed, the Parties shall pay only the rates set forth in this Agreement for
 the Offered Services purchased under this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.4

 	
 As applied to
 wholesale discount rates, unbundled Network Elements or call transport and/or
 termination of Local Traffic purchased for the provision of Telephone
 Exchange Service or Exchange Access, the rates and charges set forth in Table
 1 shall apply until such time as they are replaced by new rates as may be
 approved or allowed into effect by the Board from time to time, subject,
 however, to any stay or other order issued by any court of competent
 jurisdiction. At such time(s) as such new rates have been approved or allowed
 into effect by the Board, the Parties shall amend Table 1 to reflect the new
 approved rates. 

 

Section 2. Non-Discriminatory Treatment

BA shall offer rates to Sprint in accordance with all applicable
provisions of this Agreement. Sprint shall offer rates to BA in accordance with
all applicable provisions of this Agreement. 

Section 3. BA Resale Services 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Except as provided
 in Section 3.2, below, the rates that Sprint shall pay to BA for BA Resale
 Services shall be an amount equal to the retail rates provided in BA’s
 Tariffs for each BA Resale Service, or, if the retail rates for a BA Resale
 Service are not provided in a BA Tariff, the retail rates for such BA Resale
 Service provided in applicable BA contracts, BA customer-specific offerings,
 BA price lists, BA price schedules, or other applicable BA documents. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 The rates that
 Sprint shall pay to BA for BA Resale Services that BA is required by
 Applicable Law to offer to Sprint at a wholesale rate shall be an amount
 equal to the BA retail rates provided in BA’s Tariffs for each BA Resale
 Service, or, if the retail rates for a BA Resale Service are not provided in
 a BA Tariff, the retail rates for such BA Resale Service provided in
 applicable BA contracts, BA customer-specific offerings, BA price lists, BA
 price schedules or other applicable BA documents, as 

 

77

ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 reduced by the
 applicable wholesale discount percentage amount set forth in Table 1. If BA
 revises such Tariff or non-Tariff retail rates during the term of this
 Agreement, for BA Resale Services that BA is required by Applicable Law to
 offer at a wholesale rate, the applicable wholesale discount percentage
 amount shall be applied to the revised Tariff or non-Tariff retail rates. Unless otherwise specifically agreed
 between the Parties, the wholesale discount shall apply only to those BA
 Resale Services that BA is required by Applicable Law to offer to Sprint at a
 wholesale rate and shall not apply (i) to any other BA Telecommunications
 Services, or (ii) to any non-Telecommunications Services that BA may, in its
 sole discretion, choose to offer for resale. 

 

Section 4. Interconnection and Reciprocal
Compensation

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.1 Sprint may
 choose to deliver both Local Traffic and toll traffic over the same trunk
 group(s), pursuant to the provisions of Attachment 15. In the event Sprint
 chooses to deliver both types of traffic over the same traffic exchange
 trunks, and desires application of the local call transport and termination
 rates, it will provide Percent Local Usage (“PLU”) information to BA as set
 forth in Attachment 15. In the event Sprint includes both interstate and
 intrastate toll traffic over the same trunk, it will provide Percent
 Interstate Usage (“PIU”) to BA as set forth in Attachment 15. BA shall have
 the same options, and to the extent it avails itself of them, the same
 obligation, to provide PIU and PLU information to Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.2 Compensation
 for the exchange of Local Traffic is set forth in Table 1 of this Attachment
 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.3 When the
 Interconnection Point on BA’s network is at a BA tandem office switch, Sprint
 shall pay BA the rates for traffic delivered at BA’s tandem, as set forth in
 Table 1. When the Interconnection Point on BA’s network is at a BA end
 office, for calls terminating to BA subscribers served by such BA end office,
 Sprint will pay BA call termination compensation at the rates for traffic
 delivered at BA’s end office, as set forth in Table 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.4 BA will pay
 Sprint a reciprocal and symmetrical compensation rate for the termination of
 traffic at a Sprint tandem switch, or for the termination of traffic at
 Sprint’s single combined Class 4/Class 5 switch, for as long as Sprint
 maintains a single level switching and Interconnection Point hierarchy.
 Thereafter, the pricing in Section 4.4.1, below, shall apply. When the
 Interconnection is at a Sprint collocated remote switching module, BA shall
 pay Sprint the end office termination rate as set forth in Table 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.4.1 At such time
 as Sprint offers any other Telecommunications Carrier access to its network
 at both the tandem (or functional equivalent) level and at the end office (or
 functional equivalent) level for the termination of Local Traffic, toll
 traffic, or switched Exchange Access traffic, it will immediately make such
 two-tiered interconnection available to BA for the termination of Local
 Traffic. At such time as BA delivers traffic to Sprint at two (2) levels in
 Sprint’s switching hierarchy (or functional equivalent), BA-

 

78

ATTACHMENT 1 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 originated Local
 Traffic delivered to Sprint at the Sprint tandem (or functional equivalent)
 shall incur the same rate that BA charges for Sprint Local traffic delivered
 to BA at a BA tandem and BA-originated Local Traffic delivered to Sprint at
 the Sprint end office (or functional equivalent) shall incur the same rate
 that BA charges for Sprint Local Traffic delivered to BA at a BA end office. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.5 Compensation
 for the termination of toll traffic and the origination of 800 traffic
 (except that 800 traffic which terminates locally) between the
 interconnecting Parties shall be based on the applicable Exchange Access
 charges in accordance with Applicable Law.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.6 Where toll
 traffic is completed through the donor Party’s INP arrangement (e.g., remote
 call forwarding, FLEX-DID) to the porting Party’s subscriber, the porting Party
 shall be entitled to Exchange Access charges collected by the donor Party
 (less the costs incurred by the donor Party for billing and collection of
 such charges) that are applicable to the functions performed by the porting
 Party, in accordance with Applicable Law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.7 Sprint shall
 pay a tandem transit rate and/or dedicated transport rates, as applicable, as
 set forth in Table 1 of this Attachment 1 when Sprint uses BA facilities to
 terminate Local Traffic to a third-party Telecommunications Carrier. BA shall
 pay Sprint an equivalent tandem transit rate and/or dedicated transport
 rates, as applicable, when BA uses Sprint facilities to terminate Local
 Traffic to a third-party Telecommunications Carrier.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 5. Network Elements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The charges that
 Sprint shall pay to BA for Network Elements are set forth in Table 1 of this
 Attachment 1. 

 

79

ATTACHMENT 1  

Table 1

BELL ATLANTIC-NEW JERSEY, INC.
AND 

SPRINT COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY L.P.

DETAILED SCHEDULE OF ITEMIZED
CHARGES

A. BA SERVICES, FACILITIES, AND ARRANGEMENTS:  1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 I.

 	
 Local
 Call Termination2

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Traffic Delivered at BA End Office

 	
  

 	
 $.001846/Minute of

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Use (“MOU”)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Traffic Delivered at BA Tandem

 	
  

 	
 $.003738/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Unless a citation
 is provided to a generally applicable BA Tariff, all listed rates and
 services are available only to Sprint when purchasing these services for use
 in the provision of Telephone Exchange Service, and apply only to Local
 Traffic and local Ancillary Traffic. BA rates and services for use by Sprint
 in the carriage of Toll Traffic shall be subject to BA’s tariffs for Exchange
 Access Service. Adherence to these limitations is subject to a reasonable
 periodic audit by BA. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           As
 applied to wholesale discount rates, unbundled Network Elements or call
 transport and/or termination of Local Traffic purchased for the provision of
 Telephone Exchange Service or Exchange Access, the rates and charges set
 forth in this Table 1 incorporate (i) the New Jersey Board of Public
 Utilities approved rates in Docket TX95120631 and (ii) interim rates that are
 subject to review by the Board. These rates shall apply until such time as
 they are replaced by new rates as may be approved or allowed into effect by
 the Board from time to time, subject, however, to any stay or other order
 issued by any court of competent jurisdiction. At such time(s) as such new
 rates have been approved or allowed into effect by the Board, the Parties
 shall amend this Table 1 to reflect the new approved rates. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 See Note 25
 regarding measurement and calculation of Local Traffic termination charges.

 

80 

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 II.

 	
 Unbundled
 Transport

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A.

 	
 Dedicated
 Transport

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Voice Grade/DS-0

 	
  

 	
 $11.28/Month &

 	
  

 	
 All: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.0238/Mile/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 $39.83/Month &

 	
  

 	
 plus installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.48/Mile/Month

 	
  

 	
 charges for each

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 initial and
 additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-3

 	
  

 	
 $529.78/Month
 &

 	
  

 	
 Facility purchased

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $13.40/Mile/Month

 	
  

 	
 at the time of
 order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $387.77/Initial

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DDS

 	
  

 	
 $11.69/Month

 	
  

 	
 Facility &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.03/Mile/Month

 	
  

 	
 $26.25/Additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Facility

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 Interim rate.

 

81

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 II.

 	
 Unbundled
 Transport (Continued)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Common
 Transport

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Tandem Switching

 	
  

 	
 $.001323/MOU4

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Tandem-Switched
 Transport

 	
  

 	
 $.0002486/MOU
 &

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.0000012/MOU/

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Mile

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 C.

 	
 Entrance
 Facilities

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 All:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service
 Order5 plus installation charges for each initial and additional
 facility purchased at the time of order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2-Wire Voice Grade
 Channel

 	
  

 	
 $18.16/Month

 	
  

 	
 $664.62/Initial
 &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Termination

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $377.72/Additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4-Wire Voice Grade
 Channel

 	
  

 	
 $38.75/Month

 	
  

 	
 $888.69/Initial
 &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Termination

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $508.74/Additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-1 to Voice
 Grade Multiplexing

 	
  

 	
 $84.54/Month

 	
  

 	
 $532.38/Initial
 &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $532.38/Additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-1 Channel
 Termination

 	
  

 	
 $146.30/Month

 	
  

 	
 $737.17/Initial
 &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $425.28/Additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-3 to DS-1
 Multiplexing

 	
  

 	
 $286.11/Month

 	
  

 	
 $532.38/Initial
 &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $532.38/Additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-3 Channel
 Termination

 	
  

 	
 $938.88/Month

 	
  

 	
 $737.17/Initial
 &

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $425.28/Additional

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 The Parties
 acknowledge that BA has requested the Board to change this rate to
 $.001471/MOU. If the Board agrees to change the rate to $.001471/MOU, such
 rate of $.001471/MOU shall apply from the Effective Date of this Agreement
 until changed in accordance with this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 Interim rate.

 

82

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 II.

 	
 Unbundled
 Transport (Continued)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 D.

 	
 Digital
 Cross-Connect System6

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service
 Establishment

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $2,009.14

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Database
 Modification

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $159.82/Modification Request

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Reconfiguration by
 BA personnel

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $34.65/Programming Change/Half Hour

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-0 Cross-Connect

 	
  

 	
 $20.75/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $28.35/Port

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS-1 Cross-Connect

 	
  

 	
 $72.93/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $35.54/Port

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 E.

 	
 Mid-span
 meet arrangements

 	
  

 	
 To be charged in
 accordance with Attachment 15 of this Agreement

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 III.

 	
 Unbundled
 Switching

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A.

 	
 Local
 Switching Ports

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 POTS/PBX/Centrex

 	
  

 	
 $1.90/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order, plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $9.16/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 /Port

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ISDN (PRI)

 	
  

 	
 $131.11/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $30.36/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order7,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $120.41/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 /Port

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ISDN (BRI)

 	
  

 	
 $11.45/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $30.36/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order8,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $20.19/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 /Port

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Public/Semi-Public

 	
  

 	
 $3.25/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $9.16/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 /Port

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 Interim rate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 Interim rate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 Interim rate.

 

83

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DID

 	
  

 	
 $4.36/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $770.34/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 /Port

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Tandem
 Switching Usage

 	
  

 	
 $.001471/MOU9

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 9

 	
 Interim rate.

 

84

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 III.

 	
 Unbundled
 Switching (Continued)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 C.

 	
 Local
 Switching Usage

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 POTS Originating
 With Vertical Features

 	
  

 	
 $.005418/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 POTS Terminating
 With Vertical Features

 	
  

 	
 $.003207/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ISDN Originating
 Digital Switched

 	
  

 	
 $.003002/MOU

 	
  

 	
 All ISDN:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Voice With
 Vertical Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $12.41/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.14/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ISDN Terminating
 Digital Switched Voice

 	
  

 	
 $.001510/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ISDN Originating
 Digital Circuit Switched Data

 	
  

 	
 $.001751/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ISDN Terminating
 Digital Circuit Switched Data

 	
  

 	
 $.001510/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 D.

 	
 POTS
 Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 PBX

 	
  

 	
 $.000726/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Both:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $12.41/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Multi-Line Hunting

 	
  

 	
 $.000002/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Order,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.14/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 E.

 	
 Centrex
 Features

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 UCD

 	
  

 	
 $.000932/MOU

 	
  

 	
 All:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $12.41/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Hunting

 	
  

 	
 $.000003/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Order,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.14/Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Queuing

 	
  

 	
 $.000486/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Intercom & Features

 	
  

 	
 $.025131/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attendant

 	
  

 	
 $.026413/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attendant Console

 	
  

 	
 $.031847/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Centralized
 Attendant Services

 	
  

 	
 $.216809/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attendant Access
 Code Dialing

 	
  

 	
 $.047949/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Automatic Route
 Selection

 	
  

 	
 $.000422/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Electronic Tandem Switching

 	
  

 	
 $.001833/MOU

 	
  

 	
  

 

85

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 F.

 	
 ISDN
 Centrex Feature

 	
  

 	
 $.006666/MOU

 	
  

 	
 $12.41/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.14/Installation

 
	
 IV.

 	
 Unbundled
 Loops

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 POTS (analog
 2-Wire)

 	
  

 	
 Density Cell:

 	
  

 	
 Service Order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1 - $11.95/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 - $16.02/Month

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3 - $20.98/Month

 	
  

 	
 Installation:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is not required, initial & each additional loop - $8.61.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is required: initial loop installed on that visit - $83.69; each
 additional loop installed on that visit - $29.58.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ISDN

 	
  

 	
 Density Cell:

 	
  

 	
 Service Order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1 - $15.02/Month

 	
  

 	
 $30.2610,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 - $19.58/Month

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3 - $25.12/Month

 	
  

 	
 Installation:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is not required, initial & each additional loop - $20.19.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is required: initial loop installed on that visit - $95.2611; each
 additional loop installed on that visit - $41.15.

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 10

 	
 Interim rate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11

 	
 Interim rate.

 

86

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service
 or Element Description:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Customer Specified
 Signaling - 2-Wire

 	
  

 	
 Density Cell:

 	
  

 	
 Service Order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1 - $13.39/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 - $17.95/Month

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3 - $23.50/Month

 	
  

 	
 Installation:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is not required, initial & each additional loop - $58.84.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is required: initial loop installed on that visit - $146.87; each
 additional loop installed on that visit - $92.76.

 

87

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 IV.
 Unbundled Loops (Continued)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Customer Specified Signaling -
4-Wire

 	
  

 	
 Density Cell:

 	
  

 	
 Service Order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1 - $28.85/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 - $38.52/Month

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3 - $49.59/Month

 	
  

 	
 Installation:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is not required, initial & each additional loop - $58.84.12

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is required: initial loop installed on that visit - $146.87; each
 additional loop installed on that visit - $92.76.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 Density Cell:

 	
  

 	
 Service Order:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1 - $128.40/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55,

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 - $144.80/Month

 	
  

 	
 plus

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3 - $177.50/Month

 	
  

 	
 Installation:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is not required, initial & each additional loop - $58.84.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 If a premises
 visit is required: initial loop installed on that visit - $146.87; each
 additional loop installed on that visit - $92.76.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 Wire ADSL Loops

 	
  

 	
 To Be Determined

 	
  

 	
 To Be Determined

 
	
 2 Wire & 4 Wire HDSL Loops

 	
  

 	
 To Be Determined

 	
  

 	
 To Be Determined

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12

 	
 Interim rate. 

 

88

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 V.

 	
 Collocation
 Cross-Connection

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A.

 	
 Voice
 Grade Loop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical DS0 CO
 side to equipment

 	
  

 	
 $.84/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual DS0 with
 RFT CO side MDF to equipment

 	
  

 	
 $2.06/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual DS1 with
 EDSX (1DS1 + 24 DS0s with IDLC)

 	
  

 	
 $93.37/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service
 Order13, plus installation charges

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual DS1 with
 CFA (24DS0s with IDLC)

 	
  

 	
 $71.02/Month

 	
  

 	
 for each initial
 and additional Collocation Cross- Connection purchased at the time of order:
 $460.67/Initial Installation & $217.10/Additional Installation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Other

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical DS3 or
 DS1 Cable Rack

 	
  

 	
 $1.03/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical DS3

 	
  

 	
 $118.89/Month

 	
  

 	
 All:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical DS1

 	
  

 	
 $21.60/Month

 	
  

 	
 Order14,
 plus installation charges

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual DS3

 	
  

 	
 $124.75/Month

 	
  

 	
 for each initial
 and additional

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual DS1

 	
  

 	
 $22.35/Month

 	
  

 	
 Collocation Cross-
 Connection purchased at the time of order: $399.48/Initial Installation &
 $201.80/Additional Installation

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13

 	
 Interim rate. 

 
	
 14

 	
 Interim rate. 

 

89

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 VI.

 	
 Time
 and Materials

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Special
 Construction

 	
  

 	
 As applicable per
 BA-N.J. Tariff B.P.U.-NJ- No.2, Exchange and Network Services, Section A4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Service Technician
 (service work on unbundled loops outside of the Central Office)

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $11.17/Service
 Order, plus $34.78/Premises Visit and $12.95 Labor Charge/ Per Quarter Hour
 After First Quarter Hour

 

90

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
      Central Office
 Technician

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $11.17/Service
 Order, plus $13.07 Labor Charge/ Per Quarter Hour or Fraction Thereof

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 VII.

 	
 Signaling
 and Databases

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 STP
 Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Termination

 	
  

 	
 $576.31/Month

 	
  

 	
 $100.60/Port

 
	
  

 	
 Access15

 	
  

 	
 $.61/Mile/Month

 	
  

 	
 $23.55/Service
 Order, plus installation charges for each initial and additional Facility
 purchased at the time of order: $304.29/Initial Facility &
 $26.25/Additional Facility

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 800/888
 Database

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Basic Query

 	
  

 	
 $.000757/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
 Vertical Query

 	
  

 	
 $.000268/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 C.

 	
 LIDB
 Validation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Calling Card

 	
  

 	
 $.016280/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billed Number
 Screening

 	
  

 	
 $.016280/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 LIDB Point Codes16

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $86.88/Point Code

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Storage of
 Sprint’s Data in LIDB Database17

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $1,487.64 Service
 Establishment

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D.

 	
 AIN
 Service Creation (ASC) Service18

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.

 	
 Developmental
 Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service
 Establishment

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $895.73

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15

 	
 Interim rate. 

 
	
 16

 	
 Interim rate. 

 
	
 17

 	
 Interim rate. 

 
	
 18

 	
 Interim rate. 

 

91

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
 Service Creation
 Access Port

 	
  

 	
 $105.12/Port/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Service Creation
 Usage

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
        a. Remote Access

 	
  

 	
 $1,146.57/Day

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
        b. On-Premise

 	
  

 	
 $1,146.57/Day

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Certification
 & Testing

 	
  

 	
 $78.02/Hour

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 

92

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 D.

 	
 AIN
 Service Creation (ASC) Service19 (Continued)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Help Desk Support

 	
  

 	
 $82.57/Hour

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.

 	
 Service
 Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Subscription
 Charge

 	
  

 	
 $4.65/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Database Queries

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 a.

 	
 Network Query

 	
  

 	
 $.0006/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 b.

 	
 Sprint Network Query

 	
  

 	
 $.0006/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 c.

 	
 Sprint Switch Query

 	
  

 	
 $.0006/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Trigger Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 a.

 	
 Line Based

 	
  

 	
 $.0008/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 b.

 	
 Office Based

 	
  

 	
 $.0008/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Utilization Element

 	
  

 	
 $.0004/ACU

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service Activation
 Charge

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 a.

 	
 Network Service Activation

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $15.21/Service

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Activated/Line

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 b.

 	
 Sprint Network Service Activation

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $15.21/Service

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Activated/Line

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 c.

 	
 Sprint Switch Service Activation

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $15.21/Service

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Activated /Line

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service
 Modification

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 a.

 	
 DTMF Update

 	
  

 	
 $.11/Occurrence

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Switch Based
 Announcement

 	
  

 	
 $.004/Announcement

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 VIII.

 	
 Directory
 Listings & Books

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Primary Listing

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $1.00/Listing/No.

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Additional
 Tariffed Listing Services

 	
  

 	
 BA-NJ Tariff
 B.P.U.-N.J.-No.2, Exchange and Network Services, Section A5.7.1.

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Books &
 delivery (annual home area directories only)

 	
  

 	
 No charge for
 normal numbers of books delivered to end users; bulk deliveries to Sprint per
 separate arrangement

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 19

 	
 Interim rate. 

 

93

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 IX.

 	
 Operator
 Services/Directory

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Assistance

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Except as stated
 in this Attachment 1, rates for Directory Assistance, Operator Services, and
 access to BA’s Directory Assistance Database, purchased by Sprint on an
 unbundled Network Element basis, shall be as agreed to by the Parties
 pursuant to Attachment 2, Section 8.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Directory
 Transport20

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Tandem Switching

 	
  

 	
 $.001520/Call

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Tandem Switched Transport

 	
  

 	
 $.000211/Call
 &

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.000001/Mile/Call

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Branding for
 Directory Assistance and/or

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $18,417.30/Message

 	
  

 
	
 Operator Services21

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Carrier-to-Carrier
 LSV/VCI Requests

 	
  

 	
 $.012062/Operator
 Work Second

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 X.

 	
 Access
 to Operation Support Systems

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A.

 	
 Pre-Ordering

 	
  

 	
 $.26/Query

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Ordering

 	
  

 	
 $4.22/Transaction

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 C.

 	
 Provisioning

 	
  

 	
 Included in Ordering

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 D.

 	
 Maintenance & Repair

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1. 

 	
 ECG Access

 	
  

 	
 To be determined
 in accordance with Section XX, “All Other BA Offered Services”, below.

 	
  

 	
 To be determined
 in accordance with Section XX, “All Other BA Offered Services”, below.

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2. 

 	
 EB/OSI Access

 	
  

 	
 $1.18/Trouble
 Ticket

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 20

 	
 Interim rate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 21

 	
 Interim rate. 

 

94

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 X.

 	
 Access
 to Operation Support Systems (Continued)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 E.

 	
 Billing

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.

 	
 CD-ROM

 	
  

 	
 $249.57/CD-ROM

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.

 	
 Daily
 Usage File

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 a.

 	
 Existing
 Message Recording

 	
  

 	
 $.000262/Message

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 b.

 	
 Delivery
 of DUF

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Data Tape

 	
  

 	
 $17.40/Tape

 	
  

 	
 $62.14/Programming Hour

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Network Data Mover

 	
  

 	
 $.000101/Message

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CMDS

 	
  

 	
 $.000101/Message

 	
  

 	
 $62.14/Programming Hour

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 c.

 	
 DUF
 Transport

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 9.6 kb
 Communications Port

 	
  

 	
 $10.37/Month

 	
  

 	
 $7,660.42/Port

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 56 kb
 Communications Port

 	
  

 	
 $28.63/Month

 	
  

 	
 $31,727.40/Port

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 256 kb
 Communications Port

 	
  

 	
 $28.63/Month

 	
  

 	
 $52,773.67/Port

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 T1 Communications
 Port

 	
  

 	
 $363.65/Month

 	
  

 	
 $188,311.65/Port

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Line Installation

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $62.14/Programming Hour

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Port Set-up

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $9.98/Port

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Network Control
 Programming Coding

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 	
 $62.14/Programming Hour

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XI.

 	
 Exchange
 Access Service

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Interstate

 	
  

 	
 Per BA-FCC Tariff
 No. 1

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Intrastate

 	
  

 	
 Per BA-NJ Tariff
 B.P.U.-N.J.-No. 2,

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Access Service

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XII.

 	
 Number
 Portability

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Interim (using
 RCF)

 	
  

 	
 $1.00/Number/Mo.

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 

95

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 Permanent

 	
  

 	
 Per permanent
 funding mechanism when established.

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XIII.

 	
 911/E911

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Transport

 	
  

 	
 Per Section II,
 above.

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Data Entry and Maintenance

 	
  

 	
 No Charge

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XIV.

 	
 Poles
 Conduits & ROW

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 See Attachment 18.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XV.

 	
 Network
 Interface Device (NID)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $.68/Month

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XVI.

 	
 Access
 to Telephone Numbers (NXX

 	
  

 	
 No Charge

 	
  

 
	
 codes
 issued per ICCF Code

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Administration
 Guidelines)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XVII.

 	
 Local
 Dialing Parity

 	
  

 	
 No Charge

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XVIII.

 	
 Customized
 Routing

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 To Sprint Platform

 	
  

 	
 $.31086/Line/Month

 	
  

 	
 $4.83/Line

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 To BA Platform for Re-Branding

 	
  

 	
 .077715/Call22

 	
  

 	
 $4.83/Line

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Customized Routing Transport

 	
  

 	
 Per Section II, above.

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 22

 	
 Interim rate.

 

96

ATTACHMENT 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XIX.

 	
 Wholesale
 Discount for Resale of Retail Telecommunications Services23

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Resale of retail services if Sprint provides its own operator
 services platform

 	
  

 	
 20.03%

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Resale of retail services if Sprint uses Bell Atlantic operator
 services platform

 	
  

 	
 17.04%

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 XX.

 	
 All
 Other BA Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 Except where the
 rates for a BA Offered Service are expressly provided in this Agreement, a BA
 Offered Service shall be available at (a) BA’s Commission approved rates, (b)
 in the absence of applicable BA Commission approved rates, BA’s Tariff or
 otherwise generally available rates, or, (c) in the absence of applicable BA
 Commission approved rates, applicable BA Tariff rates, and applicable
 otherwise generally available BA rates, at rates agreed to by the Parties in
 writing.

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 23

 	
 Excludes
 Telecommunications Services designed primarily for wholesale, such as
 switched and special Exchange Access services, and the following: limited
 duration (90 days or less)
 promotional offerings, public coin telephone service, technical and market
 trials, and the BA services listed in Sections 27.2 and 27.3. Taxes shall be
 collected and remitted by Sprint and BA in accordance with Applicable Law and
 as agreed between the Parties. Surcharges (e.g., 911, telecommunications
 relay service, universal service fund) shall be collected by Sprint and
 either remitted to the recipient agency or NECA, or passed through to BA for
 remittance to the recipient agency or NECA, as appropriate, in accordance
 with Applicable Law and as agreed between the Parties. End user common line
 charges shall be collected by Sprint and remitted to BA. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Pending
 establishment of mechanized billing procedures adapted to resale, BA will
 apply the wholesale discount for resale as a “bottom-of-the-bill” discount
 rate and will utilize a “true-up” process to correct possible inadvertent
 application of the wholesale discount to the exclusions identified herein and
 to reflect other adjustments as the Parties agree. 

 

97

ATTACHMENT 1

PAGE 98

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 SPRINT
 SERVICES, FACILITIES, AND ARRANGEMENTS:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Service or
 Element Description:

 	
  

 	
 Recurring

 Charges:

 	
  

 	
 Non-Recurring

 Charge:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 I. 

 	
 Local Call
 Termination24

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Traffic Delivered at End Office

 	
  

 	
 $.001846/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Traffic Delivered at Tandem

 	
  

 	
 $.003738/MOU

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 II.

 	
 Number
 Portability

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Interim (using RCF)

 	
  

 	
 $1.00/Number/Mo.

 	
  

 	
 Not Applicable

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Permanent

 	
  

 	
 Per permanent funding mechanism
 when established.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 III.

 	
 Exchange Access
 Service

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Interstate

 	
  

 	
 Per Sprint FCC Exchange Access
 tariff.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Intrastate

 	
  

 	
 Per Sprint NJ Exchange Access
 tariff.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 IV.

 	
 All Other
 Sprint Offered Services

 	
  

 	
 Available at Sprint’s Tariff or
 otherwise generally available rates, not to exceed BA rates for equivalent
 services available to Sprint.

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 
	
 24

 	
 See Note 25 regarding
 measurement and calculation of Local Traffic termination charges. 

 

ATTACHMENT 1 

PAGE 99

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 25

 	
 LOCAL
 TRAFFIC TERMINATION RATES

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 Charges by BA 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a) Traffic delivered to BA
 Access Tandem: $.003738 per minute of use. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b) Traffic delivered directly to
 terminating BA End Office: $.001846 per minute of use. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B. 

 	
 Charges by Sprint

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Single-tiered interconnection
 structure: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint’s rates for the
 termination of BA’s Local Traffic under the single-tiered interconnection
 structure shall be recalculated once each year on each anniversary of the
 Effective Date (the “Rate Determination Date”). The methodology for
 recalculating the rates is as follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Access Tandem
 Minutes = Total minutes of use of Local Traffic delivered
 by Sprint to the BA Access Tandem for most recent billed quarter.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 End Office
 Minutes = Total minutes of use Local Traffic delivered by
 Sprint directly to the terminating BA End Office for most recent billed
 quarter.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Total Minutes = Total
 minutes of use of Local Traffic delivered by Sprint to BA for most recent
 billed quarter. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint Charge at the Sprint-IP = 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (Access
 Tandem Minutes x $.003738) + (End
 Office Minutes x $.001846)

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
                                                 Total
 Minutes

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For the first year after the
 Effective Date, the Sprint charge shall be calculated based on the traffic
 data of the quarter immediately preceding such Effective Date, or if no such
 traffic exists, on the proportion of local call termination trunks to BA End
 Offices and to BA Access Tandems. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 Multiple-tiered interconnection
 structure (if offered by Sprint to any carrier) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a) Local Traffic delivered to
 Sprint Access Tandem: $.003738 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b) Local Traffic delivered to
 terminating Sprint End Office/node: $.001846 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 C.

 	
 Miscellaneous Notes 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1. The Sprint termination rate
 under the single-tiered interconnection structure set forth above is intended
 to be a Local Traffic termination rate for Interconnection to the Sprint-IP
 within each LATA that is reciprocal and equal to the actual rates that will
 be charged by BA to Sprint under the two-tiered Local Traffic termination
 rate structure described above that will apply after the first anniversary of
 the Effective Date. The single Sprint termination rate is also intended to
 provide financial incentives to Sprint to deliver traffic directly to BA’s
 terminating End Offices once Sprint’s traffic volumes reach an appropriate
 threshold.

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NETWORK ELEMENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 1.

 	
 Introduction

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 2.

 	
 Unbundled Network Elements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 3.

 	
 Technical Standards and
 Technical Specifications for Network Elements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 4.

 	
 Loop

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 5.

 	
 Network Interface Device

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 6.

 	
 Distribution Media

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 7.

 	
 Local Switching

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 8.

 	
 Operator Systems

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 9.

 	
 Common Transport

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 10.

 	
 Dedicated Transport

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 11.

 	
 Signaling Link Transport

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 12.

 	
 Signaling Transfer Points
 (“STPs”)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 13.

 	
 Call Related Databases and
 AIN

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 14.

 	
 Tandem Switching

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section 15.

 	
 Additional Requirements

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 2 

ATTACHMENT 2

NETWORK ELEMENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1. Introduction

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BA shall provide unbundled
 Network Elements in accordance with this Agreement and Applicable Law. The
 price for each Network Element is set forth in Attachment 1 of this
 Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth in this Attachment, Sprint may order
 Network Elements as of the Effective Date. The obligations set forth in this
 Attachment 2 shall apply to such Network Elements (i) available when this
 Agreement becomes effective, (ii) that subsequently become available, and
 (iii) in all cases to those features, functions, and capabilities, the
 provision of which is technically feasible at such time as they are
 incorporated in unbundled Network Elements offered by BA in accordance with
 Section 2.4, below. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2. Unbundled
 Network Elements 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1 BA shall offer Network
 Elements to Sprint on an unbundled basis on rates, terms and conditions that
 are just, reasonable, and non-discriminatory in accordance with the terms and
 conditions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.2 BA shall permit Sprint
 to connect Sprint’s facilities or facilities provided to Sprint by third
 parties with each of BA’s unbundled Network Elements at those technically
 feasible points within BA’s network, designated within this Agreement or as a
 result of the Bona Fide Request (BFR) process set forth in Attachment 13 of
 this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.3 Sprint may use one or
 more Network Elements to provide features, functions, or capabilities that
 such Network Element(s) provide as of the date hereof in BA’s network, or as
 may otherwise be agreed upon through the BFR process. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.1 Sprint may, at its
 option, select methods of access to unbundled elements, as described in this
 Agreement, or as may otherwise be agreed upon through the BFR process. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.4 BA shall offer each
 Network Element individually and in combinations (where technically feasible
 and to the extent required by Applicable Law), solely in order to permit
 Sprint to provide telephone exchange and/or exchange access
 Telecommunications Services to its subscribers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.5 For each Network
 Element, BA shall provide connectivity at a point which is agreeable to both
 Parties. However, where BA provides combined Network Elements pursuant to
 Section 2.4, above, no connectivity point between the Parties shall exist
 between such contiguous Network Elements. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 3 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.6 Except for operational
 support systems, which are addressed elsewhere in this Agreement, this
 Attachment describes the initial set of Network Elements which Sprint and BA
 have identified as of the effective date of this Agreement: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Network Interface Device 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Local Switching 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Operator Systems 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Common Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Dedicated Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Signaling Link Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Signaling Transfer Points 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service Control
 Points/Databases 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Tandem Switching 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Directory Assistance 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint and BA agree that
 the Network Elements identified in this Attachment may prove not to be all
 possible Network Elements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint may identify
 additional or revised Network Elements as necessary to provide telephone
 exchange and/or exchange access Telecommunications Services to its
 subscribers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint will request any
 such additional or revised Network Elements in accordance with the BFR
 process described in Attachment 13 of this Agreement. Additionally, if BA
 provides any Network Element that is not identified in this Agreement to
 another CLEC pursuant to an approved Section 251 Agreement, BA shall make
 available the same Network Element to Sprint under the same terms and
 conditions, as required by 47 U.S.C. Section 252(i) of the Act. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3. Technical
 Standards and Technical Specifications for Network Elements 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.1 Each Network Element
 shall be furnished at the service levels included in this Agreement and in
 accordance with the performance standards required in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.2 Each Network Element
 provided by BA to Sprint, unless identified differently in this Agreement,
 shall be provided at Parity and in a non-discriminatory manner in the areas
 of: quality of design, performance, features, functions, capabilities and
 other characteristics, including but not limited to levels and types of
 redundant equipment and facilities for power, diversity and security, that BA
 provides to itself (where applicable and technically feasible), or to any
 other Telecommunications Carrier (where applicable and technically feasible),
 as set forth in Applicable Law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.1 BA shall provide to
 Sprint, upon reasonable request, reasonably available engineering, design,
 performance and other network data sufficient for Sprint to

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 determine that the
 requirements of this Section 3 are being met. In the event that such data
 indicates that the requirements of this Section 3 are not being met, the
 Parties shall in good faith endeavor to address the issue at the network
 operations supervisor level, and if necessary, employ the escalation
 procedure of Section 15.1.2 of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.2 BA agrees to work
 cooperatively with Sprint to ensure that the Network Elements that are
 provided pursuant to this Agreement will meet Sprint’s reasonable needs in
 providing services to its subscribers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.3 Unless otherwise
 requested by Sprint, each Network Element and the connections between Network
 Elements provided by BA to Sprint shall be made available to Sprint at Parity
 and in a non-discriminatory manner at the points identified in this
 Agreement, or additional points made available through the BFR process. 

 
	
  

 
	
 Section 4. Loop 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.1 Definition 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1 Unbundled Local Loop
 (ULL) means a transmission path that extends from the vertical side of a main
 distribution frame, DSX-panel, or functionally comparable piece of equipment
 in the subscriber’s serving End Office to the rate demarcation point (or
 network interface device (NID) if installed) in or at a subscriber’s
 premises. The actual loop transmission facilities used to provide a ULL may
 utilize any of several technologies. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2 Subject to Section
 46 of this Agreement, BA shall allow Sprint access to the following ULLs (in
 addition to those ULLs available under applicable Tariffs) including without
 limitation unbundled from local switching and local transport in accordance
 with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.1 2-wire analog
 voice grade ULL or analog 2W provides an effective 2-wire channel with 2-wire
 interfaces at each end that is suitable for the transport of analog voice
 grade (nominal 300 to 3000 Hz) signals and loop-start signaling. The service
 is more fully described in Attachment 14 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.2 4-wire analog
 voice grade ULL or analog 4W provides an effective 4-wire channel with 4-wire
 interfaces at each end that is suitable for the transport of analog voice
 grade (nominal 300 to 3000 Hz) signals. The service will operate with one of
 the following signaling types that may be specified when the service is
 ordered: loop-start, ground-start, loop-reverse-battery, duplex, and no
 signaling. The service is more fully described in Attachment 14 of this
 Agreement. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.3 2-wire ISDN
 digital grade ULL or BRI ISDN provides a channel with 2-wire interfaces at
 each end that is suitable for the transport of 160 kbps digital services
 using the ISDN 2B1Q line code. The service is more fully described in
 Attachment 14 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.4 2-Wire
 ADSL-Compatible ULL or ADSL 2W provides a channel with 2-wire interfaces at
 each end that is suitable for the transport of digital signals up to 6Mbps
 toward the customer and up to 640 kbps from the customer. ADSL-compatible
 ULLs will be available where existing copper facilities can meet, or can
 reasonably be made to meet (at additional charges), applicable BA Technical References
 (when developed). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.5 2-Wire
 HDSL-Compatible ULL or HDSL 2W provides a channel with 2-wire interfaces at
 each end that is suitable for the transport of 784 kbps digital signals
 simultaneously in both directions using the 2B1Q line code. HDSL-compatible
 ULLs will be available where existing copper facilities can meet, or can
 reasonably be made to meet (at additional charges), applicable BA Technical
 References (when developed). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.6 4-Wire
 HDSL-Compatible ULL or HDSL 4W provides a channel with 4-wire interfaces at
 each end. Each 2-wire channel is suitable for the transport of 784 kbps
 digital signals simultaneously in both directions using the 2B1Q line code.
 HDSL-compatible ULLs will be available where existing copper facilities can
 meet, or can reasonably be made to meet (at additional charges), applicable
 BA Technical References (when developed). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.7 4-wire DS-1
 compatible ULL provides a channel with 4-wire interfaces at each end. Each
 4-wire channel is suitable for the transport of 1.544 mbps digital signals
 simultaneously in both directions using PCM line code. DS-1 compatible ULLs
 will be available where existing copper facilities can meet, or can
 reasonably be made to meet (at additional charges), the specifications. The
 service is more fully described in Attachment 14 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.8 ULLs will be
 offered on the terms and conditions specified herein and on such other terms
 in applicable Tariffs that are not inconsistent with the terms and conditions
 set forth herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.9 BA will make ADSL
 2W, HDSL 2W, and HDSL 4W ULLs available to Sprint as soon as practicable, but
 in any event, no later than the earlier of (i) the implementation schedule
 developed by the Parties in response to the technical and operational
 trial(s) described below or (ii) the date on which it makes such ULLs
 commercially available to any other Telecommunications Carrier in New Jersey.
 Upon request by either BA or 

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 6 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Sprint, the Parties shall
 agree upon a reasonable schedule and location for a technical and operational
 trial(s) of ADSL 2W, HDSL 2W, and/or HDSL 4W ULLs. Such trial(s) may, by
 mutual agreement, be conducted in any jurisdiction in which affiliates of BA
 and Sprint both operate. Upon successful completion of such trial(s), the
 Parties shall agree upon an implementation schedule for the ULL type(s)
 subject to such trial(s), which schedule shall begin no later than ninety
 (90) days after successful completion of such trial(s). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.3 If BA uses
 integrated digital loop carrier (DLC) systems to provide the local loop, BA
 will make alternate arrangements, if available, meeting the requirements of
 this Section 4, to permit Sprint to order an existing contiguous ULL with the
 same provisioning intervals at no additional cost to Sprint as set forth
 below. These arrangements may, at BA’s option, include the following: provide
 Sprint with copper facilities or universal DLC that are acceptable to Sprint.
 Additional arrangements, such as deployment of Virtual Remote Terminals, or
 allowing Sprint to purchase the entire DLC, are subject to the BFR procedures
 of Attachment 13 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.3.1 BA will unbundle
 its DLC loops and provide Sprint an alternative unbundled loop to the
 DLC-provisioned loop. When alternate copper or universal digital loop carrier
 loops are available, BA will provide them with the same provisioning
 intervals and at the same price as other loops in that density cell. Such
 alternate copper or universal digital loop carrier loops shall at least meet
 the minimum requirements set forth in BA’s technical references. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.3.2 BA will notify
 Sprint within 3 business days of Sprint’s placement of a complete and
 accurate loop order if a delayed order notification jeopardy exists and
 additional equipment or construction is needed. Such notification will be
 based upon a review of BA’s records which may not accurately reflect the need
 for additional equipment or construction. In the event a delayed order
 notification jeopardy exists because additional equipment or construction is
 needed and the end user is currently served by BA, BA will provision
 comparable BA Resale Services by the due date for the initial order for the
 unbundled loop Network Element (but no earlier than six business days after
 receipt of the order for the unbundled loop Network Element) provided that
 the standard interval for the BA Resale Service is five days or less. Sprint
 agrees to pay BA its share of the reasonable additional costs associated with
 these unbundling mechanisms on a negotiated basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.3.3 If more than two
 (2) percent of the total unbundled loops requested by Sprint in a calendar
 year require additional equipment or construction, the Parties, at Sprint’s
 request, will renegotiate this Section 4.1.3. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.2 Loop Components 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint may, at its option,
 raise the issue of subloop unbundling (other than NID unbundling, which is
 addressed in Section 5 of this Attachment 2) through the BFR procedure set
 forth in Attachment 13 of this Agreement. Loop components may include, but
 are not limited to, the following: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1 Loop
 Concentrator/Multiplexer

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.2 Loop Feeder 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.3 Loop Distribution 

 
	
  

 
	
 Section 5. Network Interface Device

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.1 Definition:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.1.1 “Network Interface
 Device” or “NID” means the BA provided interface terminating BA’s
 telecommunications network on the property where the subscriber’s service is
 delivered at a point determined by BA. The NID contains a FCC Part 68
 registered jack from which inside wire may be connected to BA’s network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.1.2 BA shall permit
 Sprint to connect Sprint’s loop to the inside wiring of a subscriber’s
 premises through BA’s NID in the manner set forth in Section 5.2 herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.2 Access to Network Interface Device 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1 Due to the wide
 variety of NIDs utilized by BA (based on subscriber size and environmental
 considerations), Sprint may access the subscriber’s inside wire by any of the
 following means: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.1 BA shall allow
 Sprint to connect its loops directly to BA’s multiline residential NID
 enclosures that have additional space and are not used by BA or any other
 Telecommunications Carrier to provide service to the premise. Sprint agrees
 to install compatible protectors and test jacks, to maintain the protection
 system and equipment and to indemnify BA pursuant to Section 20.4 of this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.2 In all other
 cases, Sprint must establish the connection to BA’s NID through an adjoining
 NID deployed by Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.2.1 Where an
 adequate length of inside wire is present and environmental conditions
 permit, either Party may remove the inside wire from the other Party’s NID
 and connect that wire to that Party’s own NID; or

 

ATTACHMENT 2 

page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.2.2 Enter the
 subscriber access chamber or “side” of “dual chamber” NID enclosures for the
 purpose of extending a connecterized or spliced jumper wire from the inside
 wire through a suitable “punch-out” hole of such NID enclosures; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.2.3 Request BA to
 make other rearrangements to the inside wire terminations or terminal
 enclosure on a time and materials cost basis to be charged to the requesting
 party (i.e., Sprint, its agent, the building owner or the subscriber). Such
 charges will be billed to the requesting party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.3 In no case shall
 Sprint remove or disconnect BA’s loop facilities from BA’s NIDs, enclosures,
 or protectors. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.4 In no case shall
 Sprint remove or disconnect ground wires from BA’s NIDs, enclosures, or
 protectors. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.5 In no case shall
 Sprint remove or disconnect NID modules, protectors, or terminals from BA’s
 NID enclosures. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.6 Maintenance and
 control of premises wiring (inside wire) is the responsibility of the
 subscriber. Any conflicts between service providers for access to the
 subscriber inside wire must be resolved by the subscriber. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.2.1.7 Due to the wide
 variety of NID enclosures and outside plant environments, BA will work with
 Sprint to develop specific procedures to establish the most effective means
 of implementing this Section 5.2. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.3 Technical Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.3.1 The NID shall
 provide an accessible point of connection for the subscriber owned inside
 wiring, for BA’s facilities, for the distribution media and/or cross connect
 to Sprint’s NID, and shall maintain a connection to ground. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.3.2 The NID shall be
 capable of transferring electrical analog or digital signals between the
 subscriber’s inside wiring and the distribution media and/or cross connect to
 Sprint’s NID, consistent with the NID’s function at the Effective Date of
 this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.3.3 Where a BA NID
 exists, it is provided in its “as is” condition. Sprint may request BA do
 additional work to the NID in accordance with Section 5.2.1.2.3. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.4 Interface Requirements 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 9 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.4.1 Where
 an existing BA NID is installed, the NID shall be the interface to
 subscribers’ premises wiring for the existing loop technology at that
 premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 6. Distribution

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint may,
 at its option, raise the issue of subloop unbundling through the BFR
 procedure set forth in Attachment 13 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 7. Local Switching

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.1 Definition

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.1.1 Local
 switching is the Network Element that provides Sprint the ability to use
 switching functionality in a specific BA end office switch, including all
 vertical services and/or features that BA already provides out of that
 switch, to provide telephone exchange service to its Customers. Sprint may
 request modifications to the switching functionality, including the vertical
 services and/or features, available in a BA end office switch pursuant to the
 BFR process set forth in Attachment 13. Local switching will be provisioned
 with a port element, which provides line or trunk side access to Local
 Switching. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.1.2 Port
 element or port means a line card (or equivalent) and associated peripheral
 equipment on an end office switch which serves as the interconnection between
 individual loops or individual subscriber trunks and the switching components
 of an end office switch and the associated switching functionality in that
 end office switch. Each port is typically associated with one (or more)
 telephone number(s) which serves as the subscriber’s network address. The
 port element is part of the provision of Local Switching. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.1.3 Local
 Switching includes line side and trunk side facilities plus the features,
 functions, and capabilities that BA already provides out of that switch. It
 consists of the line-side port (including connection between a loop
 termination and a switch line card, telephone number assignment, one primary
 directory listing, presubscription, and access to 911, operator services,
 basic intercept, and directory assistance), line and line group features
 (including appropriate vertical features and line blocking options), usage
 (including the connection of lines to lines, lines to trunks, trunks to
 lines, and trunks to trunks), and trunk features (including the connection
 between the trunk termination and a trunk card). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.1.4 BA
 shall offer, as an optional chargeable feature, daily usage tapes that
 include the “to and from” number, start time, and stop time, by line port,
 for all recorded local, access, and toll usage. Sprint may request activation
 or deactivation of features on a per port basis at any time, and shall
 compensate BA for the non-recurring charges associated with processing the
 order. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2. Technical Requirements

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.1 BA
 shall route calls to the appropriate trunk or lines for call origination or
 termination. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.2 Where
 technically feasible, BA will offer customized routing for unbundled switch
 lines. BA’s initial development of customized routing will route Directory
 Assistance and Operator Services calls to: (1) BA provided platforms, (2)
 Sprint designated platforms, or (3) third party platforms. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.3 BA
 shall provide standard recorded announcements at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.4 Where
 requested by Sprint, BA will attempt to change a subscriber from BA’s
 services to Sprint’s services without loss of feature availability and
 functionality. However, dependent on the technical arrangements Sprint
 chooses to use to provide its end user services, some feature interaction
 conflicts and resulting loss of feature availability and functionality may
 result. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.5 For
 unbundled BA switching in combination with an unbundled BA loop provided by
 BA as specified in Section 2.4, BA shall perform routine testing (e.g.,
 mechanized loop tests (MLT)) at Parity.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.6 BA
 shall repair, restore and maintain BA provided equipment that has produced
 trouble conditions, at Parity and in a non-discriminatory manner, to minimize
 recurrence of trouble conditions in Sprint’s use of local switching. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.7 BA
 shall control congestion points such as mass calling events, and network
 routing abnormalities, using capabilities such as automatic call gapping,
 automatic congestion control, and network routing overflow at Parity and in a
 non-discriminatory manner. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.8 BA
 shall record billable events, involving usage of the Network Element, and
 send the appropriate recording data to Sprint as outlined in Attachment 7. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.9
 Unbundled switching will include 911 access on the same basis as such access
 is provided in BA’s network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.10 BA
 shall provide switching service point (SSP) capabilities and signaling
 software to interconnect the signaling links destined to BA STPs at Parity.
 In the event that local switching is provided out of a switch without SS7
 capability, and BA unbundled common transport is purchased for use with BA’s
 unbundled switching, BA’s tandem office switches shall provide this
 capability at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.11 BA
 shall provide the interfaces to adjunct equipment at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2.12 From
 time to time Sprint may request that BA provide unique reports of reasonable
 performance data regarding a subscriber line, traffic characteristics, or 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 11 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 other
 reasonable elements. To the extent that such reports exceed that which BA
 provides itself or its subscribers, Sprint shall pay reasonable charges for
 such reports. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.2.13 BA
 shall assign each Sprint subscriber line an unbundled switching class of
 service. Sprint may request and BA will provide call blocking options (e.g.,
 900, 976) at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.3 Interface Requirements:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.3.1 BA
 shall provide the following unbundled switching interfaces:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Analog Basic
 (POTS) - line side, loop start signaling

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Analog
 Centrex - line side, loop start or ground start signaling

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Analog PBX -
 line side, loop start or ground start signaling

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Analog DID -
 trunk side, loop reverse-battery signaling, associated with a PBX, or ground
 start signaling, associated with a PBX

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS1 (DID) -
 trunk side, associated with a PBX

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS1 (IOF) -
 trunk side, associated with dedicated unbundled transport

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 These
 services are more fully described in a technical reference listed in
 Attachment 14. Additional interfaces may be developed in accordance with the
 BFR process. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.3.2 BA
 shall offer access to the following at Parity: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.3.2.1 SS7
 signaling or multi-frequency trunking; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.3.2.2
 Interface to Sprint or BA Operator Services systems through the use of
 customized routing, as appropriate; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.3.2.3
 Interface to Sprint or BA Directory Assistance services through the use of
 customized routing, as appropriate; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.3.2.4
 Access to third party carriers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.4 Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Implementation
 of the first customer application of unbundled ISDN switching will require
 technical and operational coordination and testing by Sprint and BA to ensure
 that the requirements set forth in this section can be met. Should any of
 these requirements prove technically infeasible, the Parties shall cooperate
 to determine the requirements applicable to the unbundled Network Element.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1 Technical Requirements — ISDN

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 12 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1 BA
 shall offer data switching providing ISDN that, at a minimum: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.1
 Provides integrated packet handling capabilities at Parity; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.2
 Allows for full 2B+D channel functionality for BRI at Parity; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.3
 Allows for full 23B+D channel functionality for PRI at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.4
 Each B channel shall allow for voice, 64 Kbps CSD, and PSD of 128 logical
 channels at minimum speeds of 19 Kbps throughput of each logical channel up
 to the total capacity of the B channel. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.5
 Each B channel shall provide capabilities for alternate voice and data on a
 per call basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.6
 The BRI D channel shall allow for call associated signaling, non-call
 associated signaling and PSD of 16 logical channels at minimum speeds of 9.6
 Kbps throughput of each logical channel up to the total capacity of the D
 channel. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.1.1.7
 The PRI D channel shall allow for call associated signaling. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.2 Interface Requirements — ISDN

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.2.1 BA
 shall provide the BRI U interface using 2-wire copper loops in accordance
 with BA Technical Reference 72575.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.2.2 BA
 shall provide the BRI interface using digital subscriber loops adhering to
 Bellcore TR-NWT-343 specifications to interconnect DLCs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.2.3 BA
 shall offer PSD interfaces adhering to the X.25, X.75 and X.75’ ANSI and
 Bellcore requirements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.4.2.4 BA
 shall offer PSD trunk interfaces operating at 56 Kbps. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 8. Operator Systems
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Upon
 request, BA will provide to Sprint, in accordance with the terms, conditions
 and prices of a written agreement to be negotiated by BA and Sprint: (a)
 directory assistance; (b) IntraLATA call completion services; and/or, (c)
 electronic access on a listing-by-

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 13 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 listing
 basis to BA’s directory assistance data base to permit Sprint to provide
 intraLATA directory assistance to Sprint Customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 9. Common Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 9.1 Definition

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Common
 transport consists of interoffice transmission paths, between BA Network
 Elements (illustrated in Figure 1), shared by carriers. Common transport
 consists of BA inter-office transport facilities and is distinct and separate
 from local switching. Common transport routes the call between two BA
 switches using the existing route(s) that are used by the BA network for BA’s
 end users. 

 

Figure 1

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 9.2 Technical Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 9.2.1 BA
 shall be responsible for the engineering, provisioning, and maintenance of
 the underlying equipment and facilities that are used to provide common
 transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 10. Dedicated Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 10.1 Definition: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.1.1
 Dedicated transport is an interoffice transmission path of a fixed capacity
 between Sprint designated locations to which Sprint is granted exclusive use.
 Such locations may include BA central offices, other Telecommunications
 Carrier switches, or other mutually agreed locations. Dedicated transport is
 depicted below in Figure 2. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 14 

Figure 2

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.1.2 BA
 shall offer dedicated transport as a circuit (e.g., DS0 (voice grade), DS1,
 STS1 (when available) and DS3) dedicated to Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.1.3 When
 dedicated transport is provided as a circuit, it will have available (as
 appropriate): 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.1.3.1
 Optional multiplexing functionality; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.1.3.2
 Grooming functionality in accordance with Section 10.3 herein; and, 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.1.3.3
 Redundant equipment and facilities necessary to support protection and
 restoration at Parity and in a non-discriminatory manner. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 10.2 Technical Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This Section
 sets forth technical requirements for all dedicated transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.2.1
 Dedicated transport shall provide physical diversity at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.2.2
 Sprint may request that BA provide additional physical diversity. BA will
 provide such physical diversity where it is available, at BA’s prevailing
 additional charge, if any. If physical diversity is not reasonably available
 in response to Sprint’s request, then Sprint may order such additional
 physical diversity by submitting a request for special construction. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.2.3
 Dedicated transport shall include DSX terminations at one or both ends, as
 applicable, in BA’s central office location. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.2.4 BA
 shall offer DCS and its associated multiplexing separately from dedicated
 transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 10.3 Digital Cross Connect System (DCS)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.1 Definition: 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 15 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.1.1 DCS
 is a device which provides electronic cross connection of digital signal
 level 0 (DS0) or higher transmission bit rate digital channels within
 physical interface facilities. Types of DCSs include but are not limited to
 DCS 1/0s, where the nomenclature 1/0 denotes interfaces typically at the DS1
 rate or greater with cross-connection typically at the DS0 rate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2 DCS Technical Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.1 DCS
 shall provide cross connection of the channels designated by Sprint either
 through service orders or by using BA’s Intellimux service capabilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.2 BA
 shall continue to administer and maintain DCS, including updates to the
 control software to current available releases, at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.3 BA
 shall provide various types of Digital Cross Connect Systems including: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.3.1
 DS0 cross connects (typically termed DCS 1/0), and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.3.2
 DS1 cross connects (typically termed DCS 1/1). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.3.3
 Additional DCS types shall be requested in accordance with the BFR process
 set forth in Attachment 13 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.4
 Through BA’s Intellimux service capabilities, BA shall provide immediate and
 continuous configuration and reconfiguration of the channels between the
 physical interfaces (i.e., BA shall establish the processes to implement
 cross connects on demand, or permit Sprint control of such configurations and
 reconfigurations). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.5
 Through BA’s Intellimux service capabilities, BA shall provide scheduled
 configuration and reconfiguration of the channels between the physical
 interfaces (i.e., BA shall establish the processes to implement cross
 connects on the schedule designated by Sprint, or permit Sprint to control
 such configurations and reconfigurations). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.6 DCS
 shall continuously monitor protected circuit packs and redundant common
 equipment, at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.7 DCS
 shall automatically switch to a protection circuit pack on detection of a
 failure or degradation of normal operation, at Parity. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 16 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.8 The
 equipment used to provide DCS shall be equipped with a redundant power supply
 or a battery back-up, at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.9 BA
 shall make available for DCSs handling Sprint services spare facilities and
 equipment, at Parity, necessary for provisioning repairs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.10
 Through BA’s Intellimux service capabilities, at Sprint’s option, BA shall
 provide Sprint currently available performance monitoring and alarm data. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.11 At
 Sprint’s option, BA shall provide Sprint with the ability to initiate tests
 on DCS equipment. This will require Sprint to provide additional facilities
 from the DCS to Sprint’s test center. The DCS can then be used to connect Sprint’s
 test center ports to other Sprint circuits. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.12
 Where available, DCS shall provide multipoint bridging of multiple channels
 to other DCSs. Sprint may designate multipoint bridging to be one-way
 broadcast from a single master to multiple tributaries, or two-way broadcast
 between a single master and multiple tributaries. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.3.2.13
 DCS shall multiplex lower speed channels onto a higher speed interface and
 demultiplex higher speed channels onto lower speed interfaces as designated
 by Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 11. Signaling Link Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 11.1 Definition: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.1 BA’s
 Common Channel Signaling Access Service (CCSAS) allows interconnected
 carriers to exchange signaling information over a communications path which
 is separate from the message path. The transport portion of CCSAS is provided
 via a discreetly rated dedicated 56 kbps out of band signaling connection
 between the carrier’s signaling point of interconnection (SPOI) and BA’s STP.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.2 Each
 CCSAS signaling connection provides for two-way digital transmission at
 speeds of 56 kbps. The connection to BA’s STP pair can be made from either
 the carrier’s signaling point (SP), which requires a minimum of two 56 kbps
 circuits, or from the carrier’s STP pair, which requires a minimum of four 56
 kbps circuits. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.3 STP
 locations are set forth in National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA)
 Tariff F.C.C. No. 4. Carriers ordering CCSAS are subject to the technical
 requirements specified in BA Tariff F.C.C. No. 1. Testing and 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 17 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 certification
 reference documentation shall be pursuant to BA Tariff F.C.C. No. 1, Section
 6.4.3 (A). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.4 Each
 Party shall provide the other Party with access to databases and associated
 signaling necessary for call routing and completion by providing SS7 CCS
 interconnection in accordance with existing Tariffs, and interconnection and
 access to toll free databases, LIDB, and any other necessary databases in
 accordance with existing Tariffs and/or agreements with other unaffiliated
 carriers. Alternatively, either Party may secure CCS Interconnection from a
 commercial SS7 hub provider, and in that case the other Party will permit the
 purchasing Party to access the same databases as would have been accessible
 if the purchasing Party had connected via SS7 CCS directly to the other
 Party’s CCS network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.5 BA
 shall permit Sprint to access BA’s LIDB to validate calling card numbers and
 requests for bill-to-third party or collect billing. BA shall provide LIDB
 access at Parity and in a non-discriminatory manner by a SS7 formatted data
 query before call completion to determine the validity of the billing method
 requested by the caller. LIDB will respond with a SS7 formatted confirmation
 of validity or denial of the requested billing option. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.6 The
 Parties will provide CCS Signaling to one another, where and as available, in
 conjunction with all local traffic, toll traffic, meet point billing traffic,
 and transit traffic. The Parties will cooperate on the exchange of TCAP
 messages to facilitate interoperability of CCS-based features between their
 respective networks, including all CLASS features and functions, to the
 extent each Party offers such features and functions to its subscribers. All
 CCS signaling parameters will be provided upon request (where available),
 including called Party number, calling Party number, originating line
 information, calling Party category, and charge number. All privacy
 indicators will be honored. The Parties will follow all relevant OBF adopted
 standards pertaining to CIC/OZZ codes. Where CCS Signaling is not available,
 in-band multi-frequency (MF) wink start signaling will be provided. Any such
 MF arrangement will require a separate local trunk circuit between the
 Parties’ respective switches. In such an arrangement, each Party will
 outpulse the full ten-digit telephone number of the called Party to the other
 Party with appropriate call set-up and ANI where available, at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.7 The
 following publications describe the practices, procedures and specifications
 generally utilized by BA for signaling purposes and is listed herein to
 assist the Parties in meeting their respective interconnection
 responsibilities related to signaling: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.7.1
 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Issue 1, March 1995, and subsequent issues and
 revisions; 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 18 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.7.2 BA
 Supplement Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification, Bell
 Atlantic-905, December 1990; Issue, Supplement 1, June 1992; Supplement 2,
 August 1992; Supplement 3, January 1993; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.7.3
 Bell Atlantic AIN SMS Network Disclosure. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.8 Each
 Party shall charge the other Party mutual and reciprocal rates for CCS
 Signaling as follows: BA shall charge Sprint in accordance with Attachment 1
 hereto and applicable Tariffs; Sprint shall charge BA rates equal to the
 rates BA charges Sprint, unless Sprint’s Tariffs for CCS signaling provide
 for lower generally available rates, in which case Sprint shall charge BA
 such lower rates. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.1.9 To
 the extent Sprint has not already done so, Sprint must meet applicable
 interconnection certification testing requirements of the SS7 network before
 interconnection is permitted. These requirements may also apply before SS7
 network changes occur within Sprint’s network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 12. Signaling Transfer Points
 (STPs) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12.1 Definition: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.1.1 BA’s
 CCS Access Service (CCSAS) allows interconnected carriers to exchange
 signaling information over a communications path which is separate from the
 message path. The discretely rated network termination point where this
 interconnection takes place is called the BA STP port termination. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.1.2 Each
 CCSAS signaling connection provides for two-way digital transmission at
 speeds of 56 kbps. The connection to BA’s STP pair can be made from either
 the carrier’s SP, which requires a minimum of two 56 kbps circuits, or from
 the carrier’s STP pair, which requires a minimum of four 56 kbps circuits. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.1.3 STP
 locations are set forth in National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA)
 Tariff F.C.C. No. 4. Carriers ordering CCSAS are subject to the technical
 requirements specified in Bell Atlantic Tariff F.C.C. No. 1. See, Bell
 Atlantic Tariff F.C.C. No. 1, Section 6.4.3 (A) for testing and certification
 reference documentation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12.2 Technical Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.1 STPs
 shall provide access to other Network Elements connected to the BA network.
 These include: 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 19 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.1.1 BA
 local switching or tandem switching; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.1.2 BA
 Service Control Points/data bases; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.1.3
 Third party local or tandem switching systems; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.1.4
 Third party-provided STPs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.2 The
 connectivity provided by STPs shall fully support the functions of all other
 Network Elements connected to the BA SS7 network. This explicitly includes
 the use of the BA SS7 network to convey messages which neither originate nor
 terminate at a signaling end point directly connected to the BA SS7 network
 (i.e., transit messages). When the BA SS7 network is used to convey transit
 messages, there shall be no alteration of the integrated services digital
 network user part (ISDNUP) or Transaction Capabilities Application Part
 (TCAP) user data that constitutes the content of the message. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.3 If a
 BA tandem switch routes calling traffic, based on dialed or translated
 digits, on SS7 trunks between a Sprint local switch and a third party local
 switch, BA’s SS7 network shall convey the TCAP messages that are necessary to
 provide call management features (automatic callback, automatic recall, and
 screening list editing) between the Sprint local STPs and the STPs that
 provide connectivity with the third party local switch, even if the third
 party local switch is not directly connected to BA’s STPs, provided that the
 third party switch is located in the same LATA. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.2.4 In
 cases where the destination signaling point is a BA local or tandem switching
 system or data base, or is a Sprint or third party local or tandem switching
 system directly connected to BA’s SS7 network, BA STPs shall perform final
 GTT of messages to the destination and SCCP Subsystem Management of the
 destination. In all other cases, these STPs shall perform intermediate GTT of
 messages to a gateway pair of STPs in an SS7 network connected with the BA
 SS7 network, and shall not perform SCCP subsystem management of the
 destination. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12.3 Interface Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.1 BA
 shall provide the following STPs options to connect Sprint or
 Sprint-designated local switching systems or STPs to the BA SS7 network: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.1.1 An
 A-link interface from Sprint local switching systems; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.1.2 A
 D-link interface from Sprint local STPs. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 20 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.2 Each
 type of interface shall be provided by one or more sets (layers) of signaling
 links, as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.2.1 An
 A-link layer shall consist of two links on diverse T-1 facilities; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.2.2 A
 D-link layer shall consist of four links on diverse facilities such that no
 two concurrent failures of facilities or equipment shall cause the failure of
 all four links in a D-link layer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.3.3 The
 Signaling Point of Interconnection (SPOI) for each link shall be located at a
 cross-connect element, such as a DSX-1, in the central office where the BA
 STP is located. There shall be a DS1 or higher rate transport interface at
 each of the SPOIs. Each signaling link shall appear as a DS0 channel within
 the DS1 or higher rate interface. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12.4 Message Screening

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.4.1 BA
 shall set message screening parameters so as to accept messages from Sprint
 local or tandem switching systems destined to any signaling point in the BA
 SS7 network with which the Sprint switching system has a legitimate signaling
 relation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.4.2 BA
 shall set message screening parameters so as to accept messages from Sprint
 local or tandem switching systems destined to any signaling point or network
 interconnected to the BA SS7 network with which the Sprint switching system
 has a legitimate signaling relation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.4.3 BA
 shall set message screening parameters so as to accept messages destined to a
 Sprint local or tandem switching system from any signaling point or network
 interconnected to the BA SS7 network with which the Sprint switching system
 has a legitimate signaling relation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.4.4 BA
 shall set message screening parameters so as to accept and send messages
 destined to a Sprint SCP from any signaling point or network interconnected
 to the BA SS7 network with which the Sprint SCP has a legitimate signaling
 relation, provided BA receives proper notification and agreement from the
 owner of such other networks. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12.5 STP Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.5.1 BA
 shall provide MTP and SCCP protocol interfaces in accordance with sections
 relevant to the MTP or SCCP in the following specifications: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 12.5.1.1
 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Issue 1, March 1, Common Channel Signaling Network Interface
 Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 21

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Interconnection,
 Message Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital Network User
 Part (ISDNUP).

 

Section 13. Call
Related Databases and AIN

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.1 Definition:

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.1.1 Call
 related databases are the Network Elements that provide the functionality for
 storage of, and access to, information required to route and complete a
 particular call. Call related databases include, but are not limited to:
 LIDB, toll free number database, and AIN databases.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.1.2 A
 Service Control Point (SCP) is a specific type of database Network Element
 deployed in a Signaling System 7 (SS7) network that executes service
 application logic in response to SS7 queries sent to it by a switching system
 also connected to the SS7 network.

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2 Technical
 Requirements for Call Related Databases

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Requirements
 for call related databases within this section address storage of
 information, access to information (e.g., signaling protocols, response
 times), and administration of information (e.g., provisioning,
 administration, and maintenance). All call related databases shall be
 provided to Sprint in accordance with the following requirements, except
 where such a requirement is superseded by specific requirements set forth in
 Subsections 13.3 through 13.5:

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.1 BA
 shall provide physical interconnection to SCPs through the SS7 network and
 protocols, as specified in Section 12 of this Attachment, with TCAP as the
 application layer protocol.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.2 BA
 shall provide physical interconnection to databases via existing interfaces
 and industry standard interfaces and protocols (e.g., 56 Kb TCP/IP).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.3 The
 reliability of interconnection options shall be consistent with requirements
 for diversity and survivability as specified in Section 12 of this Attachment
 (which applies to both SS7 and non-SS7 interfaces).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.4 Call
 related database functionality shall be available at Parity. If, based on
 information available through the process set forth in Section 3.2.1 of this
 Attachment, Sprint believes the functionality is inadequate to meet its
 needs, it may initiate a BFR.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.5 BA
 shall complete database transactions (i.e., add, modify, delete) for Sprint
 subscriber records stored in BA databases at Parity.

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 22

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.6 BA
 shall provide database maintenance consistent with the maintenance
 requirements set forth in Attachment 5 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.7 BA
 shall provide billing and recording information to track database usage
 consistent with connectivity billing and recording requirements for call
 related databases as specified in Attachment 7 of this Agreement (e.g.,
 recorded message format and content, timeliness of feed, data format and
 transmission medium).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.8 BA
 shall provide call related databases in accordance with the physical security
 requirements set forth in Attachment 9 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.2.9 BA
 shall provide call related databases in accordance with the logical security
 requirements set forth in Attachment 9 of this Agreement.

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.3 Line
 Information Data Base (LIDB)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This
 Subsection 13.3 defines and sets forth additional requirements for the Line
 Information Data Base. This Subsection 13.3 supplements the requirements of
 Subsections 13.2 and 13.5.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.1 Definition:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 LIDB is a
 transaction-oriented database accessible through CCS networks. It contains
 records associated with subscriber line numbers and special billing numbers
 (in accordance with the requirements in the technical reference in
 GR-1158-CORE OSSGR, Section 22.3). LIDB accepts queries from other Network
 Elements, or Sprint’s network, and provides appropriate responses. The query
 originator need not be the owner of LIDB data. LIDB queries include functions
 such as screening billed numbers that provides the ability to accept collect
 or third number billing calls and validation of telephone line number based
 non-proprietary calling cards. The interface for the LIDB functionality is
 the interface between the BA CCS network and other CCS networks. LIDB also
 interfaces to administrative systems. The administrative system interface
 provides BA work centers with an interface to LIDB for functions such as
 provisioning, auditing of data, access to LIDB measurements and reports.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2 Technical
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.1
 Prior to the availability of a long-term solution for NP, BA shall enable
 Sprint to store in BA’s LIDB any subscriber line number or special billing
 number record, (in accordance with the technical reference in GR-1158-CORE
 OSSGR, Section 22.3) whether ported or not, for which the NPA-NXX or
 NXX-0/lXX group is supported by that LIDB.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.2
 Prior to the availability of a long-term solution for NP, BA shall enable
 Sprint to store in BA’s LIDB any subscriber line number or special 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 23

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 billing
 number (in accordance with the technical reference in GR-1158-CORE OSSGR,
 Section 22.3) record, whether ported or not, and NPA-NXX and NXX-0/lXX Group
 Records, belonging to an NPA-NXX or NXX-0/1 XX assigned to Sprint.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.3
 Subsequent to the availability of a long-term solution for NP, BA shall
 enable Sprint to store in BA’s LIDB any subscriber line number or special
 billing number (in accordance with the technical reference in GR-1158-CORE
 OSSGR, Section 22.3) record, whether ported or not, regardless of the
 number’s NPA-NXX or NXX-0/lXX.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.4 BA
 shall perform the following LIDB functions (i.e., processing of the following
 query types as defined in the technical reference in GR-1158-CORE OSSGR,
 Section 22.3) for Sprint’s subscriber records in LIDB:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.4.1
 Billed number screening (provides information such as whether the billed
 number may accept collect or third number billing calls); and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.4.2
 Calling card validation.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.5 BA
 shall process Sprint’s subscriber records in LIDB at Parity with BA
 subscriber records, with respect to other LIDB functions (as defined in the
 technical reference in GR-1158-CORE OSSGR, Section 22.3). BA shall indicate
 to Sprint what additional functions (if any) are performed by LIDB in BA’s
 network.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.6
 Within two (2) weeks after a request by Sprint, BA shall provide Sprint with
 a list of the subscriber data items which Sprint would have to provide in order
 to support billed number screening and calling card validation. The list
 shall indicate which data items are essential to LIDB function, and which are
 required only to support certain services. For each data item, the list shall
 show the data formats, the acceptable values of the data item and the meaning
 of those values.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.7 BA
 shall provide LIDB systems with rates of operating deficiencies at Parity.
 If, based on information available through the process set forth in Section
 3.2.1 of this Attachment, Sprint believes that the rate of deficiencies is
 inadequate to meet its needs, it may initiate a BFR.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.8 BA
 shall provide Sprint with the capability to provision (e.g., to add, update,
 and delete) NPA-NXX and NXX-0/lXX group records, and line number and special
 billing number records, associated with Sprint subscribers, directly into
 BA’s LIDB provisioning process.

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 24

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.9
 Unless directed otherwise by Sprint or the new local service provider, in the
 event that end user subscribers change their local service provider, BA shall
 maintain existing subscriber data (for line numbers, card numbers, and for
 any other types of data maintained in LIDB) as mutually agreed by the
 Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.10 All
 additions and updates of Sprint data to the LIDB shall be solely at the
 direction of Sprint. BA will process orders from other CLECs or from BA for
 subscribers that choose to migrate from Sprint to another provider.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.11 BA
 shall provide priority updates to LIDB for Sprint data upon Sprint’s request
 to support fraud protection at Parity as set forth in Attachment 9 of this
 Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.3.2.12 BA
 shall accept queries to LIDB associated with Sprint subscriber records, and
 shall return responses in accordance with the requirements of this Section
 13.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.4 Toll Free
 Number Database

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The toll
 free number database is an SCP that provides functionality necessary for toll
 free (e.g., 800 and 888) number services by providing routing information and
 additional features during call set-up in response to queries from SSPs. This
 Subsection 13.4 supplements the requirements of Subsection 13.2 and 13.5. BA
 shall provide the toll free number database in accordance with the following:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.4.1 Technical
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.4.1.1 BA
 shall make the BA toll free number database available for Sprint to query,
 from Sprint’s designated switch including local switching, with a toll-free
 number and originating information.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.4.1.2 The
 toll free number database shall return carrier identification and, where
 applicable, the queried toll free number, translated numbers and instructions
 as it would in response to a query from a BA switch.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.4.2 Interface
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The
 signaling interface between the Sprint or other local switch and the toll
 free number database shall use the TCAP protocol as specified in Attachment
 14 of this Agreement, together with the signaling network interface as
 specified in Attachment 14 of this Agreement.

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 25

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.5 Advanced
 Intelligent Network (AIN) Access, Service Creation Environment and Service
 Management System (SCE/SMS) Advanced Intelligent Network Access 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.1 BA
 shall provide access to any and all BA service applications resident in BA’s
 SCP. Such access may be from Sprint’s switch or BA’s unbundled local
 switching element.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.2
 SCE/SMS AIN access shall provide Sprint the ability to create service
 applications in the BA SCE and deploy those applications via the BA SMS to
 the BA SCP. This interconnection arrangement shall provide Sprint access to
 the BA development environment in a manner at least at Parity with BA’s
 ability to deliver its own AIN-based services. SCE/SMS AIN Access is the
 creation and provisioning of AIN services in the BA network.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.3 BA
 shall make SCE hardware, software, testing and technical support (e.g., help
 desk, system administrator) resources available to Sprint. Scheduling of SCE
 resources shall allow Sprint at least equal priority to BA.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.4 The
 BA SCE/SMS shall allow for multi-user access. Source code (i.e., AIN service
 applications and process flow design developed by a Sprint service
 designer/creator to provide AIN based services) management and other logical
 security functions will be provided.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.5 BA
 shall provide reasonable protection to Sprint service logic and data from
 unauthorized access, execution or other types of compromise.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.6 BA or
 a designated vendor shall provide for service creation training,
 documentation, and technical support of Sprint development staff at Parity
 with that provided to BA’s own development staff. Training sessions shall be
 “suitcased” to Sprint facilities or delivered at BA facilities, at Sprint’s
 cost, at Sprint’s discretion, subject to vendor’s requirements.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.7 When
 Sprint selects SCE/SMS AIN access, BA shall provide for a secure, controlled
 access environment on-site as well as via remote data connections
 (i.e., ISDN circuit switched data).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.8 When
 Sprint selects SCE/SMS AIN access, BA shall allow Sprint to transfer data
 forms and/or tables to the BA SCP via the BA SMS (e.g., service customization
 and subscriber subscription) in a manner consistent with how BA provides that
 capability to itself.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 13.5.9 When
 Sprint selects SCE/SMS AIN access for providing services on Sprint’s network,
 BA and Sprint will work cooperatively to resolve technical and provisioning
 issues.

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 26

Section 14. Tandem
Switching

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 14.1 Definition:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.1.1
 Tandem switching includes trunk-connect facilities, the basic switching
 function of connecting trunks to trunks, and the functions that are
 centralized in tandem switches. Tandem switching creates a temporary
 transmission path between interoffice trunks that are interconnected at a BA
 access tandem switch for the purpose of routing a call or calls. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 14.2 Technical
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1
 Tandem switching shall provide:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.1
 Signaling to establish a tandem connection; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.2
 Screening and routing at Parity;

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.3
 Recording of billable events at Parity;

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.4
 Tandem switching shall provide AIN triggers supporting AIN features at Parity
 with its provision of such triggers for BA subscribers; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.5
 BA’s tandem switching shall provide access to toll free and number
 portability databases in the same manner as it provides such access to itself
 and its BA subscribers; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.6
 Tandem switching shall provide all trunk interconnections, where available,
 in BA’s access tandems; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.1.7
 Tandem switching shall accept connections (including the necessary signaling
 and trunking interconnections) between end offices, IXCs, ITCs, CAPs and CLEC
 switches that subtend/interconnect at the same access tandem.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.2
 Tandem switching shall provide local tandeming functionality between two end
 offices that subtend/interconnect at the same tandem, including two offices
 belonging to different CLECs (e.g., between a Sprint end office and the end
 office of another CLEC). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.3
 Tandem Switching shall preserve CLASS features and Caller ID as traffic is
 processed on SS7 trunk groups at Parity. Additional signaling information and
 requirements are provided in Section 12. 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 27

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.4 BA
 shall perform routine testing and fault isolation on the underlying switch
 that is providing tandem switching and all its interconnections at Parity
 with its performance of such testing for its own subscriber services. When
 commonly available, the results of the testing shall be made immediately
 available to Sprint.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.5
 Tandem switching shall control congestion using capabilities such as
 automatic congestion control and network routing overflow. Congestion control
 provided or imposed on Sprint traffic shall be at Parity with controls being
 provided or imposed on BA traffic for itself and its subscribers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.6
 Tandem switching shall route calls to BA or Sprint endpoints or platforms for
 which tandem switching is provided. For tandem switching with unbundled
 common transport, call routing including overflow is accomplished as BA’s
 network normally routes the calls. For tandem switching with unbundled dedicated
 transport, specific routing may be requested through the BFR process.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.7
 Tandem switching shall process originating toll-free traffic received from a
 Sprint local switch.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.8 In
 support of AIN triggers and features, tandem switching shall provide SSP
 capabilities at Parity with BA’s provision of these capabilities for its own
 subscribers under the same circumstances when these capabilities are not
 available from local switching.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.2.9 The
 local switching and tandem switching functions may be combined in a switch.
 If this is done, both local switching and tandem switching shall provide all
 of the functionality required of each of those Network Elements in this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 14.3 Interface
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.3.1
 Tandem switching shall interconnect, with direct trunks, to all
 Telecommunications Carriers with which BA interconnects.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.3.1.1
 Sprint shall exercise all reasonable efforts to enter into a reciprocal local
 traffic exchange arrangement (either via written agreement or mutual tariffs)
 with any wireless carrier, ITC, or other LEC or CLEC to which it sends, or
 from which it receives, local traffic that transits BA facilities over
 traffic exchange trunks. If Sprint fails to enter into such an arrangement as
 quickly as commercially reasonable following the Effective Date and to
 provide written notification of such agreement, including the relevant rates
 therein, to BA, but continues to utilize BA’s transit service for the
 exchange of local traffic with such wireless carrier, ITC, or other LEC or
 CLEC, Sprint shall, in addition to paying the rate set forth in Attachment 1
 for said transit service, pay BA any charges or costs 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 28

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 such
 terminating third party carrier imposes or levies on BA for the delivery or
 termination of such traffic, including any switched access charges, plus all
 reasonable expenses incurred by BA in delivering or terminating such traffic
 and/or resulting from Sprint’s failure to secure said reciprocal local
 traffic exchange arrangement. BA will, upon request, provide Sprint with all
 reasonable cooperation and assistance in obtaining such arrangements. The
 Parties agree to work cooperatively in appropriate industry fora to promote
 the adoption of reasonable industry guidelines relating to transit traffic.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.3.1.2
 Transit traffic that is originated by an ITC or wireless carrier shall be
 settled in accordance with the terms of an appropriate IntraLATA
 telecommunications services settlement agreement between the Parties.
 Meet-Point Billing compensation arrangements as described in Section 2 of
 Attachment 6 of this Agreement shall be utilized for compensation for the
 joint handling of toll traffic.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.3.1.3 BA
 expects that most networks involved in transit traffic will deliver each call
 to each involved network with CCS and the appropriate TCAP message to
 facilitate full interoperability of those services supported by BA and
 billing functions. In all cases, each Party shall follow the Exchange Message
 Interface (“EMI”) standard and exchange records between the Parties and with
 the terminating carrier to facilitate the billing process to the originating
 network.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.3.1.4
 Transit traffic to and from Sprint shall be routed over the traffic exchange
 trunks.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 14.3.2 BA
 shall provide signaling necessary to provide tandem switching with feature
 functionality impacts and effects at Parity.

 

Section 15.
Additional Requirements

This Section
15 of Attachment 2 sets forth the additional requirements for Network Elements
which BA agrees to offer to Sprint under this Agreement.

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 15.1 Cooperative
 Testing

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.1 Definition:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Cooperative
 Testing means that both BA and Sprint shall cooperate with reasonable
 requests from the other to (1) ensure that the Network Elements and ancillary
 functions and additional requirements being provided to Sprint by BA are in
 compliance with the requirements of this Agreement, (2) test the overall
 functionality of various Network Elements and ancillary functions provided by
 BA to Sprint in combination with each other (pursuant to Section 2.4, above)
 or in 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 29

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 combination
 with other equipment and facilities provided by Sprint or third parties, (3)
 test the overall functionality of services provided by third parties
 involving or combining Network Elements provided by BA and services provided
 by Sprint, and (4) ensure that billing data can be provided to Sprint and BA.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Within
 forty-five (45) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Sprint and BA
 will agree upon a process to resolve technical issues relating to
 interconnection of Sprint’s network to BA’s network and Network Elements. The
 agreed upon process shall include procedures for escalating disputes and
 unresolved issues up through higher levels of each Party’s management. If
 Sprint and BA do not reach agreement on such a process within forty-five (45)
 days, any issues that have not been resolved by the Parties with respect to
 such process shall be submitted to the procedures set forth in Section 14.3
 of this Agreement unless both Parties agree to extend the time to reach
 agreement on such issues.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.1
 Where mutually agreed (e.g., POT bays in the common area associated with
 physical collocation), BA shall provide Sprint access for testing Sprint
 facilities at interfaces between a BA Network Element, or at interfaces
 between a BA combination provided by BA as specified in Section 2.4, and
 Sprint equipment or facilities. This access shall be available seven (7) days
 per week, twenty-four (24) hours per day.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.2
 When mutually agreed, BA shall temporarily provision Sprint designated local
 switching features (e.g. customized routing) for testing. Sprint and BA shall
 mutually agree on the procedures to be established between BA and Sprint to
 expedite such provisioning processes for feature testing.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.3
 Upon reasonable request, BA and Sprint shall provide technical staff to meet
 with each other to provide required support for cooperative testing.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.4
 Dedicated transport and ULL may experience alarm conditions due to
 in-progress tests. When an entire BA facility is dedicated to Sprint
 services, BA shall not remove such facility from service without obtaining
 Sprint’s prior approval.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.5 BA
 shall provide to Sprint electronic access to 105 type responders, 100-type
 test lines, or 102-type test lines associated with any circuits under test.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.6
 Sprint and BA shall endeavor to complete cooperative testing as mutually
 agreed.

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 30

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.1.2.7
 Sprint may accept or reject the Network Element ordered by Sprint if, upon
 completion of cooperative acceptance testing, the tested Network Element does
 not meet the requirements stated in applicable technical references included
 in Attachment 14 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 15.2 Protection,
 Restoration, and Disaster Recovery

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.2.1 Scope:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 This Section
 refers specifically to requirements on the use of redundant network equipment
 and facilities for protection, restoration, and disaster recovery.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.2.2 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.2.2.1 BA
 shall provide protection, restoration, and disaster recovery capabilities at
 Parity with those capabilities provided for its own services, facilities and
 equipment (e.g., equivalent circuit pack protection ratios, facility
 protection ratios).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.2.2.2 BA
 shall provide Network Elements equal priority in protection, restoration, and
 disaster recovery as provided to its own services, facilities and equipment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.2.2.3 BA
 shall provide Network Elements equal priority in the use of spare equipment
 and facilities as provided to its own services, facilities and equipment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.2.2.4 BA
 shall restore Network Elements which are specific to Sprint end user
 subscribers on a priority basis as Sprint may designate at Parity.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 15.3 Synchronization

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.1 Definition:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Synchronization
 is the function which keeps all digital equipment in a communications network
 operating at the same average frequency. With respect to digital
 transmission, information is coded into discrete pulses. When these pulses
 are transmitted through a digital communications network, all synchronous
 Network Elements are traceable to a stable and accurate timing source.
 Network synchronization is accomplished by timing all synchronous Network
 Elements in the network to a stratum 1 source so that transmission from these
 network points have the same average line rate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2 Technical
 Requirements

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 31

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The
 following requirements are applicable to the case where BA provides
 synchronization to equipment that Sprint owns and operates within a BA
 location. In addition, these requirements apply to synchronous equipment that
 is owned by BA and is used to provide a Network Element to Sprint.
 Synchronization services provided by BA for equipment that Sprint owns and
 operates within a BA location shall be subject to rates and charges to be
 determined.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2.1 The
 synchronization of clocks within digital networks is divided into two parts:
 intra-building and inter-building. Within a building, a single clock is
 designated as the building integrated timing supply (BITS), which provides
 all of the DS1 and DS0 synchronization references required by other clocks in
 such building. This is referred to as intra-building synchronization. The
 BITS receives synchronization references from remotely located BITS.
 Synchronization of BITS between buildings is referred to as inter-building
 synchronization.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2.2 To
 implement a network synchronization plan, clocks within digital networks are
 divided into four stratum levels. All clocks in strata 2, 3, and 4 are
 synchronized to a stratum 1 clock, that is, they are traceable to a stratum 1
 clock. A traceable reference is a reference that can be traced back through
 some number of clocks to a stratum 1 source. Clocks in different strata are
 distinguished by their free running accuracy or by their stability during
 trouble conditions such as the loss of all synchronization references.

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2.2.1 Intra-Building

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2.2.1.1
 Within a building, there may be different kinds of equipment that require
 synchronization at the DS1 and DS0 rates. Synchronization at the DS1 rate is
 accomplished by the frequency synchronizing presence of buffer stores at
 various DS1 transmission interfaces. Synchronization at the DS0 rate is
 accomplished by using a composite clock signal that phase synchronizes the
 clocks. Equipment requiring DS0 synchronization frequently does not have
 adequate buffer storage to accommodate the phase variations among different
 equipment. Control of phase variations to an acceptable level is accomplished
 by externally timing all interconnecting DS0 circuits to a single clock
 source and by limiting the interconnection of DS0 equipment to less than
 1,500 cable feet. Therefore, a BITS shall provide DS1 and composite clock
 signals when the appropriate composite signal is a 64-kHz 5/8th
 duty cycle, return to zero with a bipolar violation every eighth pulse
 (B8RZ).

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 32

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2.2.2 Inter-Building

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.2.2.2.1
 BA shall provide inter-building synchronization at the DS1 rate, and the BITS
 shall accept the primary and secondary synchronization links from BITS in
 other buildings. From hierarchical considerations, the BITS shall be the
 highest stratum clock within the building and BA shall provide operations
 capabilities (this includes, but is not limited to: synchronization reference
 provisioning; synchronization reference status inquiries; timing mode status
 inquiries; and alarm conditions).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3 Synchronization
 Distribution Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.1
 Central Office BITS shall contain redundant clocks meeting or exceeding the
 requirements for a stratum 3 enhanced clock as specified in ANSI T1.101-1994
 and Bellcore GR-1244 Clocks for the Synchronized Network: Common Generic Criteria.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.2
 Central Office BITS shall be powered by primary and backup power sources.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.3 If
 both reference inputs to the BITS are interrupted or in a degraded mode
 (meaning off frequency greater than twice the minimum accuracy of the BITS,
 loss of frame, excessive bit errors, or in alarm indication signal), then the
 stratum clock in the BITS shall provide the necessary bridge in timing to
 allow the network to operate without a frame repetition or deletion (slip
 free) with better performance than 1 frame repetition or deletion (slip) per
 week.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.4
 DS1s multiplexed into a SONET synchronous payload envelope within an STS-n
 (where n is defined in ANSI T1.105-1995) signal shall not be used as
 reference facilities for network synchronization.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.5 The
 total number of Network Elements cascaded from the stratum 1 source shall be
 minimized.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.6 A
 Network Element shall receive the synchronization reference signal only from
 another Network Element that contains a clock of equivalent or superior
 quality (stratum level).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.7 BA
 shall select for synchronization those facilities shown to have the greatest
 degree of availability (absence of outages).

 

ATTACHMENT 2

page 33

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.8
 Where possible, all primary and secondary synchronization facilities shall be
 physically diverse (this means the maximum feasible physical separation of
 synchronization equipment and cabling).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.9 No
 timing loops shall be formed in any combination of primary and secondary
 facilities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.10 An
 operations support system (OSS) shall continuously monitor the BITS for
 synchronization related failures or degradation.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.11 An
 OSS shall continuously monitor all equipment transporting synchronization
 facilities for synchronization related failures or degradation.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.12
 For non-SONET equipment, BA shall provide synchronization facilities which,
 at a minimum, comply with the standards set forth in ANSI T1.101-1994.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.3.3.13
 All equipment approved for deployment in BA’s network shall meet Bellcore
 GR-253 and GR-1244 requirements.

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

COLLOCATION

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1.

 	
 Introduction

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2.

 	
 Technical
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3.

 	
 License

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 2

COLLOCATION

Section 1. Introduction

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This Attachment
 sets forth the requirements for Collocation. BA shall provide Sprint
 Collocation in accordance with the terms of BA’s applicable FCC and New
 Jersey Tariffs (including, but not limited to, BA’s FCC and New Jersey
 Collocation Tariffs), and the provisions of this Attachment 3. Any conflicts
 between the Tariffs and the provisions of this Attachment 3 shall be resolved
 as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Agreement.

 

Section 2. Technical Requirements

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1 BA shall
 provide space, where available and as reasonably requested by Sprint, to meet
 Sprint’s needs for placement of equipment. Sprint may collocate only that
 equipment which is used or useful for interconnection and access to Network
 Elements. Sprint agrees to comply with any and all restrictions imposed by
 the Board and FCC on the installation and use of equipment in collocated
 interconnection space.

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.1 To the
 extent practicable and consistent with the needs of BA and other collocators,
 BA will use reasonable efforts to place Sprint’s physically collocated
 interconnection space so as to permit Sprint to expand its collocated
 interconnection space to a contiguous area, provided that such expansion will
 not preclude Sprint from applying for additional space that is non-contiguous
 with the original space, to the extent such space is available and such
 application is consistent with the provisions of this Attachment.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.2 Subject to
 availability, physically-collocated interconnection will be provided on a
 first-come, first-served basis in a physically-collocated office until
 available Collocation space and facilities are exhausted. In such instances
 where two or more requests for space are received at the same time for a
 Central Office building with limited space, a lottery will be administered to
 determine the order of selection of applicants. 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.3 If the space
 remaining in the portion of the Central Office in which physical Collocation
 is provided (the “Collocation Space”) is less than one-hundred (100) square
 feet or otherwise configured so as to be unsuited to meet the requirements of
 another collocator that has requested such space, the existing collocator(s)
 shall have the option of applying for any portion(s) of the remaining space.

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 3

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.4 In the event
 that Sprint withdraws its request for Collocation service prior to
 completion, BA will refund the pre-paid design and planning fee, less actual
 costs incurred by BA.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.5 Upon receipt
 of Sprint’s first Collocation application form, BA will, upon request, make
 available to Sprint at cost any applicable Bellcore or BA-specific
 documentation as listed in BA’s Tariff F.C.C. No. 1, Section 19.3.5. Sprint
 is responsible for obtaining all other documentation listed in Attachment 14.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.6 At the time
 BA tenders estimated construction charges to Sprint pursuant to Section
 2.12.1 of this Attachment 3, BA shall provide any information in its
 possession or control regarding the environmental condition of the space
 provided for those sites, where the information is reasonably available. BA
 shall also notify Sprint at such time of the following conditions of which it
 is aware: the existence and condition of asbestos, lead paint, hazardous
 substance contamination, and the like. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.7 BA shall
 allow Sprint to perform reasonable environmental site investigations within
 the designated Collocation space, including, but not limited to, asbestos
 surveys, which Sprint deems to be necessary in support of its Collocation
 needs, upon completion of BA’s required construction work for the Sprint
 Collocation space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.8 If the space
 provided for the placement of equipment, interconnection, or provision of
 service contains environmental contamination or hazardous material,
 particularly but not limited to asbestos or lead paint which makes the
 placement of such equipment or interconnection hazardous, BA shall offer an
 alternative space, if available at the same BA premise, for Sprint’s
 consideration.

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.2 Where
 technically feasible, BA shall provide intraoffice facilities (e.g., DS1,
 DS3, DS0, OC3, OC12, OC48, and STS-1, terminations where and when available)
 as requested by Sprint to meet Sprint’s need for placement and
 interconnection of equipment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.3 BA agrees to
 allow Sprint’s employees and designated agents unrestricted access to Sprint
 dedicated space in BA offices twenty-four (24) hours per day each day of the
 week. BA may place reasonable security restrictions on access by Sprint’s
 employees and designated agents to the Sprint collocated space in BA offices,
 in accordance with BA’s Collocation Tariffs and Attachment 9.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.4 Where
 technically feasible, BA shall provide the connection between the equipment
 in the collocated spaces of two (2) or more 

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 4

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Telecommunications
 Carriers permitting each such Telecommunications Carrier to interconnect its
 network with that of another collocating Telecommunications Carrier at the BA
 premises, provided that the collocated equipment is used for interconnection
 with BA or for access to BA’s Network Elements.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.5 BA shall
 permit Sprint to subcontract the construction of physical Collocation
 arrangements within the Sprint Collocation space, to BA’s construction
 specifications, with contractors approved by BA, provided, however, that BA
 shall not unreasonably withhold approval of contractors. Approval by BA shall
 be based on the same criteria it uses in approving contractors for its own
 purposes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.6 Sprint may
 order from BA basic business telephone service at the Collocation space, as
 may be required for administrative purposes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.7 BA shall
 provide lighting, ventilation, power, heat, air conditioning, and other
 environmental conditions for Sprint’s space and equipment in substantial
 conformance with Bell Communication Research (“Bellcore”) Network
 Equipment-Building System (“NEBS”) standards TR-EOP-000063. Sprint may order
 additional lighting and AC power in accordance with BA’s Collocation Tariffs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.8 [Intentionally
 omitted].

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.9 BA shall
 provide all ingress and egress of fiber and power cabling to Sprint
 collocated spaces in compliance with Sprint’s reasonable cable diversity
 requirements. The specific level of diversity requested for each site or
 Network Element will be provided in the Collocation request. Sprint shall pay
 BA any reasonable special construction charges incurred in providing Sprint
 the requested level of diversity where said diversity is not available. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.10 In a
 Collocation arrangement hereunder, BA shall protect Sprint’s proprietary
 information to the extent required by Applicable Law.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.11 BA shall
 notify Sprint’s National Network Management Center at least five (5) business
 days prior to those instances when BA or its subcontractors know they will be
 performing work reasonably anticipated to affect Sprint’s service on the DC
 power plants which support Sprint equipment. BA will inform Sprint by
 telephone of any emergency related activity reasonably anticipated to affect
 Sprint’s service that BA or its subcontractors may be performing on the DC
 power plants which support Sprint equipment. Notification of any emergency
 related activity shall be as soon as practicable so that Sprint can take any
 action required to monitor or protect its service.

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 5

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.12 Sprint shall
 submit a request to collocate equipment using the forms attached as Exhibit A
 and Exhibit B. Promptly following Sprint’s submission of a Collocation
 application, BA shall review the application and within ten (10) business
 days, conduct a meeting with Sprint to review the details of the application
 to assure that it is complete.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.12.1 Within
 thirty (30) days after the application review meeting, BA shall advise Sprint
 whether the Collocation space applied for by Sprint is available for Sprint’s
 use and, if so, tender to Sprint estimated construction charges. Sprint shall
 review the charges within thirty (30) days after receiving them. Upon
 Sprint’s request that BA proceed with construction of the Collocation space
 and BA’s acceptance of such request, BA shall construct the Collocation
 space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.13 Sprint and BA
 will complete an acceptance walk through of collocated space constructed by
 BA. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.14 BA shall
 provide telephone equipment drawings depicting the location, type, and cable
 termination requirements (i.e., connector type, number and type of pairs, and
 naming convention) for BA point of termination bay(s) to Sprint upon
 completion of BA construction of the Sprint Collocation space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.15 BA shall
 provide drawings depicting available paths, with dimensions, for Sprint
 outside plant fiber ingress and egress into Sprint collocated space at the
 initial site implementation meeting between Sprint and BA within ten (10)
 business days of BA’s acceptance of Sprint’s request for Collocation space.
 Such path and any areas around it in which Sprint must work to perform
 installation shall be free of asbestos, lead paint (unless encapsulated), and
 other health or safety hazards to the same extent that comparable BA work
 areas in the same premises are free of such conditions.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.16 BA shall
 provide power cabling connectivity information, including the sizes and
 number of power feeders, to Sprint upon completion of BA construction of
 Sprint Collocation space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.17 BA shall
 provide positive confirmation to Sprint when its construction of Sprint
 Collocation space is fifty percent (50%) completed. This confirmation shall
 also include confirmation of the scheduled completion and turnover dates.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.18 BA shall make
 commercially reasonable efforts to provide the following information to
 Sprint within ten (10) business days of receipt of request from Sprint unless
 otherwise agreed:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.18.1 Work
 restriction guidelines.

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 6

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.18.2 BA or
 industry technical publication guidelines (at Sprint’s expense) that impact
 the design of virtually collocated equipment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.18.3 BA contacts
 (names and telephone numbers) for the following areas:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Engineering

 Physical & Logical Security

 Billing

 Operations

 Site and Building Managers

 Environmental and Safety

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.18.4 Escalation process
 for BA employees (names, telephone numbers and the escalation order) for any
 disputes or problems that might arise in connection with Sprint’s Collocation
 activities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.19 “Power” as
 referenced in this Section 2.19 refers to any electrical power source
 supplied by BA for Sprint Collocation equipment. It includes necessary
 superstructure, infrastructure, and overhead facilities, including, but not
 limited to, cable, cable racks and bus bars. BA will supply power to support
 collocated Sprint equipment at equipment-specific and industry standard DC
 and AC voltages. BA shall supply power to Sprint at Parity with that provided
 by BA to itself or to any third party Telecommunications Carrier at the
 premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.1 Central
 Office power supplied by BA into the Sprint equipment area shall be supplied
 in the form of power feeders (cables) on cable racking into the designated
 Sprint equipment area. The power feeders (cables) shall support the requested
 quantity and capacity of Sprint equipment in accordance with the Collocation
 Tariff. The termination location shall be as reasonably requested by Sprint.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.2 BA shall
 provide power as reasonably requested by Sprint to meet Sprint’s need for the
 interconnection and placement of equipment in accordance with Tariff.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.3 BA power
 equipment supporting Sprint’s equipment shall:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.3.1 Comply in
 material respects with applicable industry standards (e.g., Bellcore, and
 NEBS) for equipment installation, cabling practices, and physical equipment
 layout;

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.3.2 Have
 redundant power feeds with physical diversity and battery back-up for Sprint
 equipment at Parity with that provided for similar BA equipment at the same
 premises. 

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 7

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Power requirements
 for remote switching equipment, if any is collocated, and physical diversity
 for power feeds where such diversity is not already available, may require
 special construction, at Sprint’s expense.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.3.3 Upon
 Sprint’s request, BA will provide prices and specifications for unique
 battery and power requirements, including those for other types of equipment
 that can be collocated under this Agreement;

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.3.4 Provide
 Central Office ground, connected to a ground electrode in compliance with
 applicable industry standards. Central Office ground for remote switching
 equipment, if any is collocated, may require special construction, at
 Sprint’s expense; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.3.5 Provide
 feeder capacity and quantity to support the equipment layout for Sprint
 equipment in accordance with Sprint’s Collocation application. Feeder
 capacity for remote switching equipment, if any is collocated, may require
 special construction, at Sprint’s expense.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.4 BA shall
 use commercially reasonable efforts to:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.4.1 Upon
 request by Sprint, provide documentation submitted to and received from
 contractors for any contractor bids for any work being done on behalf of
 Sprint (except for any work that is covered by a Tariffed rate);

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.4.2 Provide
 Sprint access to its collocation space upon completion of construction that
 will provide safe and secure access to the Collocation space;

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.4.3 Provide
 cabling that adheres in all material respects to Bell Communication Research
 (Bellcore) Network Equipment-Building System (NEBS) standards TR-EOP-000063;
 and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.19.4.4 Provide
 Lock Out-Tag Out and other electrical safety procedures and devices in
 conformance with agreed OSHA or industry guidelines.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.20 BA shall
 provide virtual Collocation where physical Collocation is not practical for
 technical reasons or because of space limitations. BA shall take collocator
 demand into account when renovating existing facilities and constructing or
 leasing new facilities.

 

ATTACHMENT 3

Page 8

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.21.1 Except as
 stated in Section 2.21.2, below, standard intervals for Physical Collocation
 shall be one-hundred and twenty (120) days from the date an application is
 finalized and approved by the Parties. Virtual Collocation will have a standard
 interval of sixty (60) days from the date an application is finalized and
 approved by the Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.21.2 To the
 extent required by Applicable Law, standard intervals for Physical
 Collocation shall be ninety (90) days from the date an application is
 finalized and approved by the Parties. If Applicable Law requires that the
 standard intervals for Physical Collocation shall be ninety (90) days from
 the date an application is finalized and approved by the Parties and BA
 determines that it will not be able to provide Physical Collocation within
 ninety (90) days from the date an application is finalized and approved by
 the Parties, BA shall provide notice of this to Sprint with an explanation of
 the reason(s) that a longer interval will be required and an estimate of such
 longer interval.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.22 Sprint may
 collocate only that equipment which is used or useful for interconnection and
 access to Network Elements. Such collocated equipment may include Remote
 Switching Modules only to the extent BA is required by Applicable Law to
 permit Sprint to collocate Remote Switching Modules. Sprint may collocate the
 quantity and type of such equipment it reasonably deems necessary in its
 Collocation space, provided that the equipment meets Bellcore specifications.
 Approved vendors will, at minimum, be vendors BA currently approves for its
 own use. BA will not unreasonably withhold approval of additional vendors
 whose equipment meets Bellcore specifications. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.23 Sprint may
 choose to lease unbundled transport from BA or a third carrier for the
 purpose of connection to Sprint collocated equipment, rather than construct
 to such facilities, all in accordance with Applicable Law.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.24 BA will
 maintain Sprint’s virtually collocated equipment in Parity with how it
 maintains its own equipment. Such maintenance shall include the change out of
 electronic cards provided by Sprint and per Sprint’s request.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3. License

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BA hereby grants
 Sprint a license to occupy any premises or rack space which contain Sprint
 collocated equipment as permitted hereunder, including without limit all
 necessary ingress and egress, all in accordance with the terms and conditions
 of this Agreement including this Attachment 3.

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 1 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROVISIONING AND ORDERING

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1.

 	
 General
 Business Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2.

 	
 Local
 Service Request Process Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3.

 	
 Systems
 Interfaces and Information

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4.

 	
 Standards

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 2 

 

PROVISIONING AND ORDERING

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.0

 	
 General Business Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1 Ordering
 and Provisioning Parity 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.1 During the
 term of this Agreement (beginning as soon as practicable for SPRINT systems
 under development), each Party shall provide the other with necessary
 ordering and provisioning business process support as well as those technical
 and systems interfaces as may be required to enable a Purchasing Party to
 provide Resale Services at Parity with the Providing Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.2 During the
 term of this Agreement, BA shall provide Sprint with necessary ordering and
 provisioning business process support as well as those technical and systems
 interfaces as may be required to enable Sprint to provide Telecommunications
 Services using Network Elements, as described herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2 CLEC Sales and
 Support Center (“CSSC”)/Single Point of Contact (“SPOC”) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.1 BA shall
 provide such number of CSSCs (or reasonably equivalent offices) as shall be
 determined by BA, which shall serve as Sprint’s SPOC for all activities
 involved in the ordering and provisioning of BA’s Network Elements and Resale
 Services. The SPOC systems shall receive Local Service Requests (“LSR”)
 (through an electronic interface) twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7)
 days a week. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.2 The SPOC
 shall provide service during the hours of 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., ET, Monday
 through Friday (or such additional hours as BA shall provide service to its
 own subscribers), adequately staffed by personnel reasonably trained to
 answer questions, to process LSRs in a timely manner, and to resolve problems
 in connection with the ordering and provisioning of BA’s Network Elements and
 Resale Services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.3 BA shall
 provide, through electronic interfaces, provisioning and premises visit
 installation support for coordinated scheduling, status, and dispatch
 capabilities from 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., ET, Monday through Friday, and
 Saturday from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., ET., or for such additional hours as BA
 shall provide service to its own subscribers. Additional charges may be
 incurred for 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 3 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 dispatches outside
 of BA’s normal work days and work hours, consistent with Bell Atlantic’s
 business practices. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.3 Street
 Address Guide (“SAG”) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Commencing with
 the Effective Date of this Agreement, if BA should cease using postal
 information to develop and maintain its SAG, then upon terms and conditions
 to be mutually agreed and to the extent authorized by the relevant federal,
 state, and local authorities, BA shall provide to Sprint SAG data, or its
 equivalent, in a standard electronic format.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.4 Customer
 Payment History 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Neither Party (“Providing Party”) shall
 refuse to provide Offered Services to the other Party (“Purchasing Party”)
 for use by a Customer or potential Customer of the Purchasing Party on the
 basis of the Customer’s past payment history with the Providing Party. Except
 as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or expressly agreed in
 writing by the Parties, the Purchasing Party shall have no responsibility for
 payment to the Providing Party of any amounts owed by the Customer to the
 Providing Party. The Purchasing Party shall be responsible for payment to the
 Providing Party for Providing Party Offered Services purchased by the
 Purchasing Party with respect to a Customer regardless of the payment
 performance of the Customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.5 Carrier
 Selection 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.5.1 For Resale Services or relevant
 Network Elements, each Party shall provide to the other, when ordered by the
 Board, the capability to order local, intraLATA, and interLATA service by
 entering the other Party’s Customer’s choice of carrier on a single LSR. Each
 Party shall provide the other Party with the capability to order separate
 interLATA and intraLATA carriers on a line or trunk (with line side
 treatment) basis when intraLATA toll carrier presubscription is implemented. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.5.2 Where intraLATA toll carrier
 presubscription is not implemented, each Party agrees to provide intraLATA
 toll services for resale, to resold or unbundled switch lines provided to the
 other Party. Where intraLATA toll carrier presubscription is implemented,
 each Party will route toll calls to the appropriate carrier as designated by
 the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.6
 Notification to Long Distance Carrier 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 4 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.6.1 Subject to Attachment 14 of the
 Agreement, each Party shall support and implement new transaction code status
 indicators (“TCSIs”) defined by OBF in support of local resale to enable the
 other Party to provide seamless Customer service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.6.1.1 Each Party
 shall implement TCSIs used in conjunction with the new local service provider
 (“LSP”) identification code for handling account maintenance, Customer
 service, and such other codes as OBF may define. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.6.1.2 In
 addition, each Party shall implement TCSIs used in conjunction with the new
 ported telephone number field to link “shadow” and ported telephone numbers
 in support of INP. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.6.2 Each Party
 shall provide to the other Party the LSP ID on purchased lists of the other
 Party’s PIC’d and non-PIC’d Customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.6.3 Each Party
 shall provide the ported telephone number on purchased CARE lists of the
 other Party’s PIC’d and non-other Party’s PIC’d Customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.7 Number
 Administration/Number Reservations 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.7.1 Until number
 administration functions are assumed by a neutral third party in accordance
 with Applicable Law, BA shall assign NXX codes to Sprint on a
 non-discriminatory basis with no restrictions other than those imposed upon
 all carriers under the North American Numbering Plan or comparable
 conventions. In addition, each Party shall provide activation of translations
 routing of the other Party’s NXX codes to meet established national
 implementation dates. Further, BA shall provide Sprint with access to
 abbreviated dialing codes, access arrangements for 555 line numbers, and the
 ability to obtain telephone numbers, including specific numbers where
 available, while a Customer is on the phone with Sprint, all at Parity. BA
 shall provide the same range of number choices to Sprint, including choice of
 exchange number, as BA provides its own Customers. Reservation and aging of
 numbers associated with BA Resale Services and BA Network Elements shall
 remain BA’s responsibility. Reservation and aging of numbers associated with
 Sprint Resale Services shall remain Sprint’s responsibility.

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 5 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.7.2 Where
 mutually agreed, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, the
 Parties will implement LERG reassignment for particular NXX codes in
 accordance with Attachment 8 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.7.3 If and when
 available from a Party, each Party shall accept LSRs from the other Party for
 vanity numbers and blocks of numbers for use with relevant complex services
 including, but not limited to, direct inward dialing, CENTREX, and hunting
 arrangements, as reasonably requested by a Purchasing Party, in accordance
 with applicable Tariffs, and at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.7.4 For simple
 services number reservations, each Party shall provide real-time confirmation
 of the number reservation. For number reservations associated with relevant
 complex services, each Party shall provide confirmation of the number
 reservation within two (2) business days of the Purchasing Party’s request.
 Number reservations shall be provided in accordance with applicable Tariffs
 and at Parity with that provided a Party’s own Customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.0

 	
 Local Service Request Process Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.1 OBF
 Compliance 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.1.1 Subject to Attachment 14 of the
 Agreement and in accordance with OBF standards, BA and Sprint shall generally
 follow the OBF-developed ordering and provisioning process standards. These
 include pre-order service inquiry, pre-order service inquiry response, firm
 order acknowledgment/rejection, firm order confirmation, and those to be
 developed for delay notification, completion notification and the like. Each
 Party agrees to work cooperatively to implement future relevant OBF-developed
 processes related to ordering and provisioning. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2 Service
 Migrations and New Customer Additions 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.1 For Resale Services, except as stated
 in the next sentence of this Section 2.2.1, neither Party shall require a
 disconnect order from a Customer, another local service provider, or any
 other entity, to process the other Party’s LSR to establish the other Party’s
 local service and/or migrate a Customer to the other Party’s local service.
 The provisions of the foregoing sentence of this Section 2.2.1 shall not
 apply if a Party has established a service option under which a Customer of
 the Party (including a resale 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 6 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Telecommunications
 Carrier Customer) may issue a “Do Not Touch” or similar instruction with
 regard to the Customer’s service, specifying that the service may be
 disconnected and/or changed only by an instruction directly from the Customer
 to the Party providing the service, and the Customer has elected to invoke
 this option with regard to the Customer’s service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.2 With respect
 solely to Resale Services available hereunder, neither Party shall disconnect
 any such service or associated features at any time during the migration of a
 Customer to the other Party’s service without the prior consent of the other
 Party, unless such disconnection is necessitated by the change in service
 requested by the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.3 Except as
 stated in the next sentence of this Section 2.2.3, for services provided
 through Network Elements, a Party shall recognize the other Party as an agent
 for the Customer in coordinating the disconnection of services provided by
 another carrier. The provisions of the foregoing sentence of this Section
 2.2.3 shall not apply if a Party has established a service option under which
 a Customer of the Party (including a resale Telecommunications Carrier
 Customer) may issue a “Do Not Touch” or similar instruction with regard to
 the Customer’s service, specifying that the service may be disconnected
 and/or changed only by an instruction directly from the Customer to the Party
 providing the service, and the Customer has elected to invoke this option
 with regard to the Customer’s service. The Customer’s new carrier shall be
 responsible for complying with Section 33 of the Agreement. In addition, when
 coordinated cutover services are ordered, neither Party shall disconnect any
 services provided to the Customer until the Customer’s new carrier notifies
 the other carrier that the new carrier’s unbundled elements are installed and
 operational, except where existing facilities are being reused. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.4 Unless
 otherwise directed by the Customer’s new carrier, when that Party orders
 Resale Services or local switching Network Elements, all trunk or telephone
 numbers currently associated with existing POTS services shall be retained
 without loss of feature capability and without loss of associated ancillary
 services, including, but not limited to, directory assistance services and
 911/E911 capability, provided that the Customer’s new carrier includes such
 features and ancillary services in its LSRs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5 With respect
 to BA Resale Services, Sprint may submit LSRs for BA Customers who convert
 their existing Telephone Exchange 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 7 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Service to BA
 Resale Services by submitting an LSR which indicates the desired service
 configuration for each end user line being converted (“migration-as-specified
 LSRs”). By submitting migration-as-specified LSRs, Sprint directs BA to
 remove all services and to connect only those services stated on the
 migration-as-specified LSR without disconnecting the line. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.1 Where
 there is no change in the Customer’s directory listing information, Sprint
 intends to develop and implement the capability, by May 15, 1998, not to
 submit a Directory Service Request or to indicate on the Directory Service
 Request that there is no change to the Customer’s directory listing
 information.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.2 If the
 migration-as-specified LSR is incomplete, insufficient, incorrect, or
 contains conflicting information such that BA is not able to process the
 migration-as-specified LSR, BA may reject such LSR. Any such rejection shall
 not be considered in any manner in measuring or calculating BA’s service
 performance or satisfying any performance measurements under this Agreement.
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (a) in
 the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, BA shall have no
 liability to Sprint, any Sprint customer, or any other third party as a
 result of or otherwise in connection with the rejection of any
 migration-as-specified LSR; (b) Sprint shall review with the Customer all the
 Telecommunications Services the Customer ordered and retained for the
 existing telephone number; and (c) Sprint shall indemnify BA and hold BA
 harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities and damages
 to third parties incurred by BA by reason of such incomplete, insufficient,
 incorrect or otherwise erroneous migration-as-specified LSR.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.3 BA shall
 develop the capability to process migration-as-specified LSRs for services
 and account types listed in Appendix 1 on a mechanized basis and intends to
 have this capability available for testing with Sprint within thirty (30)
 days after the Effective Date. Following the successful completion of
 testing, Sprint and BA shall agree on the actual implementation date of this
 capability. Such implementation will be sufficient to handle a commercially
 reasonable volume of migration-as-specified LSRs for the service and account
 types listed in Appendix 1. The Parties shall mutually agree to the expansion
 of this capability to additional service and account types.

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 8 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.4 All
 charges applicable under this Agreement to LSRs generally shall apply to
 migration-as-specified LSRs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.5 The
 Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree on documented interface
 specifications. Sprint agrees to provide adequate prior written notice to BA
 in the event it decides to submit migration-as-specified LSRs for any high
 volume, unusual quantity or other non-ordinary course of business request (e.g.,
 orders for Sprint employees) so that BA may take any additional steps
 necessary to process such LSRs in a timely fashion, including further testing
 of BA’s capability for processing migration-as-specified LSRs. The Parties
 shall work cooperatively to assure that any problems in connection with
 implementation and the provision of such capabilities are resolved. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.6 Sprint
 agrees that a preponderance of the migration-as-specified LSRs it submits to
 BA will be for service and account types listed in Appendix 1. The Parties
 further agree that any changes to the agreed upon service and account types
 that BA can process on a mechanized basis that the Parties may undertake to
 negotiate shall preserve and not degrade such full mechanized processes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.5.7 BA agrees
 to accept migration-as-specified LSRs for service and account types that BA
 cannot process on a fully mechanized basis. When and if the Commission
 determines that additional charges for processing such LSRs may be assessed
 and establishes a rate and cost recovery method, there will be a retroactive
 true-up with interest charges at the prime or appropriate
 Commission-determined rate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.6 When Sprint
 submits an LSR to order a combination of BA local loop and switching Network
 Elements (provided by BA as specified in Attachment 2, Section 2.4) as a
 replacement for Local Exchange Services currently provided by BA to the
 Customer, Sprint will include on the LSR the “Combined Loop and Unbundled
 Local Switching” code in the Requisition Type and Status field, the
 “Conversion of service to new LSP” code in the Activity field and the
 existing telephone number on the Loop and Port Service forms. By submitting
 such LSRs, Sprint directs BA to disconnect any Telephone Exchange Services
 provided to the end user for the specified telephone number and to connect
 the BA local loop and switching Network Elements stated on such LSRs.
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (a)
 Sprint shall review with the Customer all the Telecommunications Services the
 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 9 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Customer ordered
 and retained for the existing telephone number before submitting such LSR to
 BA and (b) Sprint shall indemnify BA and hold BA harmless from and against any
 and all claims, losses, liabilities and damages to third parties incurred by
 BA for processing such LSR. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3 Coordinated
 Cut-Over Process 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The following
 cutover coordination procedures shall apply, upon request by the Customer’s
 new carrier, for the conversion of “live” telephone exchange services to or
 from service over ULLs. These and other mutually agreed-upon procedures shall
 apply reciprocally for the “live” cutover of Customers from BA to Sprint and
 from Sprint to BA. NP cutover procedures shall be reasonably agreed by the
 parties at such time as the capability has been developed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.1 The
 Customer’s new carrier (“the requesting Party”) shall request cutover
 coordination by delivering to the other Party a valid electronic transmittal
 LSR (when available) or another mutually agreed-upon type of LSR. Such LSR
 shall be provided in accordance with industry format and specifications or
 such format and specifications as may be agreed to by the Parties. Within
 twenty-four (24) hours of the other Party’s receipt of such valid LSR, the
 other Party shall provide the requesting Party the FOC date and time. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.2 On each
 order, the Parties will agree on a cutover time at least forty-eight (48)
 hours before that cutover. Cutover time will be defined as a fifteen (15) to
 thirty (30) minute per line window within which both Parties will make
 telephone contact to complete the cutover. The cutover window for other
 methodologies will be agreed to by the Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.4 Within the
 appointed fifteen (15) to thirty (30) minute cutover time, the requesting
 Party will call the other Party to coordinate cutover work and when the other
 Party is reached in that interval, such work will be promptly performed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.5 If the
 requesting Party requires a change in scheduling, it must contact the other
 Party to issue a supplement to the original order. The negotiations process
 to determine the date and time of cutover will then be reinitiated as usual
 pursuant to Section 2.3.2. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.6 If the
 requesting Party is not ready within the appointed interval and if it had not
 called to reschedule the work at least two 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 10 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 (2) hours prior to
 the start of the interval, the requesting Party shall be liable for the
 non-recurring charge for such work for the missed appointment. In addition,
 non-recurring charges, if applicable, for the rescheduled appointment will
 apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.7 If the other
 Party is not available or not ready at any time during the appointed fifteen
 (15) to thirty (30) minute interval, the Parties will reschedule and the
 other Party will waive the non-recurring charge, if applicable, for such work
 whenever it is performed pursuant to an agreed-upon rescheduling. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.3.8 Beginning
 nine (9) months from the Effective Date of the Agreement, if unusual or
 unexpected circumstances prolong or extend the time required to accomplish
 the coordinated cutover, the Party responsible for such circumstances is
 responsible for the reasonable labor charges of the other Party. Delays
 caused by the Customer are the responsibility of the requesting Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4 Intercept
 Treatment and Transfer of Service Announcements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.1 For Resale
 Services, the Providing Party, upon request of the Purchasing Party, shall
 provide unbranded basic intercept treatment and transfer of service
 announcements for calls to the Purchasing Party’s Customers. The Providing
 Party shall provide such basic treatment and transfer of service announcement
 in accordance with its normal policies and procedures for all service
 disconnects, suspensions, or transfers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.2 For local
 switching Network Elements, BA, upon Sprint’s request, shall provide
 unbranded basic intercept treatment and transfer of service announcements for
 calls to Sprint’s Customers. BA shall provide such basic treatment and
 transfer of service announcement in accordance with its normal policies and
 procedures for all service disconnects, suspensions, or transfers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.5 Desired
 Due Date (“DDD”)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.5.1 For services
 with agreed upon intervals, the Purchasing Party shall select on each LSR a
 DDD consistent with agreed intervals. For services with variable intervals,
 Sprint shall select among available due dates obtained from ECG (Electronic
 Communications Gateway) for specific services with variable intervals. The
 Providing Party shall use reasonable efforts to not complete the LSR prior to
 the DDD or later than the DDD unless authorized by the Purchasing Party. 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 11 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.5.2 If the DDD
 falls after the standard LSR completion interval (as mutually agreed by the
 Parties), the Providing Party shall use reasonable efforts to complete the
 LSR on the DDD.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.5.3 Subsequent
 to an initial LSR submission, the Purchasing Party may request a new/revised
 DDD that is earlier than the minimum defined interval. The Providing Party
 shall use reasonable efforts to meet such DDD and may, consistent with its
 business practices, assess non-discriminatory expedite charges as identified
 in Attachment 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.5.4 Any special
 or preferred scheduling options available to the Providing Party to serve the
 Providing Party’s Customers shall also be available to the Purchasing Party
 to serve the Purchasing Party’s Customers who are similarly situated to the
 Providing Party’s Customers. The Providing Party may assess
 Non-Discriminatory charges for such options. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.6 Customer Premises Inspections and
 Installations

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Each Party shall
 perform or contract for any needs assessments, including equipment and
 installation requirements, at the premises of its Customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.7 Firm LSR Confirmation (“FOC”)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.7.1 Subject to
 Attachment 14 of the Agreement, the Providing Party shall provide to the
 Purchasing Party, via an electronic interface, a FOC meeting OBF standards
 for each Purchasing Party LSR, after a reasonable implementation interval
 from final acceptance of the particular OBF standard. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.7.2 For a
 revised FOC, the Providing Party shall provide LSR detail in accordance with
 OBF standards after a reasonable implementation interval from final
 acceptance of the particular OBF standard. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.8 LSR Rejections

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The
 Providing Party shall reject and return to the Purchasing Party any LSR that
 the Providing Party cannot provision because the DDD is prior to the
 submission date of the LSR.

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4 

 
	
 Page 12 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.9 LSR Changes

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.9.1 If an
 installation or other ordered work requires a material change from the
 original LSR, the Providing Party shall contact the Purchasing Party in
 advance of performing the installation or other work to obtain authorization
 for the change. The Providing Party shall then provide the Purchasing Party
 an estimate of additional labor hours and/or materials. After all
 installation or other work is completed, the Providing Party shall promptly
 notify the Purchasing Party of actual labor hours and/or materials used in
 accordance with regular LSR completion processes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.9.1.1 If
 additional work is completed on an LSR, as approved by the Purchasing Party,
 the cost of the additional work must be reported to the Purchasing Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.9.1.2 If work on
 an LSR is partially completed, notification shall identify the work that was
 performed and work remaining to be completed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.9.2 If a
 Purchasing Party’s Customer requests the Providing Party’s personnel, while
 they are at the Customer’s premises to perform installation or other work on
 behalf of the Purchasing Party, to make a service change, the Providing
 Party’s personnel shall direct the Customer to contact the Purchasing Party
 to order such change. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.10 Jeopardy Situations

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Providing
 Party shall provide to the Purchasing Party known delayed order notification
 prior to the committed due date, and other known delays in completing work
 specified on the Purchasing Party’s LSR as detailed on the FOC, in accordance
 with mutually agreed procedures. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.11 Cooperative Testing

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.11.1 Cooperative Testing shall be performed in accordance with Attachment 2,
 Section 15.1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.11.2 Systems and Process Testing

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Parties
 shall cooperate upon request to assess whether all operational interfaces and
 processes are in place and functioning as intended. Testing shall simulate
 actual operational procedures and systems interfaces to the greatest extent
 possible. Either Party may request cooperative testing as it deems
 appropriate to assess service performance, reliability, and Customer
 serviceability.

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 13 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.12 Service Suspensions/Restorations

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Upon the
 Purchasing Party’s request through a suspend/restore order, which shall
 comply with Applicable Law, the Providing Party shall suspend or restore the
 functionality of any local switching Network Element or dial tone line Resale
 Service provided by the Providing Party to the Purchasing Party. The
 Providing Party shall provide restoration priority on a per Network Element
 or combination basis in a manner that conforms with priorities requested by
 the Purchasing Party, which shall comply with Applicable Law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.13 Disconnects 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Providing
 Party shall notify the Purchasing Party of any termination of any Offered
 Service provided under this Agreement to the Purchasing Party when such
 termination is requested by the Providing Party or any third party. Such
 notice shall be in a format and detail consistent with industry standards. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.14 LSR
 Completion Notification 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Subject to
 Attachment 14 of the Agreement and when industry standards are developed for
 such service, and after a reasonable implementation interval, upon completion
 of an LSR by the Providing Party, it shall submit to the Purchasing Party an
 LSR completion which reasonably details the work performed. Notification
 shall be provided in accordance with industry standards when developed. The
 Parties will cooperate in the interim to assure adequate notification. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.15
 Fulfillment Process 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Each Party shall
 conduct all activities associated with the account fulfillment process for
 all of its Customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16
 Specific Unbundling Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.1 To the
 extent technically feasible, Sprint may order and BA shall provision Network
 Elements either individually or in combinations to the extent provided in
 Attachment 2, Section 2.4. Network Elements ordered as combined shall be
 reasonably provisioned as combined by BA, unless Sprint specifies that the
 Network Elements ordered in combination be provisioned separately. 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 14 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.2 Prior to
 providing service in a specific geographic area or when Sprint requires a
 change of network configuration, the Parties shall cooperate in planning the
 preparation of Network Elements and switch translations in advance of LSRs
 for additional Network Elements from Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.3 For
 mutually-agreed combinations of Network Elements, Network Elements that are currently
 connected and ordered together will not be physically disconnected, except
 for technical reasons. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.4 Network
 Elements to be provisioned together shall be identified and ordered by Sprint
 as such. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.5 When
 ordering a mutually-agreed combination of Network Elements, Sprint shall have
 the option of ordering all features, functions and capabilities of each
 Network Element, as they exist in BA’s network on the date of the LSR. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.6 When Sprint
 orders Network Elements, BA shall provision the features, functions, and
 capabilities of the Network Elements specified in this Agreement for such
 element, as reflected on Sprint’s LSR. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.7 Sprint and
 BA shall cooperate and coordinate activities including the sharing of
 relevant specifications in such a manner as to promote compatibility between
 and among respective Network Elements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.8 Orders for
 Network Elements will generally contain relevant administration, bill,
 contact, and Customer information, as defined by the OBF.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.9 Service
 intervals for combinations of BA Local Loop and Switching Network Elements
 provided by BA as specified in Attachment 2, Section 2.4, shall be as
 follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.9.1 For
 orders of POTS combinations of BA local loop and switching Network Elements
 to migrate existing BA customers where the facilities are reused without
 modification, the service interval will be the comparable BA Resale Service
 interval. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.9.2 For other
 types of orders of combinations of BA local loop and switching Network
 Elements, such as ISDN, 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 15 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 designed and
 complex services, service intervals will be negotiated on a case-by-case
 basis. If the Parties are not able to reach agreement on specific service
 intervals within 30 days, either Party may request that the Commission
 resolve the dispute under Section 14.3 of the Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.16.9.3 This
 Section 2.16.9 will be revised as required by or as necessary to comply with
 Applicable Law. Nothing in this Section 2.16.9 shall be construed as a waiver
 of either Party’s position on the appropriate service intervals or their
 right to assert such position at any time in any forum.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.0

 	
 Systems Interfaces and Information 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.1 General
 Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.1.1 Where access
 to operational support systems functionality is required, each Party (as soon
 as available for Sprint to the extent required by Applicable Law) shall
 provide to the other electronic interface(s) for transferring and receiving
 information and executing transactions in regards to service ordering and
 provisioning of Network Elements. Subject to Attachment 14 of the Agreement,
 the BA interface(s) shall be capable of supporting the steps in the OBF-developed
 ordering and provisioning process no later than thirty (30) days after the
 Effective Date. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.1.2 Each Party’s
 interfaces shall provide the other Party with the same process and system
 capabilities for both residence and business ordering and provisioning at
 Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.1.3 BA and
 Sprint shall agree on and implement interim solutions for BA interfaces
 within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Such
 interim interface(s) shall, at a minimum, provide Sprint the same
 functionality and level of service as is currently provided by the electronic
 interfaces used by BA for its own systems, users, or Customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.1.4 The
 foregoing interim interfaces or processes may be modified, if so agreed by Sprint
 and BA, during the interim period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.1.5 Until the
 Party’s electronic interfaces are available, the Providing Party agrees that
 a CSSC or similar function (as described in Section 1.2 of this Attachment)
 will accept a Purchasing Party’s LSRs. LSRs will be transmitted to the CSSC
 via an interface or method agreed upon by the Parties. 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 16 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2 Ordering
 and Provisioning for Resale Services 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.1 Subject to
 Section 13 of the Agreement and in accordance with all Applicable Law, the
 Providing Party shall provide the Purchasing Party with access to Customer
 Information of a Purchasing Party Customer without requiring the Purchasing
 Party to produce a signed LOA based on the Purchasing Party’s representation
 that the Customer, in the manner required by Applicable Law and this
 Agreement, has authorized the Purchasing Party to obtain such Customer
 Information. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.1.1 Such
 Customer Information shall be at the line and/or trunk level. In accordance
 with Applicable Law, the Providing Party shall provide to the Purchasing
 Party an electronic interface to Providing Party Customer Information systems
 which will allow the Purchasing Party to obtain the Providing Party’s current
 Customer profile, including Customer name, billing and service addresses,
 billed telephone number(s), and identification of features and services on
 the Customer accounts, and allow the Purchasing Party to obtain information
 on features and services available in the end office where Customer’s
 services are currently provisioned. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.2 BA shall
 provide to Sprint a list of Resale Services within sixty (60) days of the
 Effective Date of this Agreement and shall provide updates to such list in
 accordance with Section 43 of the Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.3 The
 Providing Party shall provide to the Purchasing Party an electronic interface
 to Providing Party information systems to allow the Purchasing Party to: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.3.1 assign
 telephone number(s) (if the Customer does not already have a telephone number
 or requests a change of telephone number);

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.3.2 schedule
 dispatch and installation appointments;

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.3.3 provide
 service availability dates; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.3.4 transmit
 status information on LSRs. Until the electronic interface is available, BA
 agrees that it will provide status on LSRs at the following critical 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 4

 
	
 Page 17 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 intervals:
 acknowledgment and firm order confirmation according to interim procedures to
 be mutually developed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3 Ordering
 and Provisioning for Unbundling 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1 BA shall
 provide to Sprint upon reasonable request a listing of available, orderable
 services for Network Elements that are not already listed in this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.2 BA shall
 provide to Sprint upon request such engineering design and layout information
 for Network Elements as may be available and mutually agreed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.3 Subject to
 Attachment 14 of this Agreement, BA shall provide to Sprint an electronic
 interface as soon as practicable after applicable OBF standards are formally
 accepted which will allow Sprint to determine service due date intervals and
 schedule appointments. Until applicable OBF standards are formally accepted,
 BA shall provide Sprint an interim interface to allow Sprint to determine
 service due date intervals and schedule appointments. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.4 Where
 applicable, BA shall provide to Sprint information on charges associated with
 special construction. BA agrees that it will, as soon as practicable, notify
 Sprint of any charges associated with necessary construction. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.5 On request
 from Sprint, BA shall provide Sprint with results from mechanized loop tests
 where such tests are technically feasible on a time and materials basis or at
 Board-approved rates, as appropriate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.6 BA shall
 provide Sprint with confirmation of circuit assignments at Parity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.0

 	
 Standards 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1 General
 Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1 Sprint and
 BA shall agree upon the appropriate ordering and provisioning codes to be
 used for Network Elements.

 

	
  

 
	
 Attachment 5

 
	
 Page 1 

 

MAINTENANCE

Attachment 5 

Page 2 

MAINTENANCE

1. The Parties shall provide repair,
maintenance, testing, and surveillance for all Resale Services,
Interconnection, and Network Elements provided under this Agreement in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Attachment. 

2. The Parties shall cooperate with each
other to meet maintenance standards for all Resale Services, Interconnection,
and Network Elements ordered under this Agreement, as specified in Section 8 of
this Attachment. Such maintenance standards shall include, without limitation,
standards for testing, network management, and notification of standards
upgrades as they become available. 

3. BA will provide an Electronic Interface as
a gateway to BA systems and databases to allow Sprint maintenance personnel and
customer service representatives to perform the following functions for BA
Resale Services purchased by Sprint: the ability to transmit a new trouble
ticket; the ability to receive notification of status changes as they occur
including notification of dispatch; the ability to receive employee generated
information messages; the ability to track current status on all open Sprint trouble tickets; the ability to
request an escalation and receive escalation responses of said request; the
ability to receive dispatch “arrive by time” appointment (POTS) when the
trouble is established and notification of appointment changes; the ability to
update trouble information; and the ability to receive all applicable time and
material charges at the time of ticket closure (total by Customer, per event)
along with clearance time and description of work done. The Parties will
continue to negotiate reciprocal interfaces and procedures for maintenance of
Interconnection and Network Elements, using an electronic bonding interface
based on ANSI standards T1.227-1995 and T1.228 - 1995, and Electronic
Communication Implementation Committee (“ECIC”) Trouble Report Format
Definition (“TRFD”) Number 1 as defined in ECIC document ECIC/TRA/95-003, and
standards referenced in those documents. 

4. BA shall provide repair service to Sprint
that is at Parity; trouble calls from Sprint shall receive response time
priority that is at Parity and shall be handled on a “nondiscriminatory” basis
regardless of whether the Customer is a Sprint Customer or a BA Customer.
Sprint shall provide repair service that is at Parity; trouble calls from BA
shall receive response time priority that is at Parity and shall be handled on
a “nondiscriminatory” basis regardless of whether the customer is a BA Customer
or a Sprint Customer. 

5. Each Party shall provide at Parity
scheduled and non-scheduled maintenance, including, without limitation,
required and recommended maintenance intervals and procedures, for all Resale
Services, Interconnection, and Network Elements under this Agreement that it
currently provides for the maintenance of its own network. Each Party will
provide reasonable notice of such maintenance if it shall materially affect the
other Party’s customers. 

Attachment 5

Page 3 

6. A
Providing Party shall provide the other Party with a summary description of any
and all emergency restoration plans and disaster recovery plans (however
denominated) for the Providing Party’s Offered Services. Such plans, if
warranted by the nature thereof, shall include the following: (i) provision for
notification to the other Party of the existence, location, and source of any
FCC reportable emergency network outage potentially affecting a Customer of the
other Party, via fax to a single number designated by the other Party; (ii)
establishment of a single point of contact responsible for initiating and
coordinating the restoration of all Resale Services, Interconnection, or
Network Elements; (iii) provision of status of restoration efforts and problem
resolution during the restoration process, via fax to a single number
designated by the other Party; (iv) reasonably equivalent priority, as between
Sprint Customers and BA Customers, for restoration efforts, consistent with FCC
Service Restoration guidelines, including, without limitation, deployment of
repair personnel, and use of spare parts and components on the Party’s own
network; and (v) a mutually agreeable process for escalation of maintenance
problems, including a complete, up-to-date list of responsible contacts, each
available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. Said plans
shall be modified and up-dated as needed.

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 As identified, the Parties shall provide
 timely notification to each other of any outage which is known to affect 5 or
 more of the other Party’s Customers and will provide timely notification of
 potential service affecting outages at Parity with local repair centers. Such
 outages may include, but are not limited to: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Central office outages; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Facility outages such as cable cuts and
 repeater failures.; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Commercial power outages; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Load sharing situations; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Subscriber loop outages; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Signaling network congestion; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 General network congestion.

 

7. BA and Sprint will make reasonable efforts
to minimize the number of calls misdirected to the other Party’s repair bureau.
BA and Sprint shall establish mutually acceptable methods and procedures for
the referral from BA to Sprint, and vice versa, of any and all misdirected calls
from customers requesting repair. 

8. Each Party’s repair bureau shall perform
the following functions in conformance with the performance and service quality
standards, including but not limited to any standard performance intervals,
described in this Agreement, when
providing repair and maintenance to the other Party and the other Party’s
Customers under this Agreement: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 Either Party may request repairs by calling
 the other Party’s repair bureau. 

 

Attachment 5

Page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2

 	
 Each Party shall make reasonable efforts to
 ensure that its repair bureau, including the Electronic Interface described
 in this Attachment, is on-line and operational twenty-four (24) hours per
 day, seven (7) days per week. Sprint and BA will develop mutually agreed-upon
 manual processes for repair reporting in the event of unavailability or
 failure of the Electronic Interface.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.3

 	
 Each Party’s repair bureau shall provide to
 the other Party the “arrive by time” or “estimated time to arrive.” For
 services other than basic, non-engineered, 2 wire service with a loop running
 directly from the end office to the Customer or end user location, the
 “estimated time to arrive” will be provided via the Electronic Interface once
 the Customer Service Center has established the interval. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.4

 	
 Each Party shall notify the other Party,
 via status screen or verbal communication, when the “arrive by time” or
 “estimated time to arrive” has been significantly changed or impacted by
 other events.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.5

 	
 The time periods described in Appendix A
 apply to all emergency restoration intervals except in the case of a Force Majeure event. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.6

 	
 An outage that has not reached the
 threshold defining an emergency network outage shall be restored within the
 time periods described in Appendix A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.7

 	
 Trouble tickets and maintenance requests
 not involving total service outage shall be resolved within the time periods
 described in Appendix A. For purposes of this Section, a Resale Service,
 Interconnection, or a Network Element shall be considered restored, or a
 trouble resolved, when the quality of the Resale Service, Interconnection or
 Network Element is reasonably equivalent to that provided before the outage,
 or the trouble, occurred. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.8

 	
 Each Party shall provide progress reports
 and status of repair efforts to the other Party upon reasonable request. Each
 Party shall inform the other Party as soon as possible following the restoration of Resale Service,
 Interconnection or Network Element after an outage has occurred. Each Party
 shall clear all trouble tickets and maintenance requests throughout its
 network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.9

 	
 The Parties shall establish escalation
 procedures for trouble tickets and maintenance requests that are not resolved
 in a timely manner. The escalation procedures to be provided under this
 Agreement shall include names and telephone numbers of each Party’s
 management personnel who are responsible for maintenance issues. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.10

 	
 Neither Party shall perform maintenance
 services involving additional charges for Resale Services, Interconnection or
 Network Elements without advance authorization from the other Party. Charges
 for maintenance services, as set forth in this Agreement, will be billed to
 the Party requesting the maintenance services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.11

 	
 The Electronic Interface established
 pursuant to Section 3 preceding shall have the capability of allowing Sprint
 to retrieve trouble reports, access BA status field and designated narratives
 which will contain the original test results, if applicable, and receive all
 applicable close out information including time of repair, work done and any
 charges associated with the trouble report. 

 

Attachment 5 

Page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.12

 	
 Each Party shall furnish the other Party
 with a single point of contact (“SPOC”) for all communications relating to
 trouble tickets and maintenance requests.

 

Attachment 5 

Page 6 

APPENDIX A

1. Intervals: At Parity
with the Providing Party’s retail customers. 

2. Plan: Within 180 days
after the Effective Date, the Parties shall jointly develop a plan which shall
define and detail: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a. their
 respective duties and responsibilities with respect to administration and
 maintenance of the standards identified in Section 8 of this Attachment; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 b. provisions for
 disaster recovery and escalation procedures; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 c. a schedule to
 implement the translation of maintenance requests or responses originating in
 the Parties’ internal processes into the agreed-upon attributes and elements
 of a mutually agreeable X.25 based network or such other network standard,
 including TCP/IP, as the Parties may agree; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 d. such other
 matters as the Parties may agree. 

 

Attachment 6

Page 1 

BILLING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Billable
 Information and Charges 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 Meet Point
 Billing 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 Reciprocal
 Compensation

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 Local Number
 Portability

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 Electronic
 Transmissions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 Tape or Paper
 Transmissions 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 Testing
 Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.

 	
 Bill Accuracy
 Certification

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 Payment of Charges

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 Billing Disputes

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.

 	
 Additional
 Requirements

 

Attachment 6

Page 2

BILLING

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Billable
 Information And Charges

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1.1

 	
 BA will bill
 Sprint for BA Resale Services in accordance with this Attachment 6.
 Initially, BA will bill Sprint for BA Network Elements in accordance only
 with Appendix 1 to this Attachment 6. BA will begin to bill Sprint for BA
 Network Elements in accordance with this Attachment 6 as soon as practicable
 after national industry standard specifications are finalized for billing for
 Network Elements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1.2

 	
 BA will use
 commercially reasonable efforts to format its electronic bills in accordance
 with national industry standard specifications, Billing Output Specifications
 (BOS) format, as appropriate. To the extent that there is no national
 industry standard specification BOS format applicable to the formatting of
 BA’s electronic bills, such bills shall be issued in a format mutually agreed
 to by the Parties. The electronic bills will include a separate and unique
 billing code for, and the quantity of, each type of BA Network Element and BA
 Resale Service purchased by Sprint. To the extent consistent with Applicable
 Law and national industry standard specifications, BA will jurisdictionally
 identify the charges on these bills wherever it has the information necessary
 to do so. Wherever BA is unable to identify the jurisdiction of the BA
 Network Element or BA Resale Service purchased by Sprint, the Parties will
 jointly develop a process to determine the appropriate jurisdiction. BA will
 use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Sprint for BA Resale
 Services purchased by Sprint from BA an electronic customer service record
 that is formatted in accordance with national industry standard
 specifications, Billing Output Specifications (BOS) format. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Except as
 otherwise required by Applicable Law or expressly agreed by the Parties, the
 Providing Party will bill the Purchasing Party on a monthly basis under this
 Agreement. The Providing Party will exercise commercially reasonable efforts
 to include in its monthly bills known charges, credits and adjustments for
 the Network Elements and Resale Services that were ordered, established,
 utilized, discontinued or performed during the relevant billing period. The
 Parties agree to work cooperatively to determine a process for verification
 of the accuracy of bills. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 The Providing
 Party and the Purchasing Party will establish the same monthly billing date
 (“Bill Date”) for each Purchasing Party account within the State. The
 Purchasing Party will include the Bill Date on all orders for Providing Party
 Network Elements and Providing Party Resale Services, where the form of the
 order (as established under this Agreement) provides for inclusion of the
 Bill Date. The Providing Party will include the Bill Date on each invoice
 transmitted to the Purchasing Party. Each Party will transmit all invoices to
 the other Party 

 

Attachment 6

Page 3 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 within ten (10)
 calendar days of the Bill Date, or at least twenty (20) calendar days prior
 to the payment due date, as described in Section 10 of this Attachment,
 whichever is earlier. Any invoice transmitted on a Saturday, Sunday or a day
 designated as a holiday by the bill processing department of the Party
 receiving the invoice, will be deemed transmitted on the next business day.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 The Providing
 Party will use the same account identification numbers each month, unless it
 provides the Purchasing Party with thirty (30) days advance written notice of
 any change. In addition to electronically transmitting a bill as provided in
 Section 6, below, a Providing Party will provide the bill on paper to the
 Purchasing Party at no additional charge. If a Purchasing Party requests any
 copy(ies) of a bill in addition to the initial electronic transmission of the
 bill and initial paper bill, the Purchasing Party shall pay the Providing
 Party a reasonable fee per additional bill copy, unless such copy was
 requested due to errors, omissions, or corrections, or the failure of the
 transmission to comply with the specifications set forth in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Except as
 otherwise agreed in writing, each Party shall be responsible for (1) all
 costs and expenses it incurs in complying with its obligations under this
 Attachment and (2) the development, modification, technical installation and
 maintenance of any of its systems or other infrastructure which it requires
 to comply with and to continue complying with its responsibilities and
 obligations under this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Each Party shall
 provide the other Party with a contact person for the handling of any
 questions or problems that may arise during the implementation and
 performance of the terms and conditions of this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 Meet Point
 Billing

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Sprint and BA will
 establish meet-point billing (“MPB”) arrangements to provide a common
 transport option to switched exchange access services customers via a BA
 access tandem switch in accordance with the MPB guidelines adopted by and
 contained in the Ordering and Billing Forum’s MECAB and MECOD documents,
 except as modified herein, and BA’s Tariffs. The arrangements described in
 this Section 2 are intended to be used to provide switched exchange access
 service that originates and/or terminates on a Telephone Exchange Service
 that is provided by either Party, where the transport component of the
 switched exchange access service is routed through a tandem switch that is
 provided by BA. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 In each LATA, the
 Parties shall establish MPB arrangements between the applicable rating
 point/BA local serving wire center combinations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 Interconnection
 for the MPB arrangement shall occur at the BA-IP in the LATA, unless
 otherwise agreed to by the Parties.

 

Attachment 6

Page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 BA and Sprint will
 use their best efforts, individually and collectively, to maintain provisions
 in their respective federal and state access tariffs, and/or provisions
 within the National Exchange Carrier Association (“NECA”) Tariff No. 4, or
 any successor tariff to reflect the MPB arrangements identified in this
 Agreement, in MECAB and in MECOD. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 Each Party will
 implement the “Multiple Bill/Single Tariff” or “Multiple Bill/Multiple
 Tariff” option, as appropriate, in order to bill any interexchange carrier
 (“IXC”) for the portion of the jointly provided switched exchange access
 service provided by that Party. For all traffic carried over MPB arrangements,
 Sprint and BA shall bill each other all applicable rates specified in this
 Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 The rate elements
 to be billed by each Party are as set forth in Appendix 2 to this Attachment.
 The actual rate values for each Party’s affected switched exchange access
 service rate element shall be the rates contained in that Party’s own
 effective federal and state access tariffs, or other document that contains
 the terms under which that Party’s access services are offered. The MPB
 billing percentages for each rating point/BA local serving wire center
 combination shall be calculated in accordance with the formula set forth in
 subsection 2.15 below.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 Each Party shall
 provide the other Party with the billing name, billing address, and carrier
 identification code (“CIC”) of the IXC, and identification of the BA local
 serving wire center for that IXC in order to comply with the MPB notification
 process as outlined in the MECAB document via facsimile or such other media
 as the Parties may agree to.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8

 	
 BA will provide
 Sprint with the Switched Access Detail Usage Data (category 1101XX records)
 on magnetic tape or via such other media as the Parties may agree to, no
 later than ten (10) business days after the date the usage occurred. BA will
 send such data to the location specified by Sprint.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9

 	
 Sprint will
 provide BA with the Switched Access Summary Usage Data (category 1150XX
 records) on magnetic tape or via such other media as the Parties may agree
 to, no later than ten (10) business days after the date of its rendering of
 the bill to the relevant IXC, which bill shall be rendered no less frequently
 than monthly. Sprint will send such data to the location specified by BA.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.10

 	
 BA and Sprint will
 coordinate and exchange the billing account reference (“BAR”) and billing
 account cross reference (“BACR”) numbers or Operating Company Name (“OCN”),
 as appropriate, for the MPB arrangements described in this Agreement. Each
 Party will notify the other if the level of billing or other BAR/BACR elements
 change, resulting in a new BAR/BACR number, or if the OCN changes.

 

Attachment 6

Page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11

 	
 Errors in MPB data
 exchanged by the Parties may be discovered by Sprint, BA or the billable IXC.
 Both Sprint and BA agree to provide the other Party with notification of any
 discovered errors within two (2) business days of the discovery. The other
 Party shall attempt to correct the error and resubmit the data within eight
 (8) business days of notification. In the event the errors cannot be
 corrected within the time period specified above, the erroneous data shall be
 considered lost. If MPB data is lost due to incorrectable errors or
 otherwise, both Parties shall cooperate to reconstruct the lost data and, if
 such reconstruction is not possible, shall accept a reasonable estimate of
 the lost data based upon prior usage data.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.12

 	
 Except as
 expressly set forth in this Agreement, nothing contained in this Section 2
 shall create any liability for damages, losses, claims, costs, injuries,
 expenses or other liabilities whatsoever on the part of either Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.13

 	
 Neither Sprint nor
 BA will charge the other for the services rendered, or for information
 provided pursuant to this Section 2 of this Attachment, except those MPB and
 other charges set forth herein. Each Party shall provide the other Party with
 a contact person for the handling of any MPB questions or problems.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.14

 	
 MPB will apply for
 all traffic bearing the 500, 900, 800/888 (to the extent provided by an IXC)
 or any other non-geographic NPA which may be likewise designated for such
 traffic in the future.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.15

 	
 In the event
 Sprint determines to offer Telephone Exchange Services in a LATA in which BA
 operates an access tandem switch, BA shall permit and enable Sprint to
 subtend the BA access tandem switch(es) designated for the BA end offices in
 the area where the Sprint rating points(s) associated with the NPA-NXX(s)
 to/from which the switched exchange access services are homed. The MPB
 billing percentages for each new rating point/BA local serving wire center
 combination shall be calculated according to the following formula: 

 

a / (a + b) = Sprint Billing Percentage
and

b / (a + b) = BA Billing Percentage    

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
                     where:
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
                     a
 = the airline mileage between the rating point and the actual point of
 interconnection for the MPB arrangement; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
                     b
 = the airline mileage between the BA local serving wire center and the actual
 point of interconnection for the MPB arrangement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint shall
 inform BA of the LATA in which it intends to offer Telephone Exchange
 Services and its calculation of the billing percentages which should 

 

Attachment 6 

Page 6 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 apply for
 such arrangement. Within ten (10) business days of Sprint’s delivery of
 notice to BA, BA and Sprint shall confirm the new rating point/BA local
 serving wire center combination and billing percentages. Nothing in this subsection
 shall be construed to limit Sprint’s ability to interconnect with BA in
 additional LATAs by means of Interconnection at an actual point of
 interconnection, to the extent that such Interconnection is permitted under
 this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BA agrees to
 issue a separate bill to Sprint for any collocation capital expenditures
 (e.g., costs associated with building, or providing utilities to, the “cage”)
 incurred under this Agreement, and to assign such expenditures a unique
 Billing Account Number and invoice number. BA will send these separate bills
 for collocation capital expenses, labeled as such, to the location specified
 by Sprint. BA will bill all non-capital recurring collocation rates to Sprint
 in accordance with this Attachment and Appendix 1, as appropriate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 Reciprocal
 Compensation

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 The Parties
 shall bill each other reciprocal compensation in accordance with Attachment 1
 and Attachment 15 for termination of Local Traffic. The reciprocal
 compensation arrangements set forth in this Agreement are not applicable to
 switched exchange access service, which shall continue to be governed by the
 terms and conditions of the applicable federal and state Tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 The Parties
 acknowledge that the FCC is reviewing the issue of whether the reciprocal
 compensation arrangements contained in this Agreement apply to traffic
 delivered from one Party to the other Party, within a BA local calling area,
 for delivery to an Internet Service Provider (“ISP”) for carriage over the
 Internet (“ISP Traffic”). The Parties disagree as to whether such ISP Traffic
 is Local Traffic and therefore subject to a reciprocal compensation
 arrangement. Until such time as the FCC has rendered a determination,
 however, each Party (“Originating Party”) agrees to pay compensation (at the
 call termination rates applicable to Local Traffic) to the other Party (the
 “Receiving Party”) for the Receiving Party’s delivery of such ISP Traffic,
 provided that the Receiving Party shall provide to the Originating Party, upon
 request, a geographically relevant End Office or functional/rating equivalent
 thereof (a “Virtual End Office”) as an Interconnection Point. The Receiving
 Party shall charge the Originating Party the End Office call terminating rate
 set forth herein for any ISP Traffic that the Originating Party delivers to
 the Receiving Party’s End Office or Virtual End Office. In the event either
 Party is unable to measure such ISP Traffic, the Parties agree to work
 cooperatively to estimate the volume thereof.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Upon the
 FCC’s determination:

 

Attachment 6 

Page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (a)

 	
 If the FCC
 determines that ISP Traffic is not subject to the reciprocal compensation
 arrangements set forth in this Agreement for Local Traffic, then each Party
 shall (i) refund to the other Party all payments made hereunder for the
 delivery of ISP Traffic from the Effective Date through the date of the FCC
 determination, and (ii) negotiate in good faith, upon either Party’s written
 request, to determine the appropriateness of applying retroactively the FCC’s
 methodology, if any, for rating ISP Traffic to ISP Traffic exchanged between
 the Parties from the Effective Date to the date of the FCC determination,
 which negotiation shall, among other things, take into account each Party’s
 costs in terminating said Traffic; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (b)

 	
 If the FCC
 determines that ISP Traffic is subject to the reciprocal compensation
 arrangements for Local Traffic set forth in this Agreement, then the Parties
 agree to continue the payment for delivery thereof as provided in this
 Section 4.2, or, upon either Party’s written request, to engage immediately
 in good faith negotiations concerning the appropriate call termination
 rate(s) that should apply to such Traffic.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 Nothing in
 this Agreement shall be construed to in any way constrain Sprint’s choices
 regarding the size of the local calling areas that Sprint may establish for
 its Customers, which local calling areas may be different from or identical
 to BA’s local calling areas.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 Local Number Portability

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.1

 	
 Sprint and
 BA agree to rely on the results of any lawful, competitively neutral INP
 funding mechanism and rates developed by the Board, as finally approved
 following any appeal. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.2

 	
 Until a rate
 for Sprint’s usage of INP RCF provided by BA is finally approved by the Board
 (“the Board Rate”), BA will track Sprint’s usage of INP RCF provided by BA.
 After the Board Rate is finally approved, Sprint will pay BA for the usage
 that accrued before the Board’s final approval at the Board Rate plus interest
 at the prime rate, subject to the right to challenge the accuracy of the
 tracking. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.3

 	
 The Parties
 will jointly develop estimates of Sprint’s usage of INP FLEX DID provided by
 BA that occurs prior to the time that a rate for Sprint’s usage of INP FLEX
 DID provided by BA is finally approved by the Board (“the Board Rate”). After
 the Board Rate is finally approved, Sprint will pay BA for the usage that
 accrued before the Board’s final approval at the Board Rate plus interest at
 the prime rate, subject to the right to challenge the accuracy of the
 estimates. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4

 	
 Until a rate
 for BA’s usage of INP RCF provided by Sprint is finally approved by the Board
 (“the Board Rate”), Sprint will track BA’s usage of INP RCF provided by
 Sprint. After the Board Rate is finally approved, BA will pay Sprint for the
 usage that accrued before the Board’s final approval at the Board Rate plus 

 

Attachment 6 

Page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 interest at
 the prime rate, subject to the right to challenge the accuracy of the
 tracking. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.5

 	
 The Parties
 will jointly develop estimates of BA’s usage of INP FLEX DID provided by
 Sprint that occurs prior to the time that a rate for BA’s usage of INP FLEX
 DID provided by Sprint is finally approved by the Board (“the Board Rate”).
 After the Board Rate is finally approved, BA will pay Sprint for the usage
 that accrued before the Board’s final approval at the Board Rate plus
 interest at the prime rate, subject to the right to challenge the accuracy of
 the estimates. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 Electronic
 Transmissions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 Each Party
 agrees to transmit bills and invoices in the appropriate national industry
 standard BOS format electronically via Connect:Direct (formerly known as
 Network Data Mover) to the other Party at an agreed upon location(s). Notice
 of any change to a Party’s node ID must be sent to the other Party at least
 ninety (90) days in advance of the change. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 The dataset
 format shall be as mutually agreed by the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 Tape or
 Paper Transmissions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 In the event
 that the Connect:Direct capabilities of either Party are not available, the
 Parties will transmit billing information to each other via magnetic tape or
 paper, as agreed to by Sprint and BA. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 A Purchasing
 Party shall give the Providing Party reasonable notice if a Providing Party
 billing information transmission is not received by the Purchasing Party or
 does not meet the specifications stated in this Agreement. The Providing
 Party shall resubmit any such transmission, with any corrections necessary to
 meet the specifications stated in this Agreement. Payment for the resubmitted
 transmission will be in accordance with this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 Testing Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 At least
 twenty (20) days prior to BA transmitting a bill or invoice to Sprint for the
 first time via electronic transmission, or tape, or at least twenty (20) days
 prior to changing mechanized formats (e.g., from SECAB to CABS), BA will
 transmit to Sprint a test bill or invoice in the appropriate mechanized
 format. BA will also provide to Sprint BA’s originating or state level
 company code so that it may be added to Sprint’s internal tables at least
 thirty (30) calendar days prior to testing or a change in BA’s originating or
 state level company code. Sprint will notify BA within the time period agreed
 to by the Parties if the test bill or invoice transmission fails to meet
 Sprint’s testing specifications. The Parties will work cooperatively to
 resolve any problems identified by the transmission of the test bill or
 invoice.

 

Attachment 6 

Page 9

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9. 

 	
 Bill Accuracy 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The Parties
 agree to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to transmit to each other
 accurate and current bills and invoices. The Parties further agree to
 negotiate the implementation of controls and processes that ensure the transmission
 of accurate and current bills and invoices.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 Payment Of Charges

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1

 	
 Subject to
 the terms of this Agreement, Sprint and BA will pay each other within thirty
 (30) calendar days from the Bill Date, or within twenty (20) calendar days from
 the receipt of the bill, whichever is later. If the payment due date is a
 Sunday or is a Monday that has been designated a bank holiday by the Chase
 Manhattan Bank of New York (or such other bank as the Parties agree), payment
 will be made by the next business day. If the payment due date is a Saturday
 or is a Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday that has been designated a
 bank holiday by the Chase Manhattan Bank of New York (or such other bank as
 the Parties agree), payment will be made by the preceding business day. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2

 	
 Payments
 shall be made in U.S. Dollars via electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) to the
 other Party’s bank account. At least thirty (30) days prior to the first
 transmission of a bill or invoice under this Agreement, BA and Sprint shall
 each provide to the other the name and address of its respective bank, its
 account and routing numbers, and to whom payments should be made payable. If
 such banking information changes, each Party shall provide the other Party at
 least sixty (60) days written notice of the change and such notice shall
 include the new banking information. In the event either Party receives
 multiple bills or invoices from the other Party which are payable on the same
 date, the billed Party may remit one payment for the sum of all bills and
 invoices. Each Party shall provide the other Party with a contact person for
 the handling of payment questions or problems under this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 Billing Disputes 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1

 	
 Each Party
 agrees to notify the other Party upon the discovery of a billing dispute. In
 the event of a billing dispute, the Parties will endeavor to resolve the
 dispute within sixty (60) calendar days of the Bill Date of the bill on which
 such disputed charges appear. The billing dispute will initially be addressed
 for resolution at the first level of management for each of the respective
 Parties. If the dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) days of the Bill
 Date, the following resolution procedure will begin: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1.1

 	
 If the
 dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) days of the Bill Date, the dispute
 will be escalated to the second level of management for each of the
 respective Parties for resolution.

 

Attachment 6 

Page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1.2

 	
 If the
 dispute is not resolved within ninety (90) days of the Bill Date, the dispute
 will be escalated to the third level of management for each of the respective
 Parties for resolution.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1.3

 	
 If the
 dispute is not resolved within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the Bill
 Date, the dispute will be escalated to the fourth level of management for
 each of the respective Parties for resolution.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1.4

 	
 Notwithstanding
 the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1, if the dispute is not resolved
 within sixty (60) days of the Bill Date, either Party may request resolution
 of the dispute through the complaint processes of the Board, the FCC, or a
 court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this Section 11.1 shall
 deprive the Board, a court or other governmental entity, of jurisdiction to
 address issues properly raised before such Board, court or governmental
 entity, or preclude a Party from raising such issues in such forum or any
 other available forum. BA agrees to join Sprint in encouraging the Board to
 develop expedited procedures for the resolution of any billing complaints.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1.5

 	
 The Parties
 agree that all negotiations pursuant to this Attachment 6, Section 11.1 shall
 remain confidential pursuant to Section 11 of the Agreement and shall be
 treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of the Federal
 Rules of Evidence and other applicable rules of evidence.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.

 	
 Additional
 Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.1

 	
 BA also
 agrees to comply with the following specifications when it transmits data to
 Sprint in a mechanized format to the extent these specifications are
 consistent with national industry standard specifications: 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Billing
 Account Number (BAN) shall not contain embedded spaces or low values. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Bill
 Date shall not contain spaces or non-numeric values. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Each Bill must
 contain at least one detail record. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Any “From”
 Date should be earlier than the associated “Thru” Date and neither date can contain spaces. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Invoice
 Number must not have embedded spaces or low values. 

 

Appendix 1 to Attachment 6 

Page 1 

APPENDIX 1 TO ATTACHMENT 6

INTERIM BILLING

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This
 Appendix describes how BA will initially bill Sprint for BA Network Elements
 under this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 Billable
 Information and Charges 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Except as
 otherwise provided in this Appendix 1, BA will use its existing billing
 systems to issue bills and invoices to Sprint for amounts due under this
 Agreement. These bills and invoices will contain a summary of account charges
 with component elements and/or records. The Parties acknowledge that BA’s
 existing billing system does not issue bills or invoices in accordance with
 national industry standard specifications for BOS format.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 BA will
 provide Sprint with the capability to summarize by features and functions
 both monthly recurring and non-recurring charges. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 Summary Bill
 Processing Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 BA will
 initially identify Sprint’s Billing Account Numbers (BAN) and will not change
 them without ten (10) days advance written notice to Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 BA will use
 at least one BAN per state for BA Network Elements. The Parties acknowledge
 that only 50,000 component accounts can be on one summary bill and that a new
 summary bill may be created when any Sprint master account exceeds 45,000
 component accounts.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 BA will use
 its best efforts to transmit paper bills to Sprint within ten (10) calendar
 days of the Bill Date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 Sprint will
 pay BA within thirty (30) calendar days from the Bill Date, or within twenty
 (20) calendar days from the receipt of the bill, whichever is later. 

 

Appendix 2 to Attachment 6

RATE ELEMENTS UNDER MEET POINT BILLING

Interstate Access - Terminating to or originating from Sprint Customers

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
 Billing Company

 
	

 

 	

 

 
	
 Carrier Common Line

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Local Switching

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Interconnection Charge

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Local
 Transport Facility/

 Tandem Switched Transport Per Mile

 	
 Based on negotiated billing percentage 

 
	
 Tandem Switching

 	
 BA

 
	
 Local
 Transport Termination/

 Tandem Switched Transport Fixed

 	
 BA 

 
	
 Entrance Facility

 	
 BA 

 
	
 800 Database Query

 	
 Party that performs query

 

Intrastate Access -
Terminating to or originating from Sprint Customers (Pre-LTR tariff)

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
 Billing Company

 
	

 

 	

 

 
	
 Carrier Common Line

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Local Switching

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Transport

 	
 Based on negotiated billing percentage

 

Intrastate Access -
Terminating to or originating from Sprint Customers (Post-LTR tariff)

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rate Element

 	
 Billing Company

 
	

 

 	

 

 
	
 Carrier Common Line

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Local Switching

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Interconnection Charge

 	
 Sprint

 
	
 Local
 Transport Facility/

 Tandem Switched Transport Per Mile

 	
 Based on negotiated billing percentage

 
	
 Tandem Switching

 	
 BA

 
	
 Local
 Transport Termination/

 Tandem Switched Transport Fixed

 	
 BA 

 
	
 Entrance Facility

 	
 BA 

 
	
 800 Database Query

 	
 Party that performs query

 

PROVISION OF RECORDED USAGE DATA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Introduction

 
	
 2.

 	
 General Requirements for Recorded Usage Data

 
	
 3.

 	
 Usage Data Specifications

 
	
 4.

 	
 Recorded Usage Data Format

 
	
 5.

 	
 Recorded Usage Data Reporting Requirements

 
	
 6.

 	
 Recording Failures

 
	
 7.

 	
 Charges

 
	
 8.

 	
 Local Account Maintenance

 
	
 9.

 	
 Clearinghouse Procedures

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Appendix

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section I.

 	
 Scope

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 II.

 	
 Recorded Usage to be Transmitted to Sprint

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 III.

 	
 BA to Sprint Usage Feed

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 IV.

 	
 Sprint Processing Requirements

 
	
  

 	
 Section V.

 	
 Test Plans and Activities

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 VI.

 	
 Post Deployment Activities

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 VII.

 	
 Sub-Appendices

 

Attachment 7

Page- 1

PROVISION OF RECORDED USAGE DATA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Introduction

 
	
 2.

 	
 General Requirements for Recorded Usage Data

 
	
 3.

 	
 Usage Data Specifications

 
	
 4.

 	
 Recorded Usage Data Format

 
	
 5.

 	
 Recorded Usage Data Reporting Requirements

 
	
 6.

 	
 Recording Failures

 
	
 7.

 	
 Charges

 
	
 8.

 	
 Local Account Maintenance

 
	
 9.

 	
 Clearinghouse Procedures

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Appendix

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Section I.

 	
 Scope

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 II.

 	
 Recorded Usage to be Transmitted to Sprint

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 III.

 	
 BA to Sprint Usage Feed

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 IV.

 	
 Sprint Processing Requirements

 
	
  

 	
 Section V.

 	
 Test Plans and Activities

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 VI.

 	
 Post Deployment Activities

 
	
  

 	
 Section
 VII.

 	
 Sub-Appendices

 

Attachment 7

Page- 2

PROVISION OF RECORDED USAGE DATA

1. Introduction

1.1 This Attachment sets forth terms
and conditions for: (a) BA’s provision to Sprint of Recorded Usage Data; (b)
billing and collection of charges for Sprint Customer calls to Audiotex Service
numbers and to information service provider platforms connected to BA’s network;
(c) “Local Account Maintenance”; and, (d) procedures for alternately billed
intraLATA toll and local calls.

2. General Requirements for Recorded Usage Data

2.1 BA will retain Recorded Usage
Data in accordance with Applicable Law.

3. Usage Data Specifications

3.1 BA will record and provide to
Sprint such Recorded Usage Data originating from Sprint Customers who use BA
Resale Services purchased by Sprint or BA Local Switching Network Elements
purchased by Sprint as BA records in the normal course of BA’s business with
respect to BA’s own Customers who use the services purchased by Sprint.
“Recorded Usage Data” as used in this Attachment 7 means billing detail
recorded in the normal course of business by BA, including, but not limited to,
billing detail recorded in the normal course of business by BA for the
following:

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Completed calls

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Use of CLASS/LASS/Custom Calling services

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Calls to Audiotex Service numbers and to information
 service platforms connected to BA’s network

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Calls to BA Directory Assistance where BA provides such
 service for use by a Sprint Customer

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Calls to and completed via BA Operator Services where BA
 provides such service for use by a Sprint Customer

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Usage for BA-provided Centrex service.

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The Parties will mutually agree on the format and
 transport of station-level detail records for BA-provided Centrex service.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 As used in this Attachment 7, Recorded Usage Data will not
 include billing detail for: (a) interLATA calls, where the interLATA carrier
 is a person other than BA; and, (b) intraLATA toll calls, where the toll
 carrier is a person other than BA.

 

3.2 Recording of additional
categories of information that BA does not record in the normal course of its
business (e.g., usage on flat-rated lines) may be implemented as mutually
agreed by the Parties.

Attachment 7

Page- 3

3.3 For BA Resale Services, Recorded
Usage Data for calls to Audiotex Service numbers and to information service
platforms connected to BA’s network, recorded pursuant to Section 3.1, above,
will be provided to Sprint in rated format for billing to the Customer. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For BA Local Switching Network Elements, Recorded Usage
 Data for calls to Audiotex Service numbers and to information service
 platforms connected to BA’s network, recorded pursuant to Section 3.1, above,
 will be provided to Sprint in unrated format. BA shall provide to Sprint via
 electronic file transfer or magnetic tape or other means as available all
 necessary information to rate such calls pursuant to BA’s agreements with
 each information services provider. Such information shall be provided in as
 timely a fashion as practical in order to facilitate record review and
 reflect actual prices set by the individual information services providers.

 

3.3.1 The Parties also agree to
negotiate a separate agreement for billing and collection of charges for Sprint
Customer calls to Audiotex Service numbers and to information service platforms
connected to BA’s network that is similar to the agreements in effect between BA
and independent telephone companies, if any. The procedures in such agreement
for Sprint to recourse adjustments to BA shall be similar to those in effect
between BA and independent telephone companies, if any.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 If usage records being held in BA error files for more
 than five (5) days after the usage is recorded exceed 5% of the usage records
 being sent to Sprint, BA shall notify Sprint of such error file usage
 records. 

 

4. Recorded Usage Data Format

4.1 BA will provide Recorded Usage
Data in the EMI format and by category, group and record type, as specified in
Appendix I, Subappendix G, “Sprint Call/Service Type and Associated EMI
Matrix”.

4.2 BA will include the Working
Telephone Number (WTN) of the call originator or the originating telephone number
that it records in the normal course of its business on each EMI call record.

4.3 Recorded Usage Data records will
be in packs in accordance with EMI standards.

5. Recorded Usage Data Reporting Requirements

5.1 BA will segregate and organize
the Recorded Usage Data as mutually agreed by the Parties.

5.2 BA will transmit formatted
Recorded Usage Data to one or more mutually agreed upon Sprint locations via
CONNECT:Direct or other electronic transmission method as mutually agreed by
the Parties.

5.3 The Parties will test the
CONNECT:Direct interface to ensure the accurate receipt of Recorded Usage Data.

Attachment 7

Page- 4

5.4 BA will provide Recorded Usage
Data to Sprint on a schedule in accordance with Appendix 1, Section III. For BA
Resale Services and BA Local Switching Network Elements that have been equipped
at Sprint’s request to collect Recorded Usage Data, BA will use commercially
reasonable efforts to provide the Recorded Usage Data to Sprint not more than
five (5) business days after termination of the call for which usage data are
to be provided.

5.5 The Recorded Usage Data EMI
format, content, and transmission process will be tested as provided in
Appendix 1, Section V.

5.6 The Parties will each establish
a single point of contact to address questions on call usage, data errors, and
record transmissions.

5.7 When requested by Sprint for
security purposes, and at mutually agreed upon rates, BA shall provide Sprint
with Recorded Usage Data as soon as practicable after the call completion. If
the requested Recorded Usage Data are not available in EMI format, they may be
provided in AMA format. The Parties will work cooperatively to establish
appropriate security procedures under this subsection.

6. Recording Failures

6.1 Loss of Recorded Usage Data - Upon Sprint’s request, and at no
charge to Sprint, BA will use its best efforts to recover Recorded Usage Data
determined to have been lost, damaged or destroyed as a result of an error or
omission by BA in its performance of the recording function. In the event BA
does not recover the data, BA will estimate the Recorded Usage Data, with
assistance from Sprint, based upon billing data provided by BA to Sprint or the
method described below. This method will be applied on a consistent basis,
subject to modifications agreed to by BA and Sprint. This estimate will be used
solely to adjust amounts Sprint owes BA for BA Resale Services and BA Network
Elements provided in conjunction with Recorded Usage Data.

6.1.1 Partial Loss - When BA determines there has been a partial
loss of Recorded Usage Data, BA will use its best efforts to report actual
Recorded Usage Data. Where actual Recorded Usage Data are not available, BA
will use its best efforts to estimate a full day of Recorded Usage Data for the
recording entity, as outlined in Section 6.1.3, following. The amount of the
partial loss will be determined by subtracting the data actually recorded for
such day from the estimated total for such day.

6.1.2 Complete Loss - BA will use its best efforts to estimate
Recorded Usage Data for each loss consisting of an entire AMA tape or entire
data volume, as outlined in 6.1.3, following.

6.1.3 Estimated Volumes - BA will use its best efforts to calculate
estimates of Recorded Usage Data from reports, including message and minute
volume reports, for the four (4) corresponding days of the weeks preceding that
in which the loss occurred and computing an average of these volumes. 

Exceptions:

Attachment 7

Page- 5

6.1.3.1 If the day of loss is not a
holiday, but one (1) (or more) of the preceding corresponding days is a
holiday, BA will not use such holiday(s) to calculate estimates of Recorded
Usage Data but will use corresponding days from additional preceding weeks so
as to use Recorded Usage Data for the first four (4) non-holidays that
correspond to the day of the week that is the day of the loss.

6.1.3.2 If the loss occurs on a
weekday that is a holiday (except Christmas & Mother’s Day), BA will use
Recorded Usage Data from the two (2) preceding Sundays.

6.1.3.3 If the loss occurs on
Christmas or Mother’s Day, BA will use Recorded Usage Data from that day in the
preceding year, if available.

6.2 Sprint may also request data be
provided that has previously been successfully provided by BA to Sprint. BA
shall re-provide such data, if available. Any charges to Sprint will be
negotiated on a case by case basis.

7. Charges

7.1 BA will bill and Sprint will pay
the charges set forth in this Agreement for Recorded Usage Data. Billing and
payment will be in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions set
forth in this Agreement.

8. Local Account Maintenance

8.1 When Sprint purchases BA Network
Elements or BA Telecommunications Services, Sprint and BA will follow the
procedures described in this paragraph to the extent they are consistent with
Applicable Law. 

8.2 When BA completes an order from
a Telecommunications Carrier that involves the disconnection of BA Resale
Service(s) or Network Element(s) provided to Sprint and used by Sprint to serve
a Sprint Customer, BA will notify Sprint within forty-eight (48) hours that the
Customer is now served by a different Telecommunications Carrier.

8.3 BA will process Sprint’s request
to change the Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier (“PIC”) on BA
Telecommunications Services and BA Network Elements provided to Sprint, as
appropriate.

8.4 BA will develop and implement as
soon as practicable the capability to reject an industry standard “01” PIC
order record from a Telecommunications Carrier for a Telecommunications Service
or Network Element provide by BA to Sprint and return an industry standard
“3148” record with Sprint’s Operating Company Number to that Telecommunications
Carrier. The Parties intend that the industry standard “3148” reject record
will notify the Telecommunications Carrier that it should resubmit its “01” PIC
order record to Sprint for processing. The Parties will implement a mutually
agreeable interim arrangement for the handling and processing by BA of the
industry standard “01” PIC order record until BA has implemented the capability
to reject such records with an industry standard “3148” code.

9. Clearinghouse Procedures

Attachment 7

Page- 6

9.1 The Parties acknowledge that
alternately billed intraLATA toll and local calls will be placed using the
service of one Party that will be billable to Customers of the other Party. In
order to ensure that these calls are properly accounted for and billed to the
appropriate Customer, the Parties agree to work together and, when required,
with other Telecommunications Carriers, to establish clearinghouse procedures
to accomplish these objectives. It is the intention of the Parties that these
negotiations will be completed within six (6) months of the execution of this
Agreement. These procedures will establish the following:

9.1.1 The Parties will work together
to obtain access for Sprint to the industry process for transmitting,
receiving, and settling calling card, in-collect, and out-collect, inter-region
messages for alternately billed intraLATA toll and local calls.

9.1.2 The Parties will work together
to obtain access for Sprint to the industry process for receiving and settling
calling card, in-collect, and out-collect, intra-region messages for
alternately billed intraLATA toll and local calls.

9.1.3 In the event a clearinghouse procedure is not in place
upon the Effective Date of this Agreement for alternately billed intraLATA toll
and local calls, BA will implement a mutually agreeable interim arrangement
including transport and settlement of in-collect and out-collect messages with
Sprint. 

Appendix I 

Page 7 

APPENDIX I

TO

ATTACHMENT 7

RECORDED USAGE DATA

TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS

Appendix I 

Page 8 

SECTION I: SCOPE

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This Appendix
 addresses the transmission by BA of Recorded Usage Data to Sprint.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 Usage
 Summary

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Messages will be
 transmitted, via a direct feed, to Sprint in standard EMI or other industry
 standard format. The following is a list of some of the EMI records that
 Sprint can expect to receive from BA:

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Header Record

 	
 20-21-01

 
	
 Trailer Record

 	
 20-21-02

 
	
 Detail Records*

 	
 01-01-01, 06, 07,
 08, 09, 16, 18, 25, 31, 32, 33, 35, 37, 80,

 
	
 81, 82, 83

 	
  

 
	
 10-01-01, 06, 07,
 08, 09, 31, 32, 35, 37; 42-50-01

 
	
 Credit Records

 	
 03-01-XX

 
	
 Rated Credits

 	
 41-01-XX

 
	
 Cancel Records

 	
 51-01-XX, 58-01-XX

 
	
 Correction Records

 	
 71-01-XX, 78-01-XX

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 *Category 01 is
 utilized for Rated Messages; Category 10 is utilized for Unrated Messages 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 In addition, BA
 will provide a 42-50-01 Miscellaneous Charge record to support certain
 CLASS/LASS/Custom Calling services (see Subappendix F for specific details)
 if these services are part of BA’s offering. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For detailed
 information regarding EMI, refer to the current version of ATIS Special
 Report 320 (SR-320), “Exchange Message Interface”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 Appendix
 Content

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This Appendix describes
 baseline requirements for the transfer of BA recorded, unrated usage to
 Sprint. Testing requirements and the reports needed to ensure data integrity
 are also included. Additional requirements and implementation details may be
 identified for conditions unique to BA. Modifications and/or exceptions to
 this Appendix will be negotiated and mutually agreed upon by BA and Sprint.

 

Appendix I 

Page 9 

SECTION II: RECORDED USAGE
TO BE TRANSMITTED TO SPRINT

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This section
 addresses the types of Recorded Usage Data to be transmitted by BA to Sprint.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2 Usage To
 Be Transferred To Sprint

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2.1 Sprint Usage To Be Transferred

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 BA will provide to
 Sprint, as required by Section 3.1, “Usage Data Specifications”, Recorded
 Usage Data. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 NOTE:
 Rated
 incollect messages can be intermingled with the unrated messages. No special
 packing is needed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Sprint may return
 to BA any Recorded Usage Data that Sprint believes it cannot rate or bill.
 Returned messages will be sent to BA in EMI or other industry standard
 format. Standard EMI or other industry standard return codes will be
 utilized.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 File transfer
 specifications are included within Section III of this Appendix. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3 Sprint Usage

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 BA will provide
 Sprint with unrated EMI records associated with intraLATA toll and local
 usage which BA records on Sprint’s behalf. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 NOTE: 

 	
 Recorded
Usage Data will be packed using the packing criteria outlined in Section III
of this Appendix. It is important to note that all messages will be packed together (intermingled)
based on the appropriate Sprint Send To/Bill To RAO combination. Specific
categories, groups, and record types will not be packed separately. 

 

Appendix I 

Page 10 

SECTION III: BA TO SPRINT
USAGE FEED

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This section
 addresses the dataset and processing requirements for Recorded Usage Data
 transmitted to Sprint.

 

9.4 Detailed EMI Record Edits 

Sprint may perform detailed record edits on the unrated and rated
Recorded Usage Data upon receipt from BA. Records that fail these edits may be
returned to BA. 

9.5 Duplicate Record Checks 

Sprint may perform record checks on unrated and rated Recorded Usage
Data to identify any duplicate records. 

9.6 BA to Sprint Usage Feed

9.6.1 Usage Data Transport
Requirements 

The Parties shall jointly provide the transport facility for
transmitting Recorded Usage Data between the BA location and the Sprint
location. Sprint shall be responsible for the circuit between the locations. It
is Sprint’s intent that usage data be transmitted via CONNECT:Direct whenever
possible. In the event usage transfer cannot be accommodated by CONNECT:Direct
because of extended (one (1) business day or longer) facility outages, or if
facilities do not exist, BA will use a courier service to transport the data
via tape. The Party responsible for the outage shall incur the cost of the
courier service. 

BA will provide Sprint with contacts, Remote Identifiers (IDs), and
expected usage data volumes for each sending location. 

Sprint will provide contacts responsible for: 

Receiving usage transmitted by BA. 

Receiving usage tapes from a courier service in the event of a facility outage.

9.6.2 Physical Characteristics 

Data transported to Sprint on tape or cartridge via a courier will have
the physical characteristics indicated in Subappendix A. Sprint’s intent is for
variable block format (2,476 bytes) with an LRECL of 2472. 

9.6.3 Data Delivery Schedules 

BA will deliver Recorded Usage Data to Sprint daily (Monday through
Friday), excluding holidays, unless otherwise negotiated. Any holidays
recognized by either Sprint or BA Data Centers are excluded. BA and Sprint will
exchange schedules of designated Data Center holidays. 

Appendix I 

Page 11

9.6.4 Resending Data 

Sprint may ask BA to resend Recorded Usage Data if a pack or entire
dataset is rejected, damaged in transit, or has a dataset name failure. 

9.6.5 Pack Rejection 

Critical edit failure on the Pack Header or Pack Trailer records will
result in pack rejection (e.g., detail record count not equal to grand total
included in the pack trailer). Notification of pack rejection will be made by
Sprint within one (1) business day of processing. BA will correct rejected
packs, as appropriate, and return them to Sprint. 

9.6.6 Held Packs And Messages 

Sprint and BA will track pack number to control input based upon
invoice sequencing criteria. Sprint may notify BA of sequence failures and
invoke resend procedures. 

9.6.7 Data Content Requirements 

EMI is the format to be used for usage data provided to Sprint. 

9.6.8 RAO Packing Requirements 

A pack will contain a minimum of one message record or a maximum of
9,999 message records plus a pack header record and a pack trailer record. A
file transmission contains a maximum of 99 packs. A dataset will contain a
minimum of one pack. BA will provide Sprint one dataset per sending RAO, with
the agreed upon OCN populated in the Header and Trailer records. 

Within the Header and Trailer records, the OCN identifies the location
that will be sending usage to Sprint. BA will populate the OCN field with the
unique numeric value identifying the location that is sending the data to
Sprint. BA will populate the Send To/Bill To RAO fields of the message detail
records with the appropriate Sprint RAO values. 

The OCN and Node Identifiers will be used by Sprint to control invoice
sequencing and each will have its own invoice controls. The FROM RAO or OCN
will also be used to determine where the message returns file, containing any
misdirected and unguidable usage, will be sent. 

The file’s Record Format (RECFM) will be Variable Block (VB) Size 2,476
and the Logical Record Length (LRECL) will be 2,472 bytes. 

Sprint has no special sort requirements for the packs sent by BA. 

9.6.9 Dataset Naming Convention 

Appendix I 

Page 12

BA will transmit the usage to Sprint using mutually agreed upon dataset
naming conventions. 

9.6.10 Control Reports 

Sprint will accept input data provided by BA in EMI format in
accordance with the requirements and specifications detailed in this section of
the Appendix. 

9.6.11 Message Validation Reports 

Sprint will provide a daily (or otherwise negotiated) confirmation
report to the designated BA System Control Coordinator. This report will be
provided for all Recorded Usage Data received by Sprint from BA. 

9.6.11.1 Control Reports -
Distribution 

Since BA is not receiving control reports, dataset names will be
negotiated. 

Appendix I 

Page 13 

SECTION IV: SPRINT
PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This section
 contains requirements for Sprint processing of Recorded Usage Data that has
 been transmitted to Sprint for billing.

 

9.7 Sprint Rating Process

9.7.1 Message Rating 

Sprint will rate any individual messages that have not already been
rated (calls to Audiotex Services and information services platforms connected
to BA’s network and alternately billed intraLATA toll and local messages will
be rated) prior to transmitting the usage to a billing environment within
Sprint. 

9.7.2 Application Of
Taxes/Fees/Surcharges

Sprint will apply taxes, fees and surcharges as appropriate for the
individual messages and/or customer accounts. The application of all taxes,
fees and surcharges will be applied on all intraLATA local and toll usage
received from BA. 

9.7.3 Duplicate Messages 

Sprint may check for duplicate records in the rated and unrated
Recorded Usage Data transmitted by BA. 

9.7.4 Record Edits

9.7.4.1 Sprint Record Edits 

Sprint will perform detailed record edits on the rated and unrated
Recorded Usage Data prior to transmitting them to the billing environment.
Records that do not pass Sprint edits may be returned to BA. BA will attempt to
perform error correction on all returned records as mutually agreed. 

9.7.4.2 BA Record Edits 

BA will perform detailed record edits for rated and unrated Recorded
Usage Data. 

9.7.5 Sprint To BA Message Returns 

If Sprint cannot guide a Recorded Usage Data record to a Sprint billed
account, Sprint will return it to BA with the appropriate negotiated return
codes within thirty (30) days of receiving the record. BA will conduct message
investigation and error correction based on mutually agreed upon procedures. 

Appendix I 

Page 14 

9.7.6 Cancel/Correction Records 

Sprint may match cancel/correction records with the original record to
be canceled/corrected. 

Appendix I 

Page 15 

SECTION V: TEST PLANS AND
ACTIVITIES

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This section
 describes the test plans and activities the Parties will perform prior to
 implementation. 

 

9.8 Interface Testing 

The purpose of this test is to ensure that the Recorded Usage Data
described in Section II, above, can be sent by BA to Sprint and can be accepted
and processed by Sprint. BA will provide a test file to Sprint in the format
that will be used for live day-to-day processing. The file will contain one (1)
full day’s production usage. The format of the file will conform to the
requirements shown in Section III. Sprint will review the file and verify that
it conforms to the requirements shown in Section III. Sprint will notify BA in
writing whether the file conforms to the requirements shown in Section III. 

9.9 Operational Test 

The purpose of this test is to ensure that volumes of usage in
consecutive sequence can be extracted, distributed, and processed by BA and
Sprint. 

Based on usage generated by Sprint, BA will provide Sprint with BA
unrated Recorded Usage Data for a mutually agreed time frame. Sprint will
provide BA with the message validation reports associated with test usage. 

Sprint will rate and process the unrated intraLATA toll and local usage
records. Sprint will process this data to test bills. Sprint may request that
the test usage contain specific usage volumes and characteristics to ensure a
complete test. 

Sprint will also provide BA with the agreed upon control reports as
part of this test. 

9.10 Test File 

Test data should be transported via CONNECT:Direct whenever possible.
In the event that courier service must be used to transport test media, the
physical tape characteristics to be used are described in Subappendix A hereto.

Appendix I 

Page 16 

SECTION VI: POST DEPLOYMENT
ACTIVITIES

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 General
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This section
 describes ongoing maintenance for Recorded Usage Data transmitted between
 Sprint and BA. 

 

9.11 Control Maintenance And Review

9.11.1 Periodic Review

The Parties will periodically review the control procedures used for
Recorded Usage Data transmitted between BA and Sprint. This review may be
included as part of an annual audit of BA by Sprint or as part of the normal
production interface management function. BA will notify Sprint of any changes
made to its control procedures and will reasonably negotiate any changes to its
control procedures which impact the flow of usage between BA and Sprint or
which are requested by Sprint. 

9.11.2 Retention of Records

BA will maintain a machine readable back-up copy of the Recorded Usage
Data provided to Sprint for a minimum of forty-five (45) calendar days. Sprint
will maintain the Recorded Usage Data received from BA for a minimum period of
forty-five (45) calendar days. Sprint and BA agree to make these backup copies
available to the other upon written request at agreed upon rates. 

9.12 BA Software Changes 

Unless otherwise agreed, BA will notify Sprint no less than ninety (90)
calendar days before introducing any software changes which impact the format
or content structure of the Recorded Usage Data transmitted to Sprint. 

BA will communicate the projected changes to Sprint so that potential
impacts on Sprint processing can be determined. 

Sprint personnel will review the impact of the change on the entire
control structure as described in Section 1.5, Post Conversion Test Plan,
herein. Sprint will negotiate any perceived problems with BA and will arrange
to have the data tested utilizing the modified software. 

If it is necessary for BA to request changes in the schedule, content
or format of Recorded Usage Data transmitted to Sprint, BA will notify Sprint. 

Appendix I 

Page 17 

9.13 Sprint Requested Changes 

If it is necessary for Sprint to request changes in the schedule, content,
or format of the Recorded Usage Data transmitted from BA, Sprint will notify
BA. Sprint will reimburse BA for the cost of Sprint’s requested changes. 

When the negotiated changes are to be implemented, Sprint and/or BA
will arrange for testing of the modified Recorded Usage Data as described in
Section 1.5, Post Conversion Test Plan. 

9.14 Sprint Software Changes 

Unless otherwise agreed, Sprint will notify BA no less than ninety (90)
calendar days before introducing any software changes which may impact the
format or content structure of the usage data transmitted from BA. 

The Sprint contact will communicate the projected changes to the
appropriate groups in BA so that potential impacts on BA processing can be
determined. 

Sprint will negotiate any perceived problems with BA and will arrange
to have the data tested utilizing the modified software. 

Appendix I 

Page 18 

9.15 Post-Conversion Test Plan 

The test plan described below is designed to encompass all types of
changes to the usage data transferred by BA to Sprint and the methods of
transmission for that data. 

9.15.1 BA System Change Description 

For a BA system change, BA will provide Sprint with an overall
description of the change, stating the objective and a brief explanation of the
reasons for the change. 

During the initial negotiations regarding the change, BA will provide a
list of the specific records and/or systems impacted by the change to
designated Sprint personnel. 

BA will also provide Sprint a detailed description of the changes to be
implemented. It will include sufficient detail for designated Sprint personnel
to analyze and estimate the effects of the changes and to design tests to
verify the accuracy of the implementation. 

9.15.2 Change Negotiations 

BA will notify Sprint in writing of all proposed change negotiations
initiated by BA. In turn, Sprint will notify BA in writing of all proposed
change negotiations initiated by Sprint. 

After formal notification of planned changes, whether originated by BA
or Sprint, designated Sprint personnel will schedule negotiation meetings as
required with designated BA personnel. The first meeting should produce the
overall change description (if not previously furnished) and the list of
records and/or systems affected. 

In subsequent meetings, BA will provide the detailed description of
changes to be implemented. After reviewing the described changes, designated
Sprint personnel will negotiate a detailed test procedure with BA. 

9.15.3 Control Change Analysis 

Based on the detailed description of the changes provided by BA, and
the review of the projected changes by Sprint, designated Sprint personnel
will: 

9.15.3.1 Determine the impact of the changes on the overall structure. 

9.15.3.2 Determine whether any single change has a potential control
impact (i.e., high error rate on individual records that might result in pack
rejection). 

9.15.3.3 Determine whether any controls might be adversely affected. 

9.15.3.4 Arrange for appropriate control structure changes to meet any
of the above conditions. 

9.15.4 Verification Of Changes 

Based on the detailed description of changes furnished by BA,
designated Sprint personnel will: 

Appendix I 

Page 19 

9.15.4.1 Determine the type of change(s) to be implemented. 

9.15.4.2 Develop a comprehensive test plan. 

9.15.4.3 Negotiate scheduling and transfer of modified data with BA. 

9.15.4.4 Negotiate testing of modified data with the appropriate Sprint
personnel and departments. 

9.15.4.5 Negotiate processing of verified data through the Sprint
billing system. 

9.15.4.6 Arrange for review and verification of testing with
appropriate Sprint personnel and departments. 

9.15.4.7 Arrange for review of modified controls, if applicable. 

9.15.5 Introduction of Changes 

When all the testing requirements have been met and the results
reviewed and accepted, designated Sprint personnel will: 

9.15.5.1 Negotiate an implementation schedule. 

9.15.5.2 Verify the existence of a contingency plan with the
appropriate Sprint personnel. 

9.15.5.3 Arrange for the follow-up review of changes with appropriate
Sprint personnel. 

9.15.5.4 Arrange for appropriate changes in control program, if
applicable. 

9.15.5.5 Arrange for long-term functional review of impact of changes
on the Sprint billing system, i.e., accuracy, timeliness, and completeness. 

Appendix I
Page 20

SECTION VII:  APPENDICES

SUMMARY OF APPENDICES 

Subappendix A 

Physical Characteristics Of Data Tapes/Cartridges 

Subappendix B 

[DELETED] 

Subappendix C 

Confirmation Record Layout 

Subappendix D 

[DELETED] 

Subappendix E 

[DELETED] 

Subappendix F 

CLASS/LASS/Custom Calling Services 

Appendix I
Page 21 

Subappendix G 

Call/Service Type and Associated EMI Matrix 

SUBAPPENDIX A

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF DATA TAPES/CARTRIDGES

Data provided to Sprint by BA, or to BA by Sprint, on tape or cartridge via a courier will
have the following physical characteristics: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Tape:

 	
 9-track,
 6250 (or 1600) BPI (Bytes per inch) 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Cartridge:

 	
  

 	
 38,000 BPI
 (Bytes per inch)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 LRECL:

 	
  

 	
 2,472 Bytes 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Parity:

 	
  

 	
 Odd 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Character
 Set:

 	
  

 	
 Extended
 Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code (EBCDIC) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 External
 labels:

 	
  

 	
 Exchange
 Carrier Name, Dataset Name (DSN) and volume serial number 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Internal
 labels:

 	
  

 	
 IBM Industry
 OS labels will be used. They consist of a single volume label and two sets of
 header and trailer labels. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 One file per
 sending RAO with variable length records

 	
  

 	
 210 bytes
 EMI format plus modules as applicable.

 

SUBAPPENDIX B

[DELETED]

SUBAPPENDIX
C

CONFIRMATION RECORD LAYOUT

The following is a layout of
the Confirmation Record that SPRINT will create for each pack.

The Confirmation Record may
be modified as needed by agreement of the Parties. 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Field Name

 	
  

 	
 Field Position

 	
  

 	
 Field Length

 	
  

 	
 Notes

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Category

 	
  

 	
 01-02

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
 Value: “RI”

 
	
 Group

 	
  

 	
 03-04

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
 Value: “PC”

 
	
 Record Type

 	
  

 	
 05-06

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
 Value: “03” (i.e.,
 zero-three)

 
	
 Date Created -
 Year

 	
  

 	
 07-08

 	
  

 	
 9(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Date Created -
 Month

 	
  

 	
 09-10

 	
  

 	
 9(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Date Created - Day

 	
  

 	
 11-12

 	
  

 	
 9(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Invoice Number

 	
  

 	
 13-14

 	
  

 	
 9(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Filler

 	
  

 	
 15-16

 	
  

 	
 9(2)

 	
  

 	
 Zeroes

 
	
 From RAO

 	
  

 	
 17-19

 	
  

 	
 9(3)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Send To RAO

 	
  

 	
 20-22

 	
  

 	
 9(3)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Billing RAO

 	
  

 	
 23-25

 	
  

 	
 9(3)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Operating Company
 Number

 	
  

 	
 26-29

 	
  

 	
 9(4)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Filler

 	
  

 	
 30-65

 	
  

 	
 9(36)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Total Sent
 Messages

 	
  

 	
 66-72

 	
  

 	
 9(7)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Total Sent Revenue

 	
  

 	
 73-82

 	
  

 	
 9(8).99

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Number of Accepted
 Messages

 	
  

 	
 83-89

 	
  

 	
 9(7)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Amount of Accepted
 Revenue

 	
  

 	
 90-99

 	
  

 	
 9(8).99

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Filler

 	
  

 	
 100

 	
  

 	
 9(1)

 	
  

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Number of Rejected
 Messages

 	
  

 	
 101-107

 	
  

 	
 9(7)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Amount of Rejected
 Revenue

 	
  

 	
 108-117

 	
  

 	
 9(8).99

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Filler

 	
  

 	
 118-137

 	
  

 	
 9(20)

 	
  

 	
 Zeroes

 
	
 Pack Status Code

 	
  

 	
 138-139

 	
  

 	
 9(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 1

 	
  

 	
 140-141

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 2

 	
  

 	
 142-143

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 3

 	
  

 	
 144-145

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 4

 	
  

 	
 146-147

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 5

 	
  

 	
 148-149

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 6

 	
  

 	
 150-151

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 7

 	
  

 	
 152-153

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 8

 	
  

 	
 154-155

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 9

 	
  

 	
 156-157

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Return Code 10

 	
  

 	
 158-159

 	
  

 	
 x(2)

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Filler

 	
  

 	
 160-175

 	
  

 	
 x(16)

 	
  

 	
 Zeroes

 

SUBAPPENDIX
D

[DELETED]

SUBAPPENDIX
E

[DELETED]

SUBAPPENDIX
F

SPECIAL FEATURES STAR SERVICES

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The following are
 CLASS/LASS/Custom Calling services supported by these requirements to date.
 When identified, additional services can be negotiated to be included in this
 list. 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1) Busy Redial/Last Number Redial

 	
  

 	
 This feature allows a
 customer to redial a number when a Busy signal is encountered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2) Call Return/Missed Call
 Dialing

 	
  

 	
 This feature allows a
 customer to automatically return the most recent incoming call, even if it is
 not answered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3) Call Trace

 	
  

 	
 This feature allows the
 tracing of nuisance calls. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4) 3-Way Calling

 	
  

 	
 This feature allows for
 three (3) parties to communicate on one line. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5) Automatic Redial

 	
  

 	
 This feature allows a
 customer to automatically redial the last number dialed. 

 

To provide for the transfer
and billing of these features the following requirements apply: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For all “per use” CLASS/LASS/Custom
 Calling services the ‘Miscellaneous Charge Line Summary Non-Detail Charge’
 425001 record should be used and be populated as follows: 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CONNECT TIME

 	
  

 	
 POSITIONS 55 - 60

 	
  

 	
 MUST BE
 POPULATED

 
	
 MISCELLANEOUS TEXT CODE

 	
  

 	
 POSITIONS 168 - 172

 	
  

 	
 1) BUSY REDIAL/LAST NUMBER REDIAL POPULATE WITH ‘00001’

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 - 11 -

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 MISCELLANEOUS *TEXT CODE

 	
  

 	
 POSITIONS 168 - 172

 	
  

 	
 2) CALL RETURN/LAST NUMBER REDIAL POPULATE WITH ‘00002’

 
	
 MISCELLANEOUS TEXT CODE

 	
  

 	
 POSITIONS 168 - 172

 	
  

 	
 3) CALL TRACE POPULATE WITH ‘00003’

 
	
 MISCELLANEOUS TEXT CODE

 	
  

 	
 POSITIONS 168-172

 	
  

 	
 4) 3-WAY CALLING POPULATE WITH ‘00004’

 
	
 MISCELLANEOUS TEXT CODE

 	
  

 	
 POSITIONS 168-172

 	
  

 	
 5) AUTOMATIC REDIAL POPULATE WITH ‘00005’

 

NOTE: For fields not
specifically defined, the standard EMI format for a 425001 record should be
used. 

SUBAPPENDIX G

This Subappendix G applies to BA’s
provision of Recorded Usage Data to Sprint when Sprint purchases BA Resale
Services. This Subappendix G does not apply to BA’s provision of Recorded Usage
Data to Sprint when Sprint purchases BA Network Elements.

This Subappendix G is intended to
reflect ATIS EMI standards as of the Effective Date. However, if at any time
there are ATIS EMI standards that differ from, conflict with, or are in
addition to, this Subappendix G, the ATIS EMI standards, and not this
Subappendix G, shall apply.

The inclusion of Recorded Usage Data
standards in this Subappendix G for a particular call type or service is not
intended to be (a) a representation that BA provides that call type or service,
or (b) a commitment by BA to provide that call type or service.

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Call/Service Type

 	
  

 	
 EMI

 Number

 	
  

 	
 Notes/Sprint Expectations

 	
  

 	
 Bell Atlantic (BA) Position

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 A

 	
  

 	
 Call
 Types Sprint does not expect to get

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A1

 	
  

 	
 Busies

 	
  

 	
 N/A

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A2

 	
  

 	
 Incomplete calls

 	
  

 	
 N/A

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A3

 	
  

 	
 911

 	
  

 	
 N/A

 	
  

 	
 Emergency 9-1-1

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A4

 	
  

 	
 Calling Card - BA assigned

 	
  

 	
 N/A

 	
  

 	
 To be taken down when customer converts to Sprint.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B

 	
  

 	
 Unrated

 (10-XX-XX & 42-50-01)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B1

 	
  

 	
 For All Category 10 Records

 	
  

 	
 10-XX-XX

 	
  

 	
 Indicator
 6 - Tariff
 Applied/Rounding of Billable Time (Position 87) - This indicator shall
 NOT be populated.

 	
  

 	
 OK.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B2

 	
  

 	
 For All Category 10 Records

 	
  

 	
 10-XX-XX

 	
  

 	
 Indicator
 13
 -Tax/Other Line Charge/Unrated - This field will be populated with a value of
 5 (which means unrated local or MTS)

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B5

 	
  

 	
 PER MINUTE CHARGES

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B5a

 	
  

 	
 Local Call - Sent Paid Toll Call - IntraLATA - Sent Paid.

 	
  

 	
 10-01-01

 or

 10-01-31

 	
  

 	
 Sent Paid calls will have a Message Type = 1 and Rate
 Class = 4 (Dial Station) or 5 (Operator completed but dial rate applies)

 

 For Operator Assisted Sent Paid calls, a surcharge typically applies. These
 sent paid calls are identified by a Rate Class = 1 (Person to Person) or 3
 (Station to Station).

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

- 11 -

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Call/Service Type

 	
  

 	
 EMI

 Number

 	
  

 	
 Notes/Sprint Expectations

 	
  

 	
 Bell Atlantic (BA) Position

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 B5b

 	
  

 	
 Local Call – Collect Toll Call - IntraLATA - Collect
(From
 a Sprint Customer to another Customer - - possibly a non-Sprint Customer)

 	
  

 	
 10-01-01

 or

 10-01-31

 	
  

 	
 Collect calls will have a Message Type = 4 and Rate Class
 = 1, 3, or 6

 

 If the surcharge depends on the type of Operator Handling,

 Rate Class = 1 = Operator Handled - Person to Person

 Rate Class = 3 = Operator Handled -Station to Station

 Rate Class = 6 = Automated Collect

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B5c

 	
  

 	
 Local Call - Third Party Toll Call - IntraLATA - Third
 Party

 (From a Sprint Customer to another Customer - - possibly a non-Sprint
 Customer)

 	
  

 	
 10-01-01

 or

 10-01-31

 	
  

 	
 Third Party calls will have a Message Type = 2 and Rate
 Class = 1, 3, 6

 

 If the surcharge depends on the type of Operator Handling,

 Rate Class = 1 = Operator Handled - Person to Person

 Rate Class = 3 = Operator Handled -Station to Station

 Rate Class = 6 = Automated Third Party

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

- 12 -

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6

 	
  

 	
 PER USE CHARGES

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6a

 	
  

 	
 Busy Redial - Activation Charge

 

 Redial
 when busy

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 Position 168-172 = 00001

 To and From Number are not populated.

 Billing Number contains the Sprint Customer information.

 Call Duration (Billable or Reported Time field) is zero-filled.

 

 BA will also send corresponding 10-01-01 or 31 record, as applicable.

 

 Note:
 per EMI, “To city” is the charge phrase in 42-50-01.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6b

 	
  

 	
 Auto Call Back/Call Return - Activation Charge

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 Position 168-172 = 00002

 

 Rest is same is B6a.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6c

 	
  

 	
 Call Trace - Activation Charge

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 Position 168-172 = 00003

 

 The Traced number should NOT be displayed on the invoice. Only the
 description of the charge (i.e., “Call Trace”) and the charge amount should
 appear.

 

 Rest is the same as B6a.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6d

 	
  

 	
 Three Way Calling

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 The 42-50-01 Record is the Activation Charge portion.

 Position 168-172 = 00004

 

 The 10-01-01/31 Records are the local or toll call portion of the call.

 Indicator 24 = 2 in the 10-01-01 or 31 record.

 

 Rest is same as B6a.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

 (As of Effective Date, this service is offered on a usage basis only in NJ.)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6e

 	
  

 	
 Call Forward, Per Use

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 Position 168 – 172 = 00063

 

 Rest is same as B6a.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

 (As of Effective Date, this service is offered on a usage basis only in PA,
 from a limited number of switches; service is offered in PA on a “per day
 list-is-active” basis; service name is “Select Forward”.)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6f

 	
  

 	
 Call Block, List Storage

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 Position 168-172 = 00060

 

 Rest is same as B6a.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

 (As of Effective Date, this services is offered on a usage basis only in PA,
 from a limited number of switches; service is offered in PA on a “per day
 list-is-active” basis.)

 

- 13 -

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B6g

 	
  

 	
 Priority Call, List Storage

 	
  

 	
 42-50-01

 	
  

 	
 Positions 168 – 172 = 00061

 

 Rest is same as B6a.

 	
  

 	
 OK 

 

 (As of Effective Date, this service is offered on a usage basis only in PA,
 from a limited number of switches; service is offered in PA on a “per day
 list-is-active” basis; service name is “Priority Call”.)

 

- 14 -

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B7

 	
  

 	
 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B7a

 	
  

 	
 Directory Assistance

 	
  

 	
 10-01-32

 	
  

 	
 Type of DA Service (position 81) = 0

 

 If completed through an operator, RC = 3 or 5. (Surcharges may apply in this
 case.)

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B7b

 	
  

 	
 DA - Second Listing

 	
  

 	
 N/A

 	
  

 	
 One EMI record is created for all listings requested on
 one phone call to DA. When more than one listing is requested, there is no
 indicator set to show that a second or subsequent listing was requested.
 (Sprint may be unable to charge for each listing, because the EMI record
 Sprint receives from BA will not reflect the number of listings provided to
 the Customer.)

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B7c

 	
  

 	
 Directory Assistance Call Completion

 	
  

 	
 10-01-01 or 31

 	
  

 	
 The 10-01-01 or 31 call is the recording of the call that
 was automatically dialed and completed by the “Operator.” Indicator 24 = 3 on
 either record.

 

 In addition, B7a applies.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

 BA does not send a 01-01-18 record.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B7d

 	
  

 	
 Customer Name And Address Look-up

 	
  

 	
 10-01-32

 	
  

 	
 To Place = CAN

 Indicator 26 = 1

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

 (As of Effective Date, this service is offered only in New Jersey and
 portions of West Virginia; service name is “Call54 Service”.)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B8

 	
  

 	
 OTHER “PER USE”

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B8a

 	
  

 	
 Time and Charge

 	
  

 	
 10-01-01

 	
  

 	
 Indicator 12 =1.

 	
  

 	
 Not recorded.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B8b

 	
  

 	
 Busy Line Verification

 	
  

 	
 10-01-35

 	
  

 	
 Conversation Time (pos. 61-67) will contain zeroes per EMI
 specifications. 

 

 There will be no rate populated on these records. (i.e., pos. 40-46, Amount
 Collected, = 000000).

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B8c

 	
  

 	
 Busy Line Interrupt

 	
  

 	
 10-01-37

 	
  

 	
 Conversation Time (pos. 61-67) will contain zeroes.

 

 There will be no rate populated on these records.. (i.e., pos. 40-46, Amount
 Collected, = 000000).

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 C

 	
  

 	
 Could
 be Rated or Unrated

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 C1

 	
  

 	
 Telecommunications Relay Service

 	
  

 	
 Could be any local - type EMI

 	
  

 	
 Indicator 24 = 1.

 (Typically, when this indicator is set, Operator Surcharges do not apply.)

 	
  

 	
 OK
 (Note: RC = 5)

 

- 15 -

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D

 	
  

 	
 Rated
 (01-XX-XX)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D1

 	
  

 	
 Local or IntraLATA Toll - - Collect or Third Party
 Billable to a Sprint Customer

Settled on BA Resale Services bill.

 	
  

 	
 01-01-01

 or

 01-01-31

 	
  

 	
 Message Type and Rate Class are used to indicate type of
 call (Sent Paid, Collect, etc.) and whether the call was person, station,
 etc.

 

 For example:

 Collect, Automated - MT = 4, RC = 6

 Collect, Non Automated - MT = 4, RC = 3

 Collect, Non Automated, Person to Person - MT = 4, RC=1

 Third Number, Automated - MT = 2, RC = 6

 Third Number, Non Automated - MT = 2, RC = 3

 Third Number, Non Automated, Person to Person - MT = 4, RC=1

 

 BA will send RATED local or intraLATA toll collect or third party calls
 billable to a Sprint customer which were originated by a non-Sprint customer
 and rated by BA or another LEC.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D2

 	
  

 	
 Operator Service – Conference Call - Non-dial

 	
  

 	
 01-01-06

 	
  

 	
 Used to bill all charges associated with an operator
 serviced conference call.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D3

 	
  

 	
 Non-dial Conference Leg Optional record used for bill
 display only.

 	
  

 	
 01-01-07

 	
  

 	
 When used this record is ALWAYS associated with the
 01-01-06 record - - provides the terminating detail of each leg associated
 with a conference call.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D4

 	
  

 	
 Dialed Conference Bridge Charge

 	
  

 	
 01-01-08

 	
  

 	
 Used to bill all charges associated with the set up and
 connection of a non-operator serviced conference call. Conferees must dial in
 for connection to the bridge.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D5

 	
  

 	
 Billable Conference Leg Charge

 	
  

 	
 01-01-09

 	
  

 	
 Used to bill individual conference leg charges associated
 with a non-dial conference call.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D6

 	
  

 	
 Information Provider (976)

 	
  

 	
 01-01-16

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D7

 	
  

 	
 Orig/Term to Ship, plane, train

 	
  

 	
 01-01-80

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Only CMDS

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D8

 	
  

 	
 Airtime Charge for connection of radio link between
 exchange network and ship, plane, train

 	
  

 	
 01-01-81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Only CMDS

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D9

 	
  

 	
 Marine Non-dial conference charge

 	
  

 	
 01-01-82

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Only CMDS

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D10

 	
  

 	
 Marine Non-dial conference leg

 	
  

 	
 01-01-83

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Only CMDS.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D11

 	
  

 	
 Other/Notes

 	
  

 	
 01-XX-XX

 	
  

 	
 Could get any call type rated if it’s billed third party
 or collect to a Sprint customer (i.e., DA, Busy Verify, Busy Interrupt, etc.)

 	
  

 	
 OK

 

- 16 -

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 E

 	
  

 	
 Credit/Cancel/Etc.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 E1

 	
  

 	
 Credit Records

 	
  

 	
 03-01-01 or 31

 	
  

 	
 These records would be sent when a customer was cut-off or
 had a poor connection and requested an immediate credit from the operator.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 E2

 	
  

 	
 Rated Credits

 	
  

 	
 41-01-XX

 	
  

 	
 Where XX = 01, 06, 08, 09, 14, 17, 18, 31, 32, 35, 37

 These credits are received already rated.

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 E3

 	
  

 	
 Cancel Records

 	
  

 	
 51-01-XX,

 58-01-XX

 	
  

 	
 Where XX = 01, 06, 08, 09, 14, 17, 18, 31, 32, 35, 37

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 E4

 	
  

 	
 Correction Records - - Billable adj. (i.e., debits vs. credits)

 	
  

 	
 71-01-XX

 	
  

 	
 Where XX = 01, 06, 08, 09, 14, 17, 18, 31, 32, 35, 37

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 F

 	
  

 	
 Header
 & Trailer

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 F1

 	
  

 	
 Header

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 20-24-01

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 F2

 	
  

 	
 Trailer

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 20-24-02

 

OTHER USAGE RELATED INFORMATION

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Call/Service Type

 	
  

 	
 Bell Atlantic (BA)

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 OTHER INFORMATION

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Pack Sequencing -

 Fields Used to control Invoice Sequence Number in the Pack Header.

 	
  

 	
 OCN and Dataset.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Packing -

 Specifics about the packing on each file/dataset.

 	
  

 	
 11 Datasets. RAOs do not cross state lines, but one
 dataset (Eastern PA) contains two RAOs/States (DE and PA) info.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Fixed or Variable Block

 	
  

 	
 Variable

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 210 or 175 byte

 	
  

 	
 175

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Null Files Supported

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 976, etc. Handling

 	
  

 	
 Will send rated 01-01-16 if not blocked

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Confirmation Record - Can BA accept from Sprint?

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PRODUCT INFORMATION

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Flat Rated - -
Receive only Billable call detail (does not include local
 call detail that is part of the flat rate).

 	
  

 	
 OK

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Measured or Allowance Based -
BA will send all local usage
 calls (incl., those needed to calculate allowances).

 	
  

 	
 Yes but records may contain minimal call detail.

 

Note: Sprint should expect to
receive any call type from the Bellcore Centralized Message Distribution System
(“CMDS”) passed through by BA. These call types may not match the standards
stated in this Subappendix G. For example, BA may use Service Text Code in
01-01-18 but for call records received from CMDS through BA, Sprint may see
Service Name used instead.

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NUMBER PORTABILITY

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1.

 	
 Provision of
 Number Portability

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2.

 	
 Interim Number
 Portability (“INP”)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3.

 	
 Number Portability
 (“NP”)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4.

 	
 Requirement for
 INP and NP

 

NUMBER PORTABILITY

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1. Provision of Number Portability

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.1 Each Party
 shall provide, to the extent technically feasible, number portability in
 accordance with Applicable Law. Currently available Interim Number
 Portability (“INP”) shall also be provided, to the extent technically
 feasible, by each Party to the other in accordance with Applicable Law. Each
 Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide INP with a minimum
 impairment of functionality, quality, reliability and convenience to subscribers
 of each other’s services.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.2 The donor
 Party will, to the extent technically feasible, provide the porting Party INP
 and Number Portability (“NP”) for subscribers moving to a different location,
 or staying at the same location, within the same Rate Center. INP and NP are
 not available for the creation of new vanity numbers or similar purposes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2. Interim Number Portability
 (“INP”)

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Each Party shall
 make available INP by Remote Call Forwarding (“RCF”), Flex Direct Inward
 Dialing (“FLEX-DID”), LERG reassignment (in full NXX codes only), or other
 mutually agreed upon methods. The porting Party must order the appropriate
 services and facilities (e.g., trunk groups) from the donor Party. 

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 2

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1 Remote Call
 Forwarding: RCF is an INP method to provide subscribers with service-provider
 portability by redirecting calls within the telephone network. When RCF is
 used to provide INP, calls to the ported number will first route to the
 Party’s switch to which the ported number was previously assigned. Such
 switch will then forward the call to a number associated with the porting
 Party’s designated switch to which the number is ported. Each Party may order
 up to 99 additional paths to handle multiple simultaneous calls to the same
 ported telephone number. The Parties agree that RCF technology is currently
 incompatible with data services.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1.1 The porting
 Party shall determine the appropriate number to be outpulsed to the 911
 tandem office and shall ensure that this number, as well as the appropriate
 address information of the Customer, is provided to the 911 database.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.2 FLEX-DID is an
 INP method that makes use of Direct Inward Dialing (“DID”) trunks. Each
 FLEX-DID trunk group used for INP is dedicated to carrying traffic between
 the donor Party’s switch and the porting Party’s switch. Traffic on these
 trunks cannot overflow to other trunks, so the porting Party must order a
 trunk group size it believes results in conservative engineering. Also,
 inter-switch signaling is usually limited to multi-frequency (“MF”). This
 precludes passing calling line identification to the porting Party’s switch.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.3 LERG
 Reassignment: Portability for an entire NXX code of numbers shall be
 provided, when mutually agreed, by utilizing reassignment of the entire NXX
 code to the porting Party through a reassignment in the Local Exchange
 Routing Guide (“LERG”). Updates to translations in the donor Party’s
 switching offices from which the NNX code is reassigned will be made by the donor
 Party by the date on which national LERG changes become effective. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.4 Other
 Currently Available Number Portability Provisions:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.1 Each Party
 shall exchange with the other Party SS7 TCAP messages as required for the
 implementation of Custom Local Area Signaling Services (“CLASS”) or other
 features available in their respective networks, as are technically feasible
 to exchange.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.2 Promptly
 following receipt of an INP order for a number served by a particular end
 office switch, each Party shall disclose to the other any technical or
 capacity limitations that would prevent use of a requested INP method in a
 particular switching office. In all 

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 3

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 cases in which
 installation or removal of INP is to be coordinated with the installation,
 modification, or removal of another service (e.g., an unbundled local loop),
 the Parties shall follow the coordination procedures set forth in Attachment
 4.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.3 When any INP
 method available hereunder is used to port a subscriber number, the donor
 Party must maintain the LIDB record for that number to reflect appropriate
 conditions as reported to it by the porting Party and to provide such LIDB
 information in accordance with any LIDB agreement subsequently entered between
 the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.4 The donor
 Party shall send a CARE transaction 2231 to notify the appropriate IXC that
 access is now provided by the porting Party for that number. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.5 The INP
 service offered herein shall not initially apply to NXX codes 555, 915, 950,
 or 976, or for Feature Group A or coin telephone service, because of the
 special billing characteristics of such services. Upon a Bona Fide Request of
 either Party, the provisions of INP for these services will be mutually
 negotiated between the Parties and provided to the extent feasible under
 negotiated rates, terms, and conditions. INP shall only apply for any
 arrangement that would forward calls to telephone numbers resident in the
 same Rate Center. INP shall not apply for any arrangement that would render
 the forwarded call toll traffic.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.6 The donor
 Party shall be permitted to cancel INP arrangements and reassign the
 telephone number(s) upon receipt of notification from the porting Party, the
 Customer or a third party that is authorized to act on behalf of the
 Customer. The Parties agree to work cooperatively to develop procedures or
 adopt industry standards or practices concerning the initiation and
 termination of INP service in a multi-carrier environment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3. Number Portability (“NP”)

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.1 The Parties
 acknowledge that, notwithstanding the FCC’s First Memorandum Opinion and
 Order on Reconsideration in CC Docket 95-116, they disagree on the form of NP
 that should be adopted and prescribed by the FCC, and accordingly hereby
 reserve their rights to advocate their respective positions before
 legislative, judicial, and regulatory bodies, notwithstanding any other
 provisions of this Agreement. To the extent that this Agreement includes
 provisions regarding the implementation of the Location Routing Number
 (“LRN”) method of NP, 

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 4

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 such provisions
 shall apply only if it is ordered that LRN shall be deployed in New Jersey,
 and only to the extent required by Applicable Law, and the presence of such
 provisions in this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of BA’s position
 that LRN should not be deployed in New Jersey. If another NP methodology is
 adopted for New Jersey, the Parties shall promptly modify any provisions of
 this Agreement that refer to or assume the implementation of LRN to replace
 it with such other methodology.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.2 The
 requirements for NP, when available, shall include the following:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.1
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Party shall
 provide NP service in accordance with Applicable Law. A subscriber must be
 able to change local service providers and retain the same telephone
 number(s) and have availability of all vertical and advanced local service
 features, subject to the technical capabilities of the porting Party’s
 switch. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.2 To the
 extent required by Applicable Law and to the extent technically feasible, the
 donor Party’s NP network architecture shall not subject the porting Party to
 any degradation of service compared to the donor Party in any material
 measure, including switching and transmission quality, call set-up time and
 post-dial delay.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.3 After an
 office is equipped with NP, and after an NXX code is defined as portable,
 translations will be changed in the donor’s LNP-capable switches which trunk
 directly to such office to open the NXX code(s) for database queries. Any NXX
 code with at least one ported number in the NXX code shall be defined as
 portable.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.4 Upon
 introduction of LRN in a metropolitan statistical area/county, the associated
 tandems (local and access) shall be among the first switches converted, with
 no unreasonable delay. All portable NXX codes shall be recognized in these
 tandems as portable, with queries launched from these switches.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.2.5 During the
 process of porting a subscriber, the donor Party shall implement the 10-digit
 trigger feature when technically feasible. When the donor Party receives the
 porting request, it shall use reasonable efforts to apply the 10-digit
 trigger to the subscriber’s line at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the
 order due date in order to facilitate the smooth transitioning of the
 subscriber to the new provider.

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 5

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.3 Joint
 Cooperation

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1 At such time
 that NP is available, both Sprint and BA shall:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1.1 Support
 emergency and operator services in a manner to be mutually agreed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1.2 Use
 commercially reasonable efforts to use scarce numbering resources efficiently
 and administer such resources in a competitively neutral manner.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1.3 Cooperate
 with each other so that each carrier shall be able to rate and bill different
 types of calls.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1.4 Cooperate
 with each other to apply NP consistently.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.3.1.5 Upon the
 agreement of the Parties or issuance of applicable FCC and/or Board order(s)
 or regulations mandating the adoption of a NP arrangement, the Parties will
 commence migration from INP to the agreed upon or mandated NP arrangement as
 quickly as practically possible (and in any event no later than the migration
 dates set forth in the applicable FCC and/or Board order(s) or regulations)
 while minimizing interruption or degradation of service to their respective
 subscribers. Once NP is implemented, either Party may withdraw, at any time
 and at its sole discretion, its INP offerings, subject to advance notice to
 the other Party and coordination to allow the seamless and transparent
 conversion of INP subscribers’ numbers to NP. Upon implementation of NP
 pursuant to FCC or Board regulation, both Parties agree to conform and
 provide such NP. To the extent NP rates or cost recovery mechanisms are not
 established by the applicable FCC or Board order or regulation mandating the
 adoption of NP, the Parties will negotiate in good faith the charges or cost
 recovery mechanism for NP service at such time as a NP arrangement is adopted
 by the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.4 Location
 Routing Number (“LRN”) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 If and to the
 extent that Applicable Law requires implementation of LRN as the NP methodology
 applicable in New Jersey, BA and Sprint shall work cooperatively to implement
 an LRN-NP solution when technically feasible.

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 6

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.4.1 A ten-digit
 code, consistent with the North American Numbering Plan, called the location
 routing number (“LRN”) shall be used as a network address for each switch
 that terminates subscriber lines, (i.e., an end office). LRN shall support
 existing six-digit routing and may be implemented without changes to existing
 switch routing algorithms. In existing end offices, the LRN shall be selected
 from one of its existing NPA-NXX codes. New end offices shall be assigned
 LRNs through normal administrative processes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.4.2 LRN employs
 an “N-1” Query Strategy for interLATA or intraLATA toll calls, by which the
 originating carrier will pass the call to the appropriate toll carrier who
 will perform a query to an external routing database and route the call to
 the appropriate terminating local carrier either directly or through an
 access tandem office. For a local call to a ported number, the originating
 carrier is the “N-1” carrier. It will perform an external database query and
 pass the call to the appropriate terminating carrier. The “N-1” methodology
 will be used to extend portability on a phased, region-by-region basis and it
 does not place BA, Sprint or other carriers needlessly in the call path.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.4.3 The Parties
 shall furnish each other with the first six (6) digits of the originating LRN
 when they supply each other with the Jurisdiction Information Parameter
 (“JIP”) in the Initial Address Message (“IAM”), assuming the necessary LRN
 software is available from the switch manufacturer and is loaded in the
 specific switch that will populate the JIP parameter per the timetable set by
 the FCC and Board.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.4.4 Each Party
 agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to begin the introduction of
 LRN to end user subscribers who may begin changing local service providers
 and retaining their existing telephone number based on the time line set out
 by the FCC in its Telephone Number Portability Order (CC Docket No. 95-116),
 or as per a State order if such time for introduction of LRN set by the State
 is earlier than would result under the FCC Order.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.5 Additional
 NP Requirements (when available)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 In the absence of
 Query On Release, for local calls to a portable NXX code each Party shall
 query an external database as soon as the call reaches the first NP-capable
 switch in the call path. An LRN-capable originating switch shall query on a
 local call to a portable NXX code native to another central office as soon as
 the 

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 7

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 LNP trigger is
 encountered and it is determined that it (the originating switch) does not
 serve the dialed number.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.6 SMS Administration

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Each Party will
 work cooperatively with other local service providers to establish the NP
 service management system (“SMS”). The SMS shall be administered by a neutral
 third party, to provide for the efficient porting of numbers between carriers.
 Subject to Applicable Law, there must be one exclusive Number Portability
 Administration Center (“NPAC”) per portability State or region, and each
 Party shall provide all information uploads and downloads regarding ported
 numbers to/from, respectively, the exclusive NPAC. BA and Sprint shall
 cooperate to facilitate the expeditious deployment of LRN-based NP through
 the process prescribed by the FCC and the Board, including, but not limited
 to, participation in the selection of a neutral third party and development
 of SMS, as well as SMS testing for effective procedures, electronic system
 interfaces, and overall readiness for use consistent with that specified for
 provisioning in this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4. Requirements for INP and NP

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.1 INP Cut-Over
 Process

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The following
 cutover coordination procedures shall apply for INP-ported numbers. NP
 cutover procedures shall be reasonably agreed by the Parties at such time as
 the capability has been developed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1 Upon request
 by the porting Party, the donor Party will apply the following coordination
 procedures to cutovers of ported numbers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2 The porting
 Party shall request the porting of a number from the donor Party by
 delivering to the donor Party a valid electronic transmittal service order
 (when available) or another mutually agreed-upon type of service order. Such
 service order shall be provided in accordance with industry format and
 specifications or such format and specifications as may be agreed to by the
 Parties. Within twenty-four (24) hours of the donor Party’s receipt of such
 valid service order, the donor Party shall provide the porting Party the Firm
 Order Confirmation (“FOC”) date and time according to the installation time
 frames set forth in Section 4.2 below.

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 8

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.3 On each
 porting order, the Parties will agree on a cutover time at least forty-eight
 (48) hours before that cutover. RCF cutover time will be defined as a fifteen
 (15) to thirty (30) minutes per line window within which both Parties will
 make telephone contact to complete the cutover. The cutover window for other
 methodologies will be agreed to by the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.4 Within the
 appointed fifteen (15) to thirty (30) minute cutover time, the porting Party
 will call the donor Party to coordinate cutover work and when the donor Party
 is reached in that interval, such work will be promptly performed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.5 If the
 porting Party requires a change in scheduling, it must contact the donor
 Party to issue a supplement to the original order. The negotiations process
 to determine the date and time of cutover will then be reinitiated pursuant
 to Section 4.1.3. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.6 If the
 porting Party is not ready within the appointed interval and if it had not
 called to reschedule the work at least two (2) hours prior to the start of
 the interval, the porting Party shall be liable for the non-recurring charge
 for such work for the missed appointment. In addition, non-recurring charges,
 if applicable, for the rescheduled appointment will apply.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.7 If the donor
 Party is not available or not ready at any time during the appointed fifteen
 (15) to (30) minute interval, the Parties will reschedule and the donor Party
 will waive the non-recurring charge, if applicable, for such work whenever it
 is performed pursuant to an agreed-upon rescheduling. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.8 Beginning
 nine (9) months from the Effective Date, if unusual or unexpected
 circumstances prolong or extend the time required to accomplish the
 coordinated cutover, the Party responsible for such circumstances is
 responsible for the reasonable labor charges of the other Party. Delays
 caused by the subscriber are the responsibility of the porting Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.2 Installation
 Time Frames

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1 Installation
 time frames for RCF INP will be as follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1.1 Lines and
 Trunks:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1.1.1 For
 installations of RCF INP that are not installed and/or coordinated with any
 other services 

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 9

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ordered from BA,
 installation time frames will be as follows: orders of 1-20 lines in four (4)
 business days; orders of 21-30 lines in seven (7) business days; orders over
 30 lines will have an installment time frame as mutually agreed upon by the
 Parties; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1.1.2.
 Notwithstanding Section 4.2.1.1.1, installation time frames for RCF INP when
 installed and/or coordinated with another service ordered from BA will be as
 follows: orders of 1-10 lines in six (6) business days; orders of 11-20 lines
 in ten (10) business days; orders of 21 or more lines will have an
 installment time frame as mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1.2 The
 installation time frames set forth in Section 4.2.1.1 shall be applied as
 follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1.2.1 The time
 frames set forth in Section 4.2.1.1 shall apply on average to the order types
 and sizes specified therein; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.1.2.2 No
 individual order shall be installed in a time frame more than twice the
 length of the time frame specified in Section 4.2.1.1 for the order type and
 size, except in unusual circumstances. Unusual circumstances shall qualify to
 modify any time frame only to the extent that the unusual circumstances have
 comparable effects on BA’s Customer services and INP services for other Local
 Exchange Carriers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.2.2 The Parties
 will implement mutually agreeable time frames for the installation of
 FLEX-DID trunks (when available).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.3 Call Referral
 Announcements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 When an end user
 customer changes its service provider from one Party to the other Party and
 does not retain its original telephone number, the Party formerly providing
 service to such end user shall provide a referral announcement on the end
 user’s former telephone number that provides the end user’s new number or
 other appropriate information to the extent known. Referral announcements
 shall be provided reciprocally, free of charge to either Party or the end
 user to the extent the Providing Party does not charge its own end user
 customers for such service, for the 

 

ATTACHMENT 8

Page 10

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 same period of
 time the Providing Party provides its own end user customers when they change
 their telephone numbers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.4 Engineering
 and Maintenance

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BA and Sprint will
 cooperate with the objective that the performance of trunking and signaling
 capacity shall be engineered and managed at Parity. Additional specific
 engineering and maintenance requirements shall apply as specified in this
 Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.5 Operator
 Services and Directory Assistance

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.5.1 Where BA has
 control of directory listing for NXX codes containing ported numbers, BA
 shall maintain entries for ported numbers as mutually agreed by the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.5.2 When NP is
 in place, if Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (“ISUP”) signaling
 is used, BA shall provide the JIP in the SS7 IAM, assuming the necessary LRN
 software is available from the switch manufacturer and is loaded in the
 specific switch that will populate the JIP parameter per the timetable set by
 the FCC and Board. (See Generic Switching and Signaling Requirements for
 Number Portability, Issue 1.0, February 12, 1996 [Editor - Lucent
 Technologies, Inc.]). BA shall provide a 10-digit Global Title Translation
 (“GTT”) Node for routing queries for TCAP-based operator services (e.g.,
 LIDB). BA shall meet all requirements specified in “Generic Operator Services
 Switching Requirements for Number Portability,” Issue 1.00, Final Draft,
 April 12, 1996 [Editor - Nortel], assuming the necessary LRN software is
 available from the switch manufacturer and is loaded in the specific switch
 that will provide operator services per the timetable set by the FCC and
 Board.

 

ATTACHMENT 8
Page 11 

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1

 	
 Physical Security

 	
 2

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2

 	
 System Security

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3

 	
 Fraud Prevention

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4

 	
 Law Enforcement
 Interface

 	
 5

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 8 

 
	
 Page 12

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1.

 	
 Physical Security

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This Section 1
 sets forth security requirements for Physical Collocation at BA’s premises.
 In the event of a conflict between these requirements and any Applicable Law,
 the Applicable Law shall govern. Any conflicts between a Tariff and the
 provisions of this Attachment 9 shall be resolved as set forth in Section 2.3
 of the Agreement. Each Party shall take reasonable steps to protect the other
 Party’s personnel and property at a Collocation premises, including the
 following: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.1 Except as
 otherwise expressly authorized by BA, AT&T shall access only equipment
 owned by AT&T and shall enter only those areas of BA’s premises where
 such equipment is located, or which are designated for use by AT&T. BA
 shall sign a log that is maintained by AT&T when any of its authorized
 employees and agents enter those portions of BA’s premises that are
 designated for AT&T’s sole use. While in such areas, BA employees and
 agents shall carry identifying credentials to be produced at AT&T’s
 reasonable request. BA shall allow AT&T, after reasonable advance notice,
 to inspect areas that house or contain AT&T equipment or equipment
 enclosures in accordance with mutually acceptable procedures. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.2 AT&T shall
 deliver to BA within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement
 and every six months thereafter a current list of AT&T’s employees and
 agents authorized to enter BA’s premises. While on BA’s premises, such
 employees or agents shall prominently display BA non-employee identification
 badges provided by BA. If requested by BA, AT&T shall provide this
 information in an electronic format. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.3 Each Party
 shall, while on the other’s premises or in areas on its premises designated
 for the other Party’s sole use, comply with the other Party’s generally
 applicable security and safety procedures and requirements as may be provided
 from time-to-time by the other Party (including but not limited to sign-in,
 identification, and escort requirements); provided, however, that AT&T’s
 procedures and requirements for access to its equipment areas shall be
 consistent with those established by BA for the relevant premises. 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 8

 
	
 Page 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.4 Neither Party
 shall tamper with or perform any activities upon the other Party’s equipment
 at the Collocation premises, except as necessary to perform this agreement
 (e.g., equipment maintenance, installation, etc.) or in case of emergency. In
 an emergency, the affected Party shall notify the other Party of the
 emergency as soon as practicable, take steps the affected Party deems
 appropriate to manage the emergency (using reasonable care under the
 circumstances to protect the other Party’s equipment), and allow the other
 Party to access the affected Party’s premises/space (subject to the
 requirements of this Section 1) to protect the other Party’s equipment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.5 AT&T shall
 ensure that areas that house AT&T’s equipment are adequately secured to
 prevent unauthorized entry. BA shall have no liability for any damage or loss
 resulting from AT&T’s failure to ensure that areas that house AT&T’s
 equipment are adequately secured to prevent unauthorized entry. AT&T
 shall furnish BA with all keys, entry codes, lock combinations, and other
 materials and information necessary for BA to gain entry to any secured
 AT&T area subject to the provisions stated in this Attachment. BA shall
 take reasonable action to limit access to AT&T secured areas to BA’s
 employees and agents who are authorized to have to have such access.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.6 Each Party
 shall promptly notify the other Party of any material breach by the other
 Party of the foregoing provisions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.7 AT&T shall
 ensure that AT&T equipment at BA’s premises is suitable for use in the
 operational environment at such premises. BA shall have no liability in this
 regard, other than to maintain the general environmental conditions in the
 premises at normal operational levels suitable for its own equipment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2.

 	
 System Security 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1 Each party
 shall provide the other a plan to be used in the event of a system failure or
 emergency to facilitate prompt systems restoration and recovery. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.2 Each party
 shall maintain a reasonable standard of security between operation system
 interfaces consistent with its own information security practices. 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 8 

 
	
 Page 14 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3.

 	
 Fraud Prevention 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.1 BA shall make
 available to AT&T fraud prevention features (including any prevention,
 detection, or control functionality) that may be embedded within any of the
 Network Elements in accordance with applicable Tariffs or as otherwise
 mutually agreed (such as 900 NPA and international blocking offered to
 business customers and aggregators). AT&T shall make available to BA
 fraud prevention features (including prevention, detection, or control
 functionality) in accordance with applicable Tariffs or as otherwise mutually
 agreed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.2 Until such
 time as partitioned access to fraud prevention, detection and control
 functionality within pertinent Operations Support Systems, such as the LIDB
 fraud alert and monitoring system, is made available to AT&T, BA shall,
 whenever fraud alert indicators are activated on AT&T accounts, promptly
 inform AT&T of any indications of fraud. The Parties agree to work
 together to establish processes and mechanisms regarding the provision of
 such information and to develop fraud detection and prevention systems that
 will benefit both Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4.

 	
 Law Enforcement Interface 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Each Party
 (“Assisting Party”) shall provide reasonable assistance to the other Party in
 accordance with Applicable Law and the Assisting Party’s internal procedures
 in connection with: installation of and information retrieval from traps in
 the Assisting Party’s network, emergency traces on and information retrieval
 from subscriber invoked CLASS services (e.g., call traces requested by the
 other party), and execution of wiretap or dialed number recorder orders from
 law enforcement authorities. 

 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attachment 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Page 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Acronym

 	
  

 	
 DEFINITION

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 AAA

 	
  

 	
 American
 Arbitration Association

 
	
 AIN

 	
  

 	
 Advanced
 Intelligent Network

 
	
 ALEC

 	
  

 	
 Alternate Local
 Exchange Carrier

 
	
 ALI/DMS

 	
  

 	
 Automatic Location
 Identification/Data Management Systems

 
	
 AMA

 	
  

 	
 Automated Message
 Accounting

 
	
 ANSI

 	
  

 	
 American National
 Standards Institute

 
	
 ARPM

 	
  

 	
 Average Revenue
 Per Message

 
	
 ATIS

 	
  

 	
 Alliance for
 Telecom Industry Solutions

 
	
 ATM

 	
  

 	
 Asynchronous
 Transfer Mode

 
	
 BICI

 	
  

 	
 Broadband
 Inter-Carrier Interface

 
	
 BITS

 	
  

 	
 Building
 Integrated Timing Supply

 
	
 BLV

 	
  

 	
 Busy Line
 Verification

 
	
 CABS

 	
  

 	
 Carrier Access Billing
 Systems

 
	
 CAMA ANI

 	
  

 	
 Centralized
 Automatic Message Accounting - Automatic Number Identification

 
	
 CAP

 	
  

 	
 Competitive Access
 Provider

 
	
 CCITT

 	
  

 	
 Consultative
 Committee on International Telegraph & Telephone

 
	
 CCS

 	
  

 	
 Communications
 Channel Signaling

 
	
 CCSNIS

 	
  

 	
 Common Channel
 Signaling Network Interface Specification

 
	
 CIC

 	
  

 	
 Carrier
 Identification Code

 
	
 CLASS

 	
  

 	
 Custom Local Area
 Signaling Service

 
	
 CLC

 	
  

 	
 Carrier Liaison
 Committee

 
	
 CLEC

 	
  

 	
 Certified Local
 Exchange Carrier

 
	
 CLLI

 	
  

 	
 Common Language
 Location Identifier

 
	
 CMIP

 	
  

 	
 Coded Mark
 Inversion Protocol

 
	
 CO

 	
  

 	
 Central Office

 
	
 CPE

 	
  

 	
 Customer Premises
 Equipment

 
	
 DA

 	
  

 	
 Directory
 Assistance

 
	
 DACS

 	
  

 	
 Digital Access
 Crossconnect Systems

 
	
 DCS

 	
  

 	
 Digital
 Cross-Connect System

 
	
 DID

 	
  

 	
 Direct Inward
 Dialing

 
	
 DLC

 	
  

 	
 Digital Loop
 Carrier

 
	
 DLCI

 	
  

 	
 Data Link
 Connection Identifier

 
	
 DN

 	
  

 	
 Directory Numbers

 
	
 DN-RI

 	
  

 	
 Directory Number -
 Route Index

 
	
 DS-1

 	
  

 	
 Digital Signal
 Level One

 
	
 DS-3

 	
  

 	
 Digital Signal
 Level Three

 
	
 DS0

 	
  

 	
 Digital Signal
 Level Zero

 
	
 DSN

 	
  

 	
 Data Set Name

 
	
 DSX

 	
  

 	
 Digital Cross
 Connect

 
	
 DTMF

 	
  

 	
 Dual-Tone Multi Frequency

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attachment 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Page 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 EFT

 	
  

 	
 Electronic Fund
 Transfer

 
	
 EMI

 	
  

 	
 Exchange Message
 Interface

 
	
 EMR

 	
  

 	
 Exchange Message
 Record

 
	
 EO

 	
  

 	
 End Office

 
	
 ESF

 	
  

 	
 Extended Super
 Frame

 
	
 ETTR

 	
  

 	
 Estimated Time to
 Repair

 
	
 FDI

 	
  

 	
 Feeder
 Distribution Interface

 
	
 FN

 	
  

 	
 Fiber Node

 
	
 FOC

 	
  

 	
 Firm Order
 Confirmation

 
	
 GTT

 	
  

 	
 Global Title
 Translation

 
	
 HDT

 	
  

 	
 Host Digital
 Terminal

 
	
 ID

 	
  

 	
 Remote Identifiers

 
	
 IEC

 	
  

 	
 Interexchange
 Carrier

 
	
 IECs

 	
  

 	
 Interexchange
 Carriers

 
	
 IEEE

 	
  

 	
 Institute of
 Electrical and Electronic Engineers

 
	
 ILEC

 	
  

 	
 Incumbent Local
 Exchange Carrier

 
	
 INP

 	
  

 	
 Interim Number
 Portability

 
	
 ISDN

 	
  

 	
 Integrated
 Services Digital Network

 
	
 ISDNUP

 	
  

 	
 Integrated
 Services Digital Network User Part

 
	
 ISNI

 	
  

 	
 Intermediate
 Signal Network Identifier

 
	
 ISO

 	
  

 	
 International
 Standardization Organization

 
	
 ISUP

 	
  

 	
 Integrated
 Services User Part

 
	
 ITU

 	
  

 	
 International
 Telecommunications Union

 
	
 LATA

 	
  

 	
 Local Access
 Transport Area

 
	
 LEC

 	
  

 	
 Local Exchange
 Carrier

 
	
 LIDB

 	
  

 	
 Line Information
 Data Base

 
	
 LNP

 	
  

 	
 Local Number
 Portability

 
	
 LRN

 	
  

 	
 Local Routing
 Number

 
	
 LS

 	
  

 	
 Local Switching

 
	
 LSO

 	
  

 	
 Local Serving
 Office

 
	
 MF

 	
  

 	
 Multi-Frequency

 
	
 MLT

 	
  

 	
 Mechanized Loop
 Tests

 
	
 NID

 	
  

 	
 Network Interface
 Device

 
	
 NNI

 	
  

 	
 Network to Network
 Interface

 
	
 OBF

 	
  

 	
 Ordering &
 Billing Forum

 
	
 OLI

 	
  

 	
 Originating Line
 Indicator

 
	
 OSS

 	
  

 	
 Operations Support
 Systems

 
	
 PBX

 	
  

 	
 Private Branch Exchange

 
	
 PIC

 	
  

 	
 Primary
 Interexchange Carrier

 
	
 POTS

 	
  

 	
 Plain Old
 Telephone Service

 
	
 PRI

 	
  

 	
 Primary Rate
 Interface

 
	
 PSAP

 	
  

 	
 Public Safety
 Answering Point

 
	
 RAO

 	
  

 	
 Regional
 Accounting Office

 
	
 RCF

 	
  

 	
 Remote Call
 Forwarding

 
	
 RI

 	
  

 	
 Route Index

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attachment 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Page 17

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ROW

 	
  

 	
 Right of Way

 
	
 RSM

 	
  

 	
 Remote Switch
 Module

 
	
 SAG

 	
  

 	
 Street Address
 Guide

 
	
 SCCP

 	
  

 	
 Signaling
 Connection Control Point

 
	
 SCP

 	
  

 	
 Service Control
 Points

 
	
 SECAB

 	
  

 	
 Small Exchange
 Carrier Access Billing

 
	
 SMS

 	
  

 	
 Service Management
 System

 
	
 SONET

 	
  

 	
 Synchronous
 Optical Network

 
	
 SPOC

 	
  

 	
 Single Point of
 Contact

 
	
 SPOI

 	
  

 	
 Signaling Point of
 Interconnection

 
	
 SS7

 	
  

 	
 Signaling System 7

 
	
 SSP

 	
  

 	
 Switching Services
 Port

 
	
 STP

 	
  

 	
 Signaling Transfer
 Point

 
	
 TCAP

 	
  

 	
 Transaction
 Capabilities Application Port

 
	
 TIA/EIA

 	
  

 	
 Telecommunications
 Industries Association/Electronic Industries Association

 
	
 TR

 	
  

 	
 Technical
 Requirements

 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 18 

DEFINITIONS

“Accessing Party”, as used
in Section 13 of the Agreement, means a Party which accesses, uses or discloses
Customer Information made available by the other Party pursuant to this
Agreement. 

“Act” means the
Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. § 151, et seq., as amended from
time-to-time.  

“Advanced Intelligent
Network” (“AIN”) means a network functionality that permits specific conditions
to be programmed into a switch which, when met, directs the switch to suspend
call processing and to receive special instructions or further call handling
instructions, in order to enable a carrier to offer advanced features and
services. 

“Affiliate” means
“Affiliate” as defined in the Act. 

“Agent” means agent or
servant. 

“AMA” means the Automated
Message Accounting structure inherent in switch technology that initially
records telecommunication message information. AMA format is contained in the
Automated Message Accounting document published by Bellcore as GR-1100-CORE,
which defines the industry standard for message recording. 

“Ancillary Traffic” means
all traffic that is destined for ancillary services, or that may have special
billing requirements, including, but not limited to, the following: LSV/VCI,
Directory Assistance, 911/E911, Operator Services (IntraLATA call completion),
IntraLATA third party, collect and calling card, 800/888 database query, LIDB,
and information services requiring special billing. 

“Applicable Law” means all
applicable laws and government regulations and orders, including, but not
limited to, the regulations and orders of the Federal Communications Commission
and the Commission. Applicable Law includes, but is not limited to, the FCC’s
Memorandum Opinion and Order in “In the Applications of NYNEX Corporation,
Transferor, and Bell Atlantic Corporation, Transferee, For Consent to Transfer
Control of NYNEX Corporation and Its Subsidiaries”, File No. NSD-L-96-10,
Released 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 19 

August 14, 1997 (the “FCC
Merger Order”), as such Memorandum Opinion and Order may be amended, stayed,
voided, repealed, or supplemented, from time to time. 

“Automatic Number
Identification” (“ANI”) means a signaling parameter which refers to the number
transmitted through a network identifying the billing number of the calling
party. 

“BA” has the meaning stated in the Preface. 

“BA Customer” means a Customer of BA. 

“BA Offered Services” means and includes: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a)

 	
 BA Resale Services; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b)

 	
 Network Elements, as set
 forth in Section 46 and Attachment 2; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (c)

 	
 Support Functions, as set
 forth in Section 47; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (d)

 	
 Directory Listings, as set
 forth in Section 48; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (e)

 	
 Subscriber List
 Information, as set forth in Section 49.1; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (f)

 	
 Collocation, as set forth
 in Attachment 3; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (g)

 	
 Provision of Recorded
 Usage Data, as set forth in Attachment 7; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (h)

 	
 Number Portability
 (including both Interim Number Portability and Number Portability), as set
 forth in Attachment 8; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (i)

 	
 Interconnection, as set
 forth in Attachment 15; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (j)

 	
 Any other services,
 products, facilities, arrangements, or information, that BA has agreed in the
 Principal Document to provide to Sprint. 

 

“BA Resale Service” means
any Telecommunications Service that BA provides at retail to subscribers who
are not Telecommunications Carriers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “New BA
Service” 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 20

shall be deemed to be a “BA
Resale Service” only to the extent BA is required by Applicable Law to provide
such “New BA Service” to Sprint. For the purposes of this section “BA Resale
Service”, a “New BA Service” is a Telecommunications Service that, on or after
the Effective Date, BA provides at retail to subscribers who are not
Telecommunications Carriers, but that, prior to the Effective Date, BA did not provide
at retail to subscribers who are not Telecommunications Carriers. The term “BA
Resale Service” does not include any Exchange Access Service provided by BA. 

“CABS” means the Carrier
Access Billing System which is defined in a document prepared under the
direction of the Billing Committee of the OBF. The Carrier Access Billing
System document is published by Bellcore in Volumes 1, 1A, 2, 3, 3A, 4 and 5,
Special Reports SR-OPT-001868, SR-OPT-001869, SR-OPT-001871, SR-OPT-001872,
SR-OPT-001873, SR-OPT-001874, and SR-OPT-001875, respectively, and contains the
recommended guidelines for the billing of Exchange Access Services. 

“Calendar Quarter” means any
of the following periods: (a) January 1 through March 31; (b) April 1 through
June 30; (c) July 1 through September 31; or, (d) October 1 through December
31. 

“Calendar Year” means the
period of January 1 through December 31. 

“Centrex” and “Centrex
Service” mean “Centrex Service” as defined in the Tariffs of the Party
providing the Centrex Service. 

“Charge Number” is a CCS
parameter which refers to the number transmitted through the network
identifying the billing number of the calling party. 

“Claim”, as used in Section
10, “Compliance with Applicable Law”, Section 20, “Indemnity and Defense”, and
Section 33, “Selection of a Telephone Exchange Service Provider”, means and
includes: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a)

 	
 any claim or demand made
 or brought by a person who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party; 

 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 21 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b)

 	
 any suit, action or other
 proceeding, before a court, the Federal Communications Commission, the
 Commission, or other governmental entity, instituted or brought by a person
 who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (c)

 	
 any judgment obtained by a
 person who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (d)

 	
 any liability to a person
 who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (e)

 	
 any fine or penalty
 imposed by a governmental entity; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (f)

 	
 any reasonable cost,
 expense or attorneys fees incurred in connection with any such claim, demand,
 suit, action, proceeding, judgment, liability, fine or penalty. 

 

“Claim” as used in Section
23, “Liability”, and Section 48.11, means and includes: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a)

 	
 any claim or demand made
 or brought by any person (including a Party or an Affiliate of a Party, or a
 person who is not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party); 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b)

 	
 any suit, action or other
 proceeding, before a court, the Federal Communications Commission, the
 Commission, or other governmental entity, instituted or brought by any person
 (including a Party or an Affiliate of a Party, or a person who is not a Party
 or an Affiliate of a Party); 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (c)

 	
 any judgment obtained by
 any person (including a Party or an Affiliate of a Party, or a person who is
 not a Party or an Affiliate of a Party); 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (d)

 	
 any liability to any
 person (including a Party or an Affiliate of a Party, or a person who is not
 a Party or an Affiliate of a Party); and 

 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 22 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (e)

 	
 any cost, expense or
 attorneys fees incurred in connection with any such claim, demand, suit,
 action, proceeding, judgment, or liability. 

 

“Collocation” means and
includes “Physical Collocation” and “Virtual Collocation”, as defined by
Applicable Law, including, but not limited to, 47 U.S.C. § 251(c)(6) and 47 CFR
§§ 51.5 and 51.323. 

“Combinations” means, with
regard to Network Elements, two or more connected Network Elements purchased by
a Party to provide its Telecommunication Services in a geographic area or to a
specific Customer. 

“Commission” or “Board”
means the New Jersey Board of Public Utilities. 

“Common Channel Signaling”
(“CCS”) means a method of digitally transmitting call set-up and network
control data over a digital signaling network separate from the public switched
telephone network that carries the actual call. 

“Common Transport” has the
meaning stated in Attachment 2, Section 9. 

“Contract Period”, as used
in the definition of “Termination Date Offered Service” and Section 6.3 of the
Agreement, means a stated period or minimum period of time for which a
Purchasing Party is required by this Agreement to subscribe to, use and/or pay
for a Providing Party Offered Service. 

“Control Office” is an
exchange carrier center or office designated as the carrier’s single point of
contact for the provisioning and maintenance of its portion of local
interconnection arrangements. 

“Custom Calling Services”
means a set of call-management services available to residential and
single-line business subscribers, including call-waiting, call-forwarding and
three-party calling. 

“Custom Local Area Signaling
Service” (“CLASS”) (Bellcore Service Mark) means a set of call-management
services that utilize the capability to forward a calling party’s number 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 23 

between end offices as part
of call setup. CLASS features include automatic callback, automatic recall,
caller ID, call trace, and distinctive ringing. 

“Customer” means a person
who is (a) a customer, subscriber, or patron, or (b) a purchaser or user of
Telecommunications Services or other services or products. As used in this
Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, a reference to a
Customer of a Party does not include the other Party. 

“Customer Information” means
Customer Proprietary Network Information (as defined by Applicable Law,
including, but not limited to, Section 222 of the Act, 47 U.S.C. § 222) related
to a Customer of a Party, and any other non-public, individually identifiable
information related to a Customer of a Party or the purchase or use by a
Customer of a Party of the Party’s services or products. 

“Dedicated Transport” has
the meaning stated in Attachment 2, Section 10. 

“Effective Date” has the
meaning stated in the Preface. 

“EMI” means the Exchange
Message Interface (formerly the Exchange Message Record [“EMR”]) used between
Telecommunications Carriers for exchanging Telecommunications message
information for (a) billing and (b) tracking analysis. EMI format is contained
in Special Report (“SR”) 320, “Exchange Message Interface”, which is published
by the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (“ATIS”) and defines
the industry standard for interexchange of Telecommunications message
information for (a) billing and (b) tracking analysis. 

“Environmental Hazard” means
any substance the presence, use, transport, abandonment or disposal of which
(a) requires investigation, remediation, compensation, fine or penalty under
any Applicable Law (including, but not limited to, as amended from
time-to-time, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1970), or (b) poses risks to human health or safety,
or the environment (including, but not limited 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 24 

to, indoor, outdoor or
orbital space environments) and is regulated under any Applicable Law. 

“E911” means Enhanced 911
Service and E911 Service, as described in the Tariffs of the Party providing
this service. 

“E911/911” means Enhanced
911 Service, E911 Service and 911 Service, as described in the Tariffs of the
Party providing these services. 

“Exchange Access” means
“Exchange Access” as defined in the Act. 

“Exchange Area” means Rate
Center Area. 

“INP” and “Interim Number
Portability” have the meaning stated in Attachment 8, Section 2. 

“Interconnection” has the
meaning stated in Attachment 15. 

“Interconnection Point”
(“IP”) has the meaning stated in Attachment 15. 

“Line Status Verification
and Verification with Call Interruption (“LSV/VCI”) Services” means an operator
call in which the end user inquires as to the busy status of, or requests an
interruption of, a call on a Telecommunications Service. 

“Local Exchange Carrier”
means “Local Exchange Carrier” as defined in the Act. 

“Local Traffic” means
traffic that is originated by a Customer of one Party on that Party’s network
and terminates to a Customer of the other Party on that other Party’s network
within a given local calling area, or expanded area service (“EAS”) area, as
defined in Bell Atlantic’s Tariffs, or, if the Commission has defined local
calling areas applicable to all Local Exchange Carriers, then as so defined by
the Commission. 

“MECAB” means the Multiple Exchange
Carrier Access Billing document prepared by the Billing Committee of the OBF.
The MECAB document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR-BDS-000983,
contains the recommended guidelines for the billing of an Exchange Access
Service provided by two or more Local 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 25 

Exchange Carriers, or by one
Local Exchange Carrier in two or more states, within a single LATA. 

“MECOD” means the Multiple
Exchange Carriers Ordering and Design (MECOD) Guidelines for Access Services -
Industry Support Interface, a document developed by the Ordering/Provisioning
Committee of the OBF. The MECOD document, published by Bellcore as Special
Report SR STS-002643 (and SRBDS 00983), establishes recommended guidelines for
processing orders for Exchange Access Service which is to be provided by two or
more Local Exchange Carriers. 

“Network Interconnection”
means “Interconnection”. 

“Network Element” means
“Network Element” as defined in the Act. 

“NANP” means the “North
American Numbering Plan”, the system or method of telephone numbering employed
in the United States, Canada, and certain Caribbean countries. It denotes the
three digit Numbering Plan Area code and a seven digit telephone number made up
of a three digit NXX code plus a four digit line number. 

“911” means 911 Service, as
described in the Tariffs of the Party providing this service. 

“NPA” (“Numbering Plan
Area”) (sometimes referred to as an “Area Code”) is the three digit indicator
which is designated by the first three digits of each 10-digit telephone number
within the NANP. There are two general categories of NPA, “Geographic NPAs” and
“Non-Geographic NPAs”. A “Geographic NPA” is associated with a defined
geographic area, and all telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with
services provided within that geographic area. A “Non-Geographic NPA,” also
known as a “Service Access Code (SAC Code)” is typically associated with a
specialized telecommunications service which may be provided across multiple
geographic NPA areas. 500, 700, 800, 888, and 900, are examples of
Non-Geographic NPAs. 

“NXX” or “NXX Code” is the
fourth, fifth and sixth digits of a 10 digit telephone number within the NANP. 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 26 

“OBF” means the Ordering and
Billing Forum which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison
Committee of the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions. 

“Offered Service” means and
includes: (a) any BA Offered Service; and (b) any Sprint Offered Service. 

“Order” means an order or
application to install, provide, change, terminate, or take other action with
regard to, an Offered Service. 

“Parity” means the
following: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a) With regard to
 Interconnection, to the extent technically feasible, the Providing Party will
 provide Interconnection that is at a level of quality that is Equal to that
 which the Providing Party provides to itself, a subsidiary, an Affiliate, or
 any other person. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b) With regard to a
 Network Element, to the extent technically feasible, the Providing Party will
 provide the Network Element such that: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (i) the quality of the
 Network Element, as well as the quality of the access to the Network Element,
 will be the Same as that which the Providing Party provides to other
 Telecommunications Carriers requesting access to that Network Element; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 (ii) the quality of the
 Network Element, as well as the quality of the access to the Network Element,
 will be Equal in quality to that which the Providing Party provides to
 itself. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (c) With regard to a
 Resale Service, to the extent technically feasible, the Providing Party will
 provide the Resale Service such that the Resale Service is Equal in quality,
 and provided within the Same provisioning time intervals, that the Providing
 Party provides the Resale Service to others, including end users. 

 

As used in this definition
of “Parity”, “Network Elements” includes access to Operations Support Systems
functions 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 27 

(including access to
pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, and billing,
functions). 

As used in Paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this definition of “Parity”, “Equal” and “Same” mean that there is
no statistically significant difference in quality. As used in Paragraph (c) of
this definition of “Parity”, “Equal” means that there is no statistically
significant difference in quality and “Same” means that there is no
statistically significant difference in timeliness of provision. 

It is the intent of the
Parties, through the definition of “Parity” stated above, that where a Party has
undertaken to provide Interconnection, a Network Element or Resale Service, at
“Parity”, the Party shall: (a) with regard to Interconnection, meet the
obligations imposed upon Incumbent LECs by 47 CFR §§ 51.305(a)(3); (b) with
regard to a Network Element, meet the obligations imposed upon Incumbent LECs
by 51.311(a) and (b); and, (c) with regard to a Resale Service, meet the
obligations imposed upon LECs by 47 CFR § 51.603(b). The definition of “Parity”
stated above shall be construed in a manner consistent with, for
Interconnection, 47 CFR §§ 51.305(a)(3), for Network Elements, 47 CFR §
51.311(a) and (b), and, for Resale Services, 47 CFR § 51.603(b). If 47 CFR §§
51.305(a)(3), 51.311(a) or (b), or 51.603(b), are at any time, in whole or in
part, amended, replaced by other FCC Rules or orders, withdrawn, or declared to
be void, the Parties shall revise the language of this definition to conform to
the changed requirements of Applicable Law, provided that any revised
definition of “Parity” shall apply equally to both BA and Sprint. 

“Parties” means Sprint and
BA. 

“Party” means Sprint or BA. 

“Principal Document” means
this document, including, the title page, the Table of Contents, the Preface,
the Recitals, Sections 1 through 57, the signature page, and Attachments 1
through 18. 

“Providing Party” means a
Party providing an Offered Service. 

“Public Safety Answering
Point” (“PSAP”) means, with regard to E911/911 Service provided by a Party,
“Public Safety Answering 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 28 

Point” (“PSAP”) as described
in the Tariffs of that Party related to E911/911 Service. 

“Purchasing Party” means a
Party purchasing an Offered Service. 

“Rate Center” means the
geographic point and corresponding geographic area which has been identified by
a given Local Exchange Carrier as being associated with a particular NPA-NXX
code which has been assigned to the Local Exchange Carrier for its provision of
Telephone Exchange Service. The “Rate Center Area” is the exclusive geographic
area which the Local Exchange Carrier has identified as the area within which
the Local Exchange Carrier will provide Telephone Exchange Services bearing the
particular NPA-NXX designation associated with the specific Rate Center. A
“Rate Center Point” is a specific geographic point, identified by a specific
V&H coordinate, located within the Rate Center Area, which is used to
measure distance for the purpose of billing Customers for distance-sensitive
Telephone Exchange Services and Telephone Toll Services. 

“Resale Service” means: (a)
a BA Resale Service; or (b) a Sprint Resale Service. 

“SECAB” means the Small
Exchange Carrier Access Billing document prepared by the Billing Committee of
the OBF. The Small Exchange Carrier Access Billing document, published by
Bellcore as Special Report SR OPT-001856, contains recommended guidelines for
the billing of Exchange Access and other connectivity services. 

“Sprint” has the meaning stated in the “Preface”. 

“Sprint Customer” means a Customer of Sprint. 

“Sprint Offered Services” means and includes: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (a)

 	
 Sprint Resale Services; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (b)

 	
 Support Functions, as set
 forth in Section 57; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (c)

 	
 Number Portability
 (including both Interim Number Portability and Number Portability), as set
 forth in Attachment 8; 

 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 29 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (d)

 	
 Interconnection, as set
 forth in Attachment 15; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (e)

 	
 Any other services,
 products, facilities, arrangements, or information, that Sprint has agreed in
 the Principal Document to provide to BA. 

 

“Sprint Resale Service”
means any Telecommunications Service that Sprint provides at retail to
subscribers who are not Telecommunications Carriers. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a “New Sprint Service” shall be deemed to be a “Sprint Resale
Service” only to the extent Sprint is required by Applicable Law to provide
such “New Sprint Service” to BA. For the purposes of this section “Sprint
Resale Service”, a “New Sprint Service” is a Telecommunications Service that,
on or after the Effective Date, Sprint provides at retail to subscribers who
are not Telecommunications Carriers, but that, prior to the Effective Date,
Sprint did not provide at retail to subscribers who are not Telecommunications
Carriers. The term “Sprint Resale Service” does not include any Exchange Access
Service provided by Sprint. 

“State” means the State of
New Jersey. 

“Tariffs” means and
includes: 

          (a)
a Party’s effective Federal and state tariffs, as amended by the Party from
time-to-time; and 

          (b)
to the extent a Party’s Offered Services are not subject to the Party’s
tariffs, any standard agreements and other documents, as amended by the Party
from time-to-time, that set forth the generally available terms, conditions and
prices, under which the Party offers such Offered Services. 

“Technical Document” means
any technical reference, technical publication, Sprint Practice, BA Practice,
Bellcore Practice, publication of telecommunications industry administrative or
technical standards, or other similar document, which is specifically
incorporated into this Agreement. 

“Telecommunications” means
“Telecommunications” as defined in the Act. 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 30 

“Telecommunications
Carrier” means “Telecommunications Carrier” as defined in the Act. 

“Telecommunications
Relay Service” means a service intended to permit communication by or with
speech or hearing-impaired persons whereby: (a) (i) a speech or
hearing-impaired person is able to type a message into a telephone instrument
equipped with a keypad and message screen and have the message transmitted to a
live operator, (ii) to have the operator read the message to a recipient, and
(iii) to have the operator type the message recipient’s response into a
telephone instrument equipped with a keypad and message screen and have the
message transmitted to the speech or hearing-impaired person, or (b) (i) a
caller is able to speak a message to a live operator and have the operator type
the message into a telephone instrument equipped with a keypad and message
screen and have the message transmitted to a similar instrument of a speech or
hearing-impaired person, and (ii) have the operator read the speech or
hearing-impaired person’s response to the caller. 

“Telecommunications
Service” means “Telecommunications Service” as defined in the Act. 

“Telephone
Exchange Service” means “Telephone Exchange Service” as defined in the Act. 

“Termination
Date Offered Service” means and includes: (a) any Offered Service being
provided under this Agreement at the time of termination of this Agreement,
that at the time of termination of this Agreement is subject to a Contract
Period which is greater than one (1) month; and, (b) any Offered Service
requested by a Purchasing Party under this Agreement in an Order accepted by
the Providing Party prior to termination of this Agreement but not yet being
provided at the time of termination of this Agreement, that is subject to an
initial Contract Period which is greater than one (1) month. 

“Transaction
Capability Application Part” (“TCAP”) has the meaning stated in Bellcore
GR-905-CORE, Issue 1, March 1995. 

“Voluntary
Federal Customer Financial Assistance Programs” mean Telecommunications
Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to requirements
established by the Federal Communications Commission or the Commission. 

ATTACHMENT 11 

Page 31 

“Wire Center”
means a building or portion of a building occupied by a Party which serves as a
routing point for switched Exchange Access Service provided by the Party. 

“Work
Locations” means any real estate that either Party owns, leases, licenses or in
which it holds easements or rights to use, or does use, in connection with this
Agreement. 

Attachment 12 

Page 32 

PERFORMANCE REPORTS

1. Performance Reporting

1.1 BA shall supply to Sprint the Performance Monitoring Reports
applicable to Sprint set forth in the Memorandum Opinion and Order in “In the
Applications of NYNEX Corporation, Transferor, and Bell Atlantic Corporation,
Transferee, For Consent to Transfer Control of NYNEX Corporation and Its
Subsidiaries”, File No. NSD-L-96-10, Released August 14, 1997 (the “FCC Merger
Order”) (as such FCC Merger Order may be amended, stayed, voided, repealed, or
supplemented, from time to time), in accordance with the requirements of said
FCC Merger Order. 

1.2 Sprint agrees that the performance information included in these
reports is confidential and proprietary to BA under Section 11 of this
Agreement, and shall be used by Sprint solely for internal performance
assessment purposes, for purposes of joint Sprint and BA assessments of service
performance, and for reporting to the Board, the FCC, or courts of competent
jurisdiction, under cover of an agreed-upon protective order. Sprint shall not
otherwise disclose this information to third parties. 

1.3 The question of what remedies or other action might be appropriate
in any situation where Sprint believes, based on a statistically significant
number of reports described above, that BA is not complying with any of the
performance standards in the Agreement shall be resolved, in the first
instance, through negotiations between the Parties and, failing successful
negotiations, through the complaint processes of the Board, the FCC, or a court
of competent jurisdiction. BA agrees to join Sprint in encouraging the Board to
develop expedited procedures for the resolution of any performance-related
complaints. 

ATTACHMENT 13 

Page 33 

BONA FIDE REQUEST

          1. BA shall
promptly consider and analyze the submission of a Bona Fide Request that BA
provide: (a) a method of Interconnection or access to a Network Element not
otherwise provided hereunder at the time of such Bona Fide Request; (b) a
method of Interconnection or access to a Network Element that is different in
quality to that which BA provides to itself at the time of such Bona Fide
Request, or (c) such other arrangement, service, or Network Element for which a
BFR is required under this Agreement. Items (a), (b) and (c), above, may be
referred to individually as a “BFR Item.” The Bona Fide Request process set
forth herein does not apply to those services requested pursuant to Report
& Order and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 91-141 (rel. October 19, 1992),
Paragraph 259 and Footnote 603 or subsequent orders. 

          2. A Bona
Fide Request shall be submitted in writing and shall include a technical
description of each BFR Item. To the extent feasible, it shall also include a forecast
of the desired number or volume of the BFR Item that is the subject of the Bona
Fide Request, the locations where such BFR Items are desired, and the dates
when they are desired. 

          3. Sprint
may cancel a Bona Fide Request at any time, but shall pay BA’s reasonable and
demonstrable costs of processing, developing and implementing the Bona Fide
Request up to the date of cancellation, and any wind-up costs resulting from
the cancellation. 

          4. Within
fifteen (15) business days of its receipt of a Bona Fide Request, BA shall
provide to Sprint a preliminary analysis of the BFR Item. The preliminary
analysis shall respond in one of the following ways: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (a)

 	
 confirm that BA
 will offer the BFR Item and identify the date (no more than 90 days after
 date of this Step 4(a) preliminary analysis) when BA will deliver a firm
 price proposal, including service description, pricing and an estimated
 schedule for availability (“Bona Fide Request Price Proposal”); 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (b)

 	
 provide a detailed
 explanation that such BFR Item is not technically feasible and/or that the
 BFR Item does not qualify as one that is required to be provided under the
 Act; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (c)

 	
 inform Sprint that
 BA must do laboratory testing to determine whether the BFR Item is
 technically feasible; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (d)

 	
 inform Sprint that
 BA must do field testing to determine whether the BFR Item is technically
 feasible; 

 

ATTACHMENT 13 

Page 34 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (e)

 	
 inform Sprint that
 it is necessary for the Parties to undertake a joint technical/operational
 field test in order to determine both technical feasibility and operational
 cost impacts of the BFR Item; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (f)

 	
 request
 face-to-face meetings between technical representatives of both Parties to
 further explain the BFR Item. No later than five (5) business days following
 such meetings, BA will provide a preliminary analysis in one of the ways
 identified in Steps 4(a) through 4(e). 

 

          5. Within
ten (10) business days of receiving BA’s preliminary analysis from Step 4(c),
4(d) or 4(e), Sprint shall: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (a)

 	
 negotiate a
 mutually agreeable schedule for BA’s testing, a mutually agreeable date (no
 more than 90 days after the testing has shown the BFR Item is technically
 feasible) when BA will deliver a Bona Fide Request Price Proposal, and a
 mutually agreeable arrangement for sharing the testing costs, in the case of
 Step 4(c) or 4(d); 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (b)

 	
 negotiate a
 mutually agreeable schedule for joint technical/operational field testing, a
 mutually agreeable date (no more than 90 days after the testing has shown the
 BFR Item is technically feasible) when BA will deliver a Bona Fide Request
 Price Proposal, and a mutually agreeable arrangement for sharing the testing
 costs, in the case of Step 4 (e); or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (c)

 	
 cancel the Bona
 Fide Request. 

 

          6. Within
ten (10) business days of receiving BA’s preliminary analysis from Step 4 (a),
Sprint shall: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (a)

 	
 accept BA’s date
 to deliver a Bona Fide Request Price Proposal; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (b)

 	
 negotiate a
 different date for BA to deliver a Bona Fide Request Price Proposal; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (c)

 	
 cancel the Bona
 Fide Request. 

 

          7. Unless
the Parties otherwise agree, a BFR Item must be priced in accordance with the
pricing principles of the Act and any applicable FCC or Board rules,
regulations, or orders.

          8. Within
thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Bona Fide Request Price Proposal, Sprint
must either confirm an order for such BFR Item pursuant to the Bona Fide
Request Price Proposal or, if it believes such Bona Fide Request Price Proposal
is inconsistent with the requirements of the Act, seek arbitration by the
Board, including the use of any available expedited procedures, pursuant to
Section 252 of the Act. If Sprint fails to confirm an order for such BFR Item
within 

ATTACHMENT 13 

Page 35 

thirty days (30) days of its receipt of the Bona Fide Request Price
Proposal or a Board Order finding that such Bona Fide Request Price Proposal is
consistent with the requirements of the Act, BA may treat the Bona Fide Request
as canceled by Sprint. 

          9.
If a Party to a Bona Fide Request believes that the other Party is not
requesting, or negotiating, or processing the Bona Fide Request in good faith,
or disputes a determination, or price or cost quote, or is failing to act in
accordance with Section 251 of the Act, such Party may seek mediation or
arbitration by the Board, including the use of any available expedited
procedures, pursuant to Section 252 of the Act, after giving the other Party
written notice at least ten (10) days in advance. 

Attachment 14

Page 36

TECHNICAL REFERENCES

Section 1. Technical References

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.1 The Parties
 agree that the BA technical references set forth in the Exhibit to this
 Attachment 14 (Technical Reference Schedule) provide the current technical
 specifications for the services offered by BA under this Agreement. BA
 reserves the right with reasonable notification to revise its technical
 references for any reason including, but not limited to, laws or regulations,
 conformity with updates and changes in standards promulgated by various
 agencies, utilization of advances in the state of technical arts, or the
 reflection of changes in the design of any facilities, equipment, techniques,
 or procedures described or referred to in the technical references.
 Notification of changes that are made to the underlying BA services will be
 made in conformance with the requirements of Section 251(c)(5) of the Act,
 and the FCC’s Rules and Regulations. The Parties acknowledge that the general
 technical references set forth below contain certain generally accepted
 industry guidelines for particular interface and performance parameters for
 telecommunications equipment used by LECs in the United States. Such accepted
 technical references may be used by LECs to specify suitable equipment and
 facilities components for use in their respective networks, to assure
 interoperability between components that collectively comprise such networks,
 and to specify the interface characteristics and typical end-to-end
 performance of certain services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.2 The Parties
 acknowledge that they and their vendors and suppliers derive guidance from
 such technical references, and make reasonable efforts to conform to them.
 Requests for specific performance, functionality, or capabilities not applied
 in a Party’s network shall be handled using the BFR process set forth in
 Attachment 13.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.3 If one or more
 of the technical requirements set forth in this Attachment 14 are in
 conflict, the Parties shall reasonably agree on which requirement shall
 apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.4 Technical
 references are listed in the Exhibit to this Attachment 14 (Technical
 Reference Schedule).

 

Attachment 14

Page 37

EXHIBIT

TECHNICAL REFERENCE SCHEDULE

Bell Atlantic Technical References

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 TR72565, Issue 1, 1996, Bell
 Atlantic Technical Reference - Basic Unbundled Loop Services - Technical
 Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 TR72570, Issue 1, 1996, Bell
 Atlantic Technical Reference - Analog Unbundled Loop Services with Customer
 Specified Signaling - Technical Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 TR72575, Issue 1, 1996, Bell
 Atlantic Technical Reference - Digital Unbundled Loop Services - Technical
 Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 TR72580, Issue 1, 1997, Bell
 Atlantic Technical Reference - Analog Unbundled Port Services - Technical
 Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 TR72585, Issue 1, 1997, Bell
 Atlantic Technical Reference - Digital Unbundled Port Services - Technical
 Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BA905, Bell Atlantic
 Supplement Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification.

 

Local Loop

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI/IEEE
 743-1995, Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
 Characteristics of Analog Voice Frequency Circuits. ANSI T1.102-1993,
 American National Standard for Telecommunication - Digital Hierarchy -
 Electrical Interfaces.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.401-1993, American
 National Standard for Telecommunications - Interface Between Carriers and
 Customer Installations - Analog Voicegrade Switched Access Lines Using
 Loop-Start and Ground-Start Signaling.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.403-1995, Network to Customer
 Installation - DS1 Metallic Interface.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.405-1996,
 Network-to-Customer Installation Interfaces - Direct-Inward-Dialing Analog
 Voice Grade Switched Access Using Loop Reverse-Battery Signaling.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.601-1992, American
 National Standard for Telecommunications - ISDN - Basic Access Interface for
 Use on Metallic Loops for Application at the Network Side of NT, Layer 1
 Specification.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000057, Functional Criteria
 for Digital Loop Carrier Systems, Issue 2, January 1993.

 

Attachment 14

Page 38

Local Switching

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore FR-64-LATA, LATA Switching Systems
 Generic Requirements (LSSGR), 1996 Edition, Issue 1, January 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000008, Digital Interface
 Between the SLC®96 Digital Loop Carrier System and a Local Digital Switch,
 Issue 2, August 1987; and Revision 1, September 1993; and Bulletin 1, October
 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-303-CORE, Integrated Digital
 Loop Carrier System Generic Requirements, Objectives, and Interface, Issue 1,
 September 1995; and Revision 2, December 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000393, Generic
 Requirements for ISDN Basic Access Digital Subscriber Lines, Issue 2, January
 1991.

 

Tandem Switching and Operator Services

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-TSY-000540, LSSGR: Tandem
 Supplement, Section 20, Issue 2, July 1987; and Revision 1, December 1988;
 and Revision 2, June 1990.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1149-CORE, OSSGR Section 10:
 System Interfaces, Issue 1, October 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1158-CORE, OSSGR Section 22.3:
 Line Information Database, Issue 2, October 1995.

 

SS7

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.110-1992, American National
 Standard Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - General
 Information.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.111-1992, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Message
 Transfer Part (MTP).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.111A-1994, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Message
 Transfer Part (MTP) Supplement.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.112-1992, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Signaling
 Connection Control Part (SCCP).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.113-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) -
 Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) User Part.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.114-1992, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) -
 Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP).

 

Attachment 14

Page 39

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.115-1990, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) -
 Monitoring and Measurements for Networks.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.116-1990, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) -
 Operations, Maintenance and Administration Part (OMAP).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.118-1992, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) -
 Intermediate Signaling Network Identification (ISNI).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-246-CORE, Bell Communications
 Research Specification of Signaling System Number 7, Issue 1, December 1994;
 and Revision 1, December 1995; and Revision 2, December 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-317-CORE, Switching System
 generic requirements for Call Control Using the Integrated Services Digital
 Network User Part (ISDNUP), Bellcore, February, 1994

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-394-CORE, Switching System
 generic requirements for Interexchange Carrier Interconnection Using the
 Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISDNUP), Bellcore, February,
 1994

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Common Channel
 Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network
 Interconnection, Message Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital
 Network User Part (ISDNUP), Issue 2, December 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-954-CORE, Common Channel
 Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Line
 Information Database (LIDB) Services, Issue 1, June 1994; and Revision 1,
 October 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1428-CORE, Common Channel
 Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Toll-Free
 Service, Issue 2, May 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1429-CORE, Common Channel
 Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Call Management
 Services, Issue 1, August 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1432-CORE, CCS Network
 Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Signaling Connection Control Part
 (SCCP) and Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP), March 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore SR-TSV-002275, BOC Notes on the
 LEC Networks, Issue 2, April 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
 AIN

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1280-CORE, Advanced Intelligent
 Network (AIN) Service Control Point (SCP) Generic Requirements, Issue 1,
 August 1993.

 

Attachment 14

Page 40

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-001284, Advanced
 Intelligent Network (AIN) 0.1 Switching System Generic Requirements, Issue 1,
 August 1992, and Bulletin 1, March 1993.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1298-CORE, AINGR: Switching
 System, Issue 3, July 1996, and Revision 1, November 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1299-CORE, AINGR: Switch
 Service Control Point (SCP) Adjunct Interface, Issue 3, July 1996, and
 revision 1, November 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-2863-CORE, CCS Network
 Interface Specification Supporting Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN), Issue
 2, December 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-2902-CORE, CCS Network
 Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Toll-Free Service Using AIN,
 Issue 1, May 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
 Dedicated and Shared Transport

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.101-1994, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Synchronization Interface Standard
 Performance and Availability.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.102-1993, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interfaces.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Basic
 Description including Multiplex Structure, Rates and Formats.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.01-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) -
 Automatic Protection Switching.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.02-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) -
 Payload Mappings.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.03-1994, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Jitter
 at Network Interfaces.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.03a-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET): Jitter
 at Network Interfaces - DS1 Supplement.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.04-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Data
 Communication Channel Protocols and Architectures.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.05-1994, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Tandem
 Connection.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.105.06-1996, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) -
 Physical Layer Specifications.

 

Attachment 14

Page 41

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.106-1988, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Optical Interface
 Specifications (Single Mode).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.107-1988, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Formats Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.107a-1990, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Supplement to Formats
 Specifications (DS3 Format Applications).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.107b-1991, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Supplement to Formats
 Specifications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.117-1991, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Optical Interface
 Specifications (SONET) (Single Mode - Short Reach).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.119-1994, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) -
 Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P)
 Communications.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.119.01-1995, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications -Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) -
 Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P)
 Communications Protection Switching Fragment.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.231-1993, American National
 Standard for Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Layer 1 In-Service
 Digital Transmission performance monitoring.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI T1.404-1994, Network-to-Customer
 Installation - DS3 Metallic Interface Specification.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-253-CORE, Synchronous Optical
 Network (SONET): Common Generic Criteria, Issue 2, December 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-334-CORE, Switched Access
 Service: Transmission Parameter Limits and Interface Combinations, Issue 1,
 June 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-342-CORE, High-Capacity Digital
 Special Access Service-Transmission Parameter Limits and Interface
 Combinations, Issue 1, December 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-499-CORE, Transport Systems
 Generic Requirements (TSGR): Common Requirements, Issue 1, December 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000776, Network Interface
 Description for ISDN-1 Customer Access, Issue 2, February 1993.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-820-CORE, OTGR Section 5.1:
 Generic Transmission Surveillance, Issue 1, November 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
 Network Interface Device

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-49-CORE, Generic Requirements
 for Outdoor Telephone Network Interface Devices, Issue 1, December 1994.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TA-TSY-000120, Customer Premises
 or Network Ground Wire, Issue 1, March 1986.

 

Attachment 14

Page 42

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000239, Generic
 Requirements for Indoor Telephone Network Interfaces, Issue 2, December 1993.
 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000937, Generic
 Requirements for Building Entrance Terminals, Issue 1, January 1993.

 
	
  

 
	
 Collocation

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI/NFPA-1996, National Electrical Code
 (NEC).

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ANSI C2-1997, National Electrical Safety
 Code.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-63-CORE, Network
 Equipment-Building System (NEBS) Requirements: Physical Protection, Issue 1,
 October 1995.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-EOP-000151, Generic
 Requirements for 24-, 48-, 130- and 140- Volt Central Office Power Plant
 Rectifiers, Issue 1, May 1985.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000154, General
 Requirements for 24-, 48-, 130-, and 140- Volt Central Office Power Plant
 Control and Distribution Equipment, Issue 2, January 1992.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000295, Isolated Ground
 Planes: Definition and Application to Telephone Central Offices, Issue 2,
 July 1992.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-000840, Supplier Support
 Generic Requirements (SSGR), (A Module of LSSGR, FR-NWT-000064), Issue 1,
 December 1991.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore GR-1089-CORE, Electromagnetic
 Compatibility and Electrical Safety - Generic Criteria for Network
 Telecommunications Equipment, Issue 1, November 1996.

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Bellcore TR-NWT-001275 Central Office
 Environment Installations/Removal Generic Requirements, Issue 1, January
 1993.

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 1 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NETWORK INTERCONNECTION

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1.

 	
  

 	
 Local
 Interconnection Trunk Arrangement

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 2.

 	
  

 	
 Compensation
 Mechanisms 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3.

 	
  

 	
 Signaling 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4.

 	
  

 	
 Network Servicing

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 5.

 	
  

 	
 Network Management

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 6.

 	
  

 	
 Line Status
 Verification and Verification with Call Interruption 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 7.

 	
  

 	
 Usage Measurement 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 8.

 	
  

 	
 Responsibilities
 of the Parties

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 2 

NETWORK INTERCONNECTION

Section 1. Local Interconnection Trunk
Arrangement

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.1 The Parties
 shall terminate Local Traffic and IntraLATA/InterLATA toll calls originating
 on each other’s networks as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.1 Initially,
 the Parties shall make available to each other two-way trunks, to be used one-way,
 for the reciprocal exchange of combined Local Traffic, non-equal access
 IntraLATA toll traffic, and local transit traffic to other ILECs. In future
 joint planning meetings, where mutually agreed, the Parties may combine these
 trunk groups on a single shared two-way trunk group. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.2 At Sprint’s
 request, BA shall also provide a single trunk group provisioned to carry
 local, IntraLATA toll and InterLATA traffic, or separate trunk groups for
 IntraLATA (including local) and InterLATA traffic. At BA’s request, Sprint
 shall also provide a single trunk group provisioned to carry local, IntraLATA
 toll and InterLATA traffic, or separate trunk groups for IntraLATA (including
 local) and InterLATA traffic. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.3 Where single
 trunk groups are used for mixed or combined switched traffic, the Parties
 will comply with Section 7 of this Attachment to determine appropriate levels
 of compensation under this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.4 The Parties
 shall make available to each other trunks to connect the originating Party’s
 switch to the appropriate E911 tandem of the other Party or to connect the
 originating Party’s switch to the appropriate 911 PSAP. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.5 The Parties
 shall make available to each other trunks to connect the originating Party’s
 switch to the other Party’s operator service center for operator-assisted
 busy line verification/emergency line interrupt. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.6 BA shall
 make available to Sprint trunks to connect Sprint’s switch to BA’s directory
 assistance center in instances where Sprint is purchasing BA’s directory
 assistance service. 

 

ATTACHMENT 15
Page 3 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.1.7 It is
 recognized by the Parties that there is no technical requirement to segregate
 local and toll traffic, provided that the classification of the traffic can
 reliably be identified by the Parties in accordance with the terms of
 Section 7 of this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.2
 Interconnection Point 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.1
 “Interconnection Point” or “IP” means the switching, wire center, or other
 similar network node at which each of BA and Sprint accept local
 interconnection traffic from the other Party. Depending on which carrier
 provisions the transport between their networks, or whether transport is
 jointly provisioned to a meet-point, the IP may also be the physical point that
 establishes the technical interface, the test point, and the operational
 responsibility hand-off between Sprint and BA for the local interconnection
 of their networks.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.2 Sprint and
 BA shall each designate at least one reasonably located IP in each access
 tandem serving area in each of the LATAs in which Sprint originates Local
 Traffic and interconnects with BA. The BA IPs include any end office, for the
 delivery of traffic terminated to numbers served out of that end office, and
 any access tandem, for the delivery of traffic to numbers served out of any
 BA end office that subtends that access tandem. Unless otherwise mutually
 agreed, such as when the Parties support two-way traffic, Sprint will be
 responsible for engineering and maintaining its network on its side of the
 IPs and BA will be responsible for engineering and maintaining its network on
 its side of the IPs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 The Party
 delivering traffic to the other Party’s IP may do so, at the delivering
 Party’s option, by purchasing an entrance facility and transport (if
 applicable) to the IP, or (for delivery of traffic to BA IPs) by employing
 physical or virtual collocation, as applicable at the IP in question, or by
 combinations of the two, including combinations that employ the transport or
 collocation facilities of third parties. In addition, if and when the Parties
 choose to interconnect at a fiber optic mid-span meet, Sprint and BA will
 mutually agree on the technical, operational and compensation issues
 associated with each specific mid-span meet implemented, and jointly
 provision the fiber optic facilities that connect the two networks in
 accordance with such agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.2.1 Sprint may
 request specific additional, or different, points (and types) of
 interconnection, not included in this 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Agreement, through
 the Bona Fide Request process set forth in Attachment 13. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.2.2 In
 response to a Party’s request, for any IP route, the other Party shall
 provide any information in its possession or control regarding the
 environmental conditions of those IPs whose location is within its possession
 or control. The Party controlling the IP route shall notify the requesting
 Party of any hazardous environmental conditions of the IP route, including
 the existence and condition of asbestos, lead paint, hazardous substance
 contamination, and the like. The Party controlling the IP route shall respond
 to any such request within ten (10) business days for manned sites and within
 no more than thirty (30) calendar days for unmanned sites. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.2.3 The Party
 controlling an IP route shall allow the requesting Party to perform at
 reasonable hours, reasonable environmental site investigations, including,
 but not limited to, asbestos surveys, that the requesting Party deems to be
 necessary in support of its interconnection needs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.2.2.4 If
 interconnection is complicated by the presence of environmental contamination
 or hazardous materials, and an alternative route is available within the
 space controlled by the Party controlling an IP, then such Party shall make
 such alternative route available for the requesting Party’s consideration. 

 

Section 2. Compensation Mechanisms 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.1
 Interconnection Point (IP) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.1.1 Each
 (originating) Party is responsible for bringing its traffic to the IP(s) on
 the terminating Party’s network that the originating Party has selected for
 the termination of the originating Party’s traffic. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.2 Compensation
 for Local Traffic Transport and Termination 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.1 The IP
 determines the point at which the originating carrier shall pay the
 terminating carrier for the completion of Local Traffic. The following
 compensation elements shall apply: 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.1.1
 “Transport”, which includes the transmission and any necessary tandem
 switching of Local Traffic from the IP between the two carriers to the
 terminating carrier’s end-office switch that directly serves the called
 end-user. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.2.1.2
 “Termination”, which includes the switching of Local Traffic at the
 terminating carrier’s end office switch. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.3 When a Sprint
 customer places a call to a BA customer, Sprint will hand off that call to BA
 at the IP on BA’s network. Conversely, when BA hands over Local Traffic to
 Sprint for Sprint to transport and terminate, BA must use an IP on Sprint’s
 network.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.4 Either Party
 may designate as its means of delivering traffic to the other Party’s IPs any
 technically feasible methods, including, but not limited to, electronic or manual
 cross-connect points, collocations, entrance facilities or mutually agreed
 upon mid-span meets. The transport and termination charges for Local Traffic
 delivered to an IP shall be as follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.1 When Local
 Traffic from Sprint is terminating on BA’s network through the BA access
 tandem IP, Sprint will pay BA transport charges from the Sprint network to
 the tandem for dedicated transport. Alternatively, Sprint may choose to
 collocate at the BA access tandem and pay applicable collocation and cross-connect
 charges. Sprint may also choose to purchase BA dedicated transport from
 Sprint’s network to a collocation site established by Sprint or a third party
 at the BA access tandem IP. Sprint shall also pay a charge for the tandem
 termination rate. The tandem termination rate includes tandem switching,
 common transport to the end office, and end office termination, and will be
 charged at the rate set forth in Attachment 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.2 When Local
 Traffic from BA is terminating on Sprint’s network through the Sprint switch
 IP, BA shall pay Sprint transport charges from the BA network to the Sprint
 switch for dedicated transport. This transport charge shall not exceed BA’s
 equivalent charge for an entrance facility. Alternatively, at such time as
 Sprint allows or is required to allow any person to collocate at its
 switching facility, BA may choose to collocate at the Sprint switch and pay
 applicable collocation and cross-connect charges. BA may also choose to
 purchase Sprint dedicated transport from BA’s network to any such collocation
 site established by BA or a third Party at the Sprint switch IP. For BA Local
 Traffic terminating on Sprint’s 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 6 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 network through
 the Sprint switch IP, compensation payable by BA shall be as provided in
 Attachment 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2.4.3 Either Party
 may choose to establish direct trunking to any given end office of the other
 Party to terminate calls to end users served by that particular end office
 switch. If Sprint leases trunks from BA, it shall pay charges for dedicated
 transport. For calls terminating from Sprint to subscribers served by these
 directly-trunked end offices, Sprint shall also pay for Local Traffic
 termination at the end office termination rate. For BA Local Traffic
 terminating to Sprint over the direct end office trunking, compensation
 payable by BA shall be as provided in Attachment 1. 

 

Section 3. Signaling

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.1 Signaling
 protocol. The Parties will interconnect their networks using SS7 signaling as
 defined in Bellcore documents GR-905-CORE, Issue 1, March 1995, Bellcore
 Special Report SR-TSV-002275, BOC Notes on the LEC Networks-Signaling,
 Bellcore Generic Requirements GR-317, Issue 1, February 1994 and GR-394,
 Issue 1, February 1994, including ISDN User Part (“ISUP”) for trunk signaling
 and Transaction Capabilities Application Part (“TCAP”) for CCS-based features
 in the interconnection of their networks. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.2 The Parties
 will provide CCS to each other in conjunction with all trunk groups
 supporting IntraLATA, local, transit, and toll traffic. CCS will not be
 provided in conjunction with trunk groups supporting Operator Services (Call
 Completion and Directory Assistance), 911, or where CCS has not been deployed
 by the originating carrier. The Parties will cooperate on the exchange of
 Transactional Capabilities Application Part (TCAP) messages to facilitate
 full inter-operability of CCS-based features between their respective
 networks, including all CLASS features and functions. All CCS signaling
 parameters will be provided, including automatic number identification (ANI),
 originating line information (OLI), calling party category, charge number,
 etc. For terminating FGD, BA will pass CPN if it receives CPN from FGD
 carriers. All privacy indicators will be honored. Where available, network
 signaling information such as Transit Network Selection (“TNS”) parameter
 (CCS platform) and CIC/OZZ information (non-CCS environment) will be provided
 by either Party wherever such information is needed for call routing or
 billing. Subject to Attachment 14 of this Agreement, the Parties will support
 OBF adopted guidelines pertaining to TNS and CIC/OZZ codes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.3 Refer to
 Section 12 of Attachment 2 of this Agreement for detailed terms of SS7
 Network Interconnection. 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.4 Standard
 interconnection facilities shall be Extended Super Frame (“ESF”) with B8ZS
 line code. Where ESF/B8ZS is not available, both Parties will agree to use
 other interconnection protocols on an interim basis until the standard
 ESF/B8ZS is available. For specific arrangements not deployed as ESF/B8ZS, BA
 will provide anticipated dates of ESF/B8ZS availability for these facilities.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3.4.1 Where Sprint
 is unwilling to utilize an alternate interconnection protocol, Sprint will
 provide BA with a request for 64 Kbps Clear Channel Capability (“64K CCC”)
 trunk quantities. Upon receipt of this request, the Parties will begin joint
 planning for the engineering, procurement, and installation of the segregated
 64K CCC local interconnection trunk groups, and the associated B8ZS ESF
 facilities, for the sole purpose of transmitting 64K CCC data calls between
 Sprint and BA. If Sprint accepts BA’s proposal in response to the request,
 where additional equipment or network rearrangements are required, such
 equipment and rearrangements will be obtained, engineered, installed, and
 performed on the same basis and with the same intervals as any similar
 customer specific special construction jobs for IXCs, CLECs, or BA internal
 subscriber demand for 64K CCC trunks. Such equipment and rearrangements will
 be charged at mutually acceptable and negotiated rates, which may include
 applicable special construction charges. Should the foregoing process be
 inadequate, Sprint may invoke the Bona Fide Request process set forth in
 Attachment 13 of this Agreement. Where technically feasible and mutually
 agreed, these trunks will be established as two-way. 

 

Section 4. Network Servicing

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.1 Trunk
 Forecasting 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1 The Parties
 shall work toward the development of their forecasting responsibilities for
 traffic utilization over trunk groups. Orders for trunks that exceed
 forecasted quantities for forecasted locations will be accommodated as
 facilities and or equipment are available. The Parties shall make all reasonable
 efforts and cooperate in good faith to develop alternative solutions to
 accommodate orders when facilities are not available. Intercompany forecast
 information must be provided by Sprint to BA on a quarterly basis. The
 forecasts shall be treated as Confidential Information, pursuant to Section
 11 of this Agreement, and shall include: 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1.1 Yearly
 forecasted trunk quantities to each of BA’s end offices and access tandem(s)
 affected by the exchange of traffic (which include measurements that reflect
 actual tandem and end office local
 interconnection and meet point trunks and tandem-subtending local
 interconnection end office equivalent trunk requirements for no more than two years (current plus one year)) by traffic type (local/toll,
 operator services, 911, etc.), Access Carrier Terminal Location (ACTL),
 interface type (e.g., DS1), and trunks in service each year (cumulative); 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1.2 The use of
 A location/Z location Common Language Location Identifier (CLLI-MSG), which
 are described in Bellcore documents BR 795-100-100 and BR 795-400-100; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.1.3
 Description of major network projects that affect the other Party. Major network projects include but are
 not limited to trunking or network rearrangements, shifts in anticipated
 traffic patterns, or other activities by either Party that are reflected by a significant
 increase or decrease in trunking demand for the following forecasting period.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2 The Parties
 shall meet to review and
 reconcile their forecasts if forecasts vary significantly.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.2.1 Because
 each Party’s trunking requirements will, at least during an initial period,
 be dependent on the subscriber segments to whom Sprint decides to market its
 services, BA will be largely dependent on Sprint to provide accurate trunk
 forecasts for both inbound (from BA) and outbound (from Sprint) traffic. BA
 will, as an initial matter, and upon receipt of a forecast from Sprint, order
 a sufficient number of trunks from Sprint for Local Traffic and IntraLATA
 toll, to Sprint from BA, to handle the traffic forecast. Upon the
 establishment of any new set of trunks for traffic, each Party will monitor
 traffic for up to ninety (90) days, and will, as necessary, either augment
 trunks or disconnect trunks, based on the application of reasonable
 engineering criteria to the actual traffic volume experienced. If, after such
 90-day period, either Party has determined that the trunks are not warranted
 by actual traffic volumes, then, it shall inform the other in writing.
 Thereafter, within ten (10) business days of receipt of the written notice,
 the Party receiving notice shall inform the other Party of whether it desires
 to keep in 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 9 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 operation any
 unused trunk. Each Party may hold the other financially responsible for such
 trunks, installed at the insistence/request of the other Party, retroactive
 to the start of the 90-day period until such time as they are justified by
 actual traffic volumes, based on the application of reasonable engineering
 criteria. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.3 Each Party
 shall provide a specified point of contact for planning, forecasting, and
 trunk servicing purposes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.1.4 Trunking can
 be established to tandems or end offices or a combination of both in accordance
 with the standards set forth in Section 1 of this Attachment 15. Trunking
 will be at the DS-0 level, DS-1 level, or higher, as mutually agreed in
 accordance with the standards set forth in Section 1 of this Attachment 15.
 Initial trunking will be established between the Sprint switching centers and
 BA’s access tandem(s). The Parties may use direct end office trunking for
 their traffic when deemed appropriate. Requests for direct end office
 trunking will not be unreasonably denied. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.2 Grade Of
 Service 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 A blocking
 standard of one percent (.01) during the average busy hour, as defined by
 mutually agreed to reasonable engineering standards, for final trunk groups
 between Sprint and BA shall be maintained. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.3 Trunk
 Servicing 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.3.1 Orders
 between the Parties to establish, add, change or disconnect trunks shall be
 processed by use of an Access Service Request (ASR), or another industry
 standard form eventually adopted to replace the ASR for local service
 ordering. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.3.2 As discussed
 in this Agreement, both Parties will manage the capacity of their local
 interconnection trunk groups. BA will issue an ASR to Sprint to trigger
 changes BA desires to the BA Local interconnection trunk groups based on BA’s
 capacity assessment. Sprint will issue an ASR to BA to trigger changes Sprint
 desires to the Sprint local interconnection trunk groups based on Sprint’s
 capacity assessment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.3.3 The standard
 interval used for the provisioning of additions to local interconnection
 trunk groups shall be ten (10) business days, for orders of fewer than
 ninety-six (96) DS-0 trunks. Other orders 

 

ATTACHMENT 15 

Page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 shall be
 determined on an individual case basis. Where feasible, BA will expedite
 installation, upon Sprint’s request. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.3.4 Orders that
 comprise a major project that directly impacts the other Party may be submitted at the same time, and their
 implementation shall be jointly planned and coordinated. Major projects are
 those that require the coordination and execution of multiple orders or
 related activities between and among BA and Sprint work groups, including,
 but not limited to, the initial establishment of local interconnection or
 meet point trunk groups and service in an area, facility grooming, or network
 rearrangements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.3.5 Sprint and
 BA agree to exchange escalation lists which reflect contact personnel
 including vice president-level officers. These lists shall include name,
 department, title, phone number, and fax number for each person. Sprint and
 BA agree to exchange an up-to-date list promptly
 following changes in personnel or information. 

 

Section 5. Network
Management 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.1 Protective
 Protocols 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Either Party may
 use protective network traffic management controls such as 7-digit and
 10-digit code gaps on traffic toward the other Party’s network, when required
 to protect the public switched network from congestion due to facility
 failures, switch congestion or failure, or focused overload. Sprint and BA
 will immediately notify each other of any protective control action planned
 or executed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.2 Expansive
 Protocols 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Where the
 capability exists, originating or terminating traffic reroutes may be
 implemented by either Party to temporarily relieve network congestion due to
 facility failures or abnormal calling patterns. Reroutes will not be used to
 circumvent normal trunk servicing. Expansive controls will only be used when
 mutually agreed to by the Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.3 Mass Calling 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Sprint and BA
 shall cooperate and share pre-planning information, where available,
 regarding cross-network call-ins expected to 

 

	
  

 
	
 ATTACHMENT 15

 
	
 Page 11 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 generate large or
 focused temporary increases in call volumes, to prevent or mitigate the
 impact of these events on the public switched network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section
 6. Line Status Verification And Verification With Call Interruption 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6.1 Each Party
 shall offer LSV and VCI services to enable its Customers to verify and/or
 interrupt calls of the receiving Party’s Customers. The receiving Party shall
 accept and respond to LSV and VCI requests from the operator bureau of the originating
 Party, provided that the originating Party has ordered the requisite
 underlying LSV/VCI service from the receiving Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6.2 The receiving
 Party operator shall only verify the status of the line (LSV) or interrupt
 the line (VCI) to inform the called party that there is a call waiting. The
 receiving Party operator will not complete the telephone call of the Customer
 initiating the LSV/VCI request. The receiving Party operator will only make
 one LSV/VCI attempt per Customer operator bureau telephone call, and the
 applicable charges apply whether or not the called party releases the line. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6.3 Each Party’s
 operator bureau shall accept LSV and VCI inquiries from the operator bureau
 of the other Party in order to allow transparent provision of LSV/VCI traffic
 between the Parties’ networks. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6.4 Each Party
 shall route LSV/VCI traffic inquiries over separate direct trunks (and not
 the local/IntraLATA/InterLATA trunks) established between the Parties’
 respective operator bureaus. Each Party shall offer interconnection for
 LSV/VCI traffic at its operator services tandem office or other mutually
 agreed point in the LATA. Separate LSV/VCI trunks will be directed to the
 operator services tandem office designated by the receiving Party. The originating
 Party shall outpulse the appropriate NPA, ATC Code, and Routing Code
 (operator code) to the receiving Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6.5 Compensation:
 Each Party shall charge the other Party for LSV and VCI at rates specified in
 Attachment 1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section
 7. Usage Measurement 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.1 Each Party
 shall calculate terminating interconnection minutes of use based on standard
 Automatic Message Accounting (“AMA”) recordings 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ATTACHMENT 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Page 12 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 made within each
 Party’s network, these recordings being necessary for each Party to generate
 bills to the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.2 Measurement of
 minutes of use over local interconnection trunk groups shall be in actual
 conversation seconds. The total conversation seconds over each individual
 local interconnection trunk group will be totaled for the entire monthly bill
 period and then rounded to the next whole minute. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.3 For billing
 purposes and to the extent technically feasible, each Party shall pass
 calling party number (“CPN”) information on each call carried over the
 traffic exchange trunks at such time as the originating switch is equipped
 for SS7 and from all switches no later than December 31, 1998. If it is not
 technically feasible for a Party to pass CPN on each call carried over the
 traffic exchange trunks, such Party shall pass other number information that
 is associated with the same Rate Center as the CPN for the call. At such time
 as either Party has the ability, as the Party receiving the traffic, to use
 such CPN information to classify on an automated basis traffic delivered by
 the other Party as either Local Traffic or toll traffic, such receiving Party
 shall bill the originating Party the Local Traffic termination rates,
 intrastate exchange access rates, intrastate/interstate transit traffic
 rates, or interstate exchange access rates applicable to each minute of
 traffic for which CPN is passed, as provided in Attachment 1 and applicable
 Tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.4 If, under the
 circumstances set forth in Section 7.3, the originating Party does not pass
 CPN on up to ten percent (10%) of calls, the receiving Party shall bill the
 originating Party the Local Traffic termination rates, intrastate exchange
 access rates, intrastate/interstate transit traffic rates, or interstate
 exchange access rates applicable to each minute of traffic, as provided in
 Attachment 1 and applicable tariffs, for which CPN is passed. For the
 remaining up to ten percent (10%) of calls without CPN information, the
 receiving Party shall bill the originating Party for such traffic at Local
 Traffic termination rates, intrastate exchange access rates,
 intrastate/interstate transit traffic rates, or interstate exchange access
 rates applicable to each minute of traffic, as provided in Attachment 1 and
 applicable Tariffs, in direct proportion to the minutes of use of calls
 passed with CPN. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.5 If the
 originating Party fails to pass CPN on more than ten percent (10%) of calls,
 or if the receiving Party lacks the ability to use CPN information to
 classify on an automated basis traffic delivered by the other Party as either
 Local Traffic or toll traffic, and the originating Party desires to combine
 local and toll traffic on the same trunk group, it will supply an auditable
 Percent Local Usage (“PLU”) report quarterly, based on the 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ATTACHMENT 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Page 13 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 previous three
 months’ traffic, and applicable to the following three months. If the
 originating Party also chooses to combine interstate and intrastate toll
 traffic on the same trunk group, it will supply an auditable Percent
 Interstate Use (“PIU”) report quarterly, based on the previous three months’
 terminating traffic, and applicable to the following three months. In lieu of
 the foregoing PLU and/or PIU reports, the Parties may agree to provide and
 accept reasonable surrogate measures for an agreed-upon interim period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section
 8. Responsibilities Of The Parties

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8.1 BA and Sprint
 agree to treat each other nondiscriminatorily for all items included in this
 Attachment, or related to the support of items included in this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8.2 Sprint and BA
 agree to exchange such reports and/or data as provided in Section 7 of this
 Attachment to facilitate the proper billing of traffic. Either Party may
 request an audit of such usage reports on no fewer than ten (10) business
 days’ written notice and any audit shall be accomplished during normal
 business hours at the office of the Party being audited. Such audit must be
 performed by a mutually agreed-to independent auditor paid for by the Party
 requesting the audit and may include review of the data described in Section
 7 of this Attachment 15. Such audits may be
 requested within six months of having received the PLU factor and usage
 reports from the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8.3 Sprint and BA
 will review engineering requirements on a quarterly basis and establish
 forecasts for trunk and facilities utilization provided under this Agreement.
 BA and Sprint will work together to begin providing these forecasts within 30
 days from the Effective Date of this Agreement. New trunk groups will be
 implemented as dictated by engineering requirements for either BA or Sprint. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8.4 Unless
 otherwise mutually agreed for specific facility arrangements, BA shall be
 solely responsible for control office functions for local interconnection
 trunks and trunk groups that BA orders from Sprint. In addition, BA shall be
 solely responsible for the overall coordination, installation, and
 maintenance responsibilities for the trunks and trunk groups that Sprint
 orders from BA. The Parties shall agree upon the assignment of control
 office, coordination, installation, and maintenance responsibilities for
 shared interconnection trunks and for mid-span meet trunks at such time as
 the Parties agree to install each such facility. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8.5 Sprint and BA
 shall: 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ATTACHMENT 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Page 14 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.1 Provide
 trained personnel with adequate and compatible test equipment to work with
 each other’s technicians. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.2 Notify each
 other when there is any change affecting the service requested, including the
 due date. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.3 Coordinate
 and schedule testing activities of their own personnel, and others as
 applicable, to ensure its interconnection trunks/trunk groups are installed
 per the interconnection order, meet agreed-upon acceptance test requirements,
 and are placed in service by the due date. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.4 Perform
 sectionalization to determine if a trouble is located in its facility or its
 portion of the interconnection trunks prior to referring the trouble to each
 other. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.5 Advise each
 other’s control office if there is an equipment failure which may affect the
 interconnection trunks. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.6 Provide each
 other with a trouble reporting/repair contact number that is readily
 accessible and available 24 hours/7 days a week. Any changes to this contact
 arrangement must be immediately provided to the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.7 Provide to
 each other test-line numbers to
 enable testing of interconnection trunks. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.5.8
 Cooperatively plan and implement coordinated repair procedures for the meet
 point and local interconnection trunks and facilities to ensure trouble
 reports are resolved in a timely and appropriate manner. 

 

Attachment 16 

Bell Atlantic’s technician, 

______________________________, was here on
behalf of your local service provider: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 q

 	
 AT&T
 Communications of NJ 

 
	
  

 	
 Contact No. (800)
 XXX-XXXX

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 q

 	
 MCI
 Metro of NJ 

 
	
  

 	
 Contact No. (800)
 XXX-XXXX

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 q

 	
 Sprint
 Telecommunications of NJ 

 
	
  

 	
 Contact No. (800)
 XXX-XXXX

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 q

 	
 US
 Network of NJ

 
	
  

 	
 Contact No. (800)
 XXX-XXXX

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 q

 	
 Other:

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Contact No.

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Date:

 	
  

 
	
  

 	

 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Time:

 	
  

 
	
  

 	

 

 

q All work was completed and your
service is now working. 

q All work is not yet complete: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 q

 	
 We need access to
 your property to complete repair/ installation work. Please call your local
 service provider and reschedule an appointment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 q

 	
 We have checked
 your service to the entry of your home/business and cannot find any fault or
 trouble. Please check your phones, wire and equipment for proper operation.
 (see reverse side of card for instructions) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 q

 	
 We were able to
 determine that the trouble is the wire or equipment which belongs to you. We
 apologize we cannot make these repairs. Please check your wiring and
 equipment (see reverse side) or call your local service provider for
 additional instructions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 q

 	
 To provide you
 with service we needed to place a temporary line on the ground. 

 

Who is Responsible for Repairs?

You are responsible for the telephones and wiring inside your home/business.
You may make repairs yourself or have someone else make the repairs. 

Your local service provider is responsible for arranging repair of the
outside wiring and has contracted with Bell Atlantic to make some or all of
these repairs. 

Diagnosing a Problem

Check all of your telephones and equipment to see if they work. If any
telephone works, the trouble is more than likely the inside wire, jack, or in
your other telephone/s. 

If no telephone works, then you need to plug a working telephone into
the Network Interface Device (NID). Some businesses and residence customers
have a box installed just inside or outside the place where the telephone wires
come into their homes or offices. Inside that box is the NID, which looks like
a telephone jack. 

The NID separates the telephone company’s wiring from yours. By
plugging a working telephone into the NID, you can find out where the trouble
is. 

If the telephone works properly, the problem is in the inside wire,

Attachment 16 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Permanent repairs
 will be completed in the near future and access to the home/business will not
 be necessary.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 q

 	
 We were unable to
 complete your repair/order today due to lack of facilities or equipment.
 Every effort will be made to resolve this problem as soon as possible. In the
 event you have questions or need assistance, please call your local service
 provider. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 q

 	
  

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Remarks:

 	
  

 
	
  

 	

 

 

________________________________________ __________

the jacks or in
your other telephones or equipment. If the telephone doesn’t work, your local
service provider is responsible for the problem. In this case, your local
service provider should be contacted. 

This test could save you the cost of a
service call by preventing unnecessary dispatches of service technicians. 

After checking your telephone and wire, if you still have questions,
call your local service provider for additional assistance. 

ATTACHMENT 17 

Attachment 17 is Intentionally Omitted. 

ATTACHMENT 18 

SPRINT ACCESS TO BA POLES, DUCTS,
CONDUITS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY

1. Upon request by
Sprint, to the extent required by Applicable Law, BA will afford Sprint access
to the poles, ducts, conduits, and rights-of-way, of BA. Such access will be
provided by BA to Sprint in accordance with Applicable Law and the terms,
conditions and prices of a written agreement to be negotiated by BA and Sprint.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}]]